EIA For AP-ADE Park Anantapur PDF

EIA for AP-ADE Park
At Palasamudram(v), Gorantla (M)

Anantapuramu District, Andhra Pradesh
Final EIA & EMP Report

July-2019
Prepared by
C1171307
RP004, rev.0
EC for AP-ADE Park, Anantapuramu District C1161307
Final EIA & EMP Report RP004 rev. [0]
Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA/EMP for Development of Industrial Park near
Palasamudram Village, Gorantla Mandal, Anantapuramu District, Andhra Pradesh
I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above
EIA.
EIA Coordinator:
Name: B. Ratheesh
(with support from other EIA Coordinators namely C.V. Sundara Rajan & Susruta Amirapu)
Signature: Date: July 16, 2019
Period of Involvement: 2016-19

Contact Information: L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited
th
6-3-1192/1/1, 5 Floor, Block No.3
White House, Kundan Bagh,
Begumpet, Hyderabad – 500 016
Phone: +91-40-4034444
Fax: +91-40-4034430
Email: cvs@lntiel.com; sap@lntiel.com & lntielhyd@lntiel.com
Functional Area Experts

S. Functional Involvement
Name of the Expert/s Signature & Date
No. Areas (Period & Task)
Susruta Amirapu
July 16, 2019
Period: 2016-19
Task: Provided the
B. Ratheesh required input for specific
Functional Areas of
Expertise during project July 16, 2019
1 AP period
Anshul Sanduja
July 16, 2019

With Support From:
 Reji Baby Varghese (TM)
 Gorji Navya Tej (TM)
 M. Uma Devi (TM)
B. Ratheesh Period: 2016-19

Task: Provided the
required input for specific July 16, 2019
Functional Areas of
2 WP Expertise during project
Reji Baby Varghese period
July 16, 2019
With Support From:
 Gorji Navya Tej (FAA)
 M. Uma Devi (FAA)
Declaration of Experts
Page i
Susruta Amirapu
July 16, 2019
Period: 2016-19
Task: Provided the
required input for specific
3 SHW B. Ratheesh
Functional Areas of
period
Anshul Sanduja
July 16, 2019

Period: 2016-18
Task: Provided the
Aruditi Kaushik
Functional Areas of
Expertise during project October 05, 2018
period
Period: 2018-19
4 SE Task: Provided the
Ramu L.Banakar
Functional Areas of
period
With Support From:
Dr. Subramanyam N. V. R. M.
Period: 2018-19
Task: Provided the
V.Hanumantha Rao
Functional Areas of July 16, 2019
Expertise during project
period
5 EB
Period: 2016-19
Task: Provided the
Dr. Subramanyam N. V. required input for specific
R. M. Functional Areas of
July 16, 2019
period
Period: 2016-19
Task: Provided the
C.V. Sundara Rajan
Functional Areas of
6 HG
period
July 16, 2019
With Support From:
Period: 2016-19
Task: Provided the
7 GEO C.V. Sundara Rajan
Functional Areas of
period
July 16, 2019
Page ii
Period: 2016-19
Task: Provided the
Reji Baby Varghese
Functional Areas of
period
Period: 2018-19
8 SC
Task: Provided the
V.Hanumantha Rao
Functional Areas of July 16, 2019
period
With Support From:
 Dr. Subramanyam N. V. R. M. (TM)
B. Ratheesh Period: 2016-19

Task: Provided the
required input for specific July 16, 2019
Functional Areas of
Susruta Amirapu period
9 AQ
July 16, 2019
Anshul Sanduja
July 16, 2019
With Support From:
 Anshul Sanduja (TM), Gorji Navya Tej (FAA), M. Uma Devi (FAA)
Period: 2016-19
Task: Provided the
Reji Baby Varghese
Functional Areas of
10 NV*
July 16, 2019
period
With Support From:
C.V. Sundara Rajan Period: 2016-19

Task: Provided the
11 LU July 16, 2019
Functional Areas of
period
Gorji Navya Tej
July 16, 2019
Period: 2016-19
Task: Provided the
Susruta Amirapu
Functional Areas of
12 RH
period
With Support From:
 Anshul Sanduja (TM)
Page iii
Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization
I, C.V. Sundara Rajan, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA/EMP for
Development of Industrial Park near Palasamudram village, Gorantla Mandal, Anantapuramu
District, Andhra Pradesh. I also confirm that the Consultant Organization shall be fully accountable
for any misleading information mentioned in this statement.
Signature:
Name: C.V. Sundara Rajan
Designation: City Office Manager & Head - Environment Section
Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited
NABET Certificate Number & Issue Date: Letter Number QCI/NABET/EIA/ACO/16/02/0260 Dated
February 14, 2016.
Page iv
L&T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd.
Client:
Andhra Pradesh Aerospace & Defence Electronics
Park Pvt. Ltd.
AP-ADE Park
Project: Project No.:
EC for AP-ADE Park, Anantapuramu
District C1171307
Title: Document No.: Rev.:
Final EIA & EMP Report RP004 0
This document is the property of L&T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd. and must not be File path:
passed on to any person or body not authorised by us to receive it nor be copied or l:\ports\2017\c1171307 - ec for ap-ade park\working\reports\002. draft
otherwise made use of either in full or in part by such person or body without our prior eia\final-after comments\apade-consilidated chapters_reva.docx
permission in writing.
Notes:
1.
Revision Details:
ALJ
GNT
RBV
SAP
0 17-05-2019 First Submission RLB CVS
BRT
SNV
MRU
VHR
Init. Sign. Init. Sign. Init. Sign.
Rev. Date Details
Prepared Checked Approved
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 1-1
1.1 Preamble ............................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.2 Project Identification .............................................................................................................. 1-1
1.3 Details of Project Proponent ................................................................................................. 1-2
1.4 Applicable Legal and Policy Framework ............................................................................... 1-2
1.5 Project Site ............................................................................................................................ 1-4
1.5.1 Salient Features of Project Site .................................................................................. 1-5
1.6 Need/Justification of Project Development ........................................................................... 1-6
1.6.1 Demand - Supply ........................................................................................................ 1-6
1.6.2 Import vs Indigenous Production ................................................................................ 1-6
1.6.3 Export Possibility ........................................................................................................ 1-7
1.6.4 Domestic/Export Markets............................................................................................ 1-7
1.6.5 Initiatives of Government of India ............................................................................... 1-7
1.6.6 Initiatives of Government of Andhra Pradesh ............................................................. 1-8
1.6.7 Growth Drivers ............................................................................................................ 1-9
1.6.8 Location Advantage/Justification: ............................................................................... 1-9
1.7 Project Development Plan .................................................................................................. 1-10
1.8 Consultant Appointed .......................................................................................................... 1-11
1.9 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) ........................................................................... 1-11
1.10 Approach and Methodology ................................................................................................ 1-11
1.10.1 Project Influence Area (PIA)/Study Area .................................................................. 1-11
1.10.2 Study Period ............................................................................................................. 1-11
1.10.3 Methodology ............................................................................................................. 1-11
1.11 Structure of EIA Report ....................................................................................................... 1-13
Chapter 2 Project Description ................................................................................................... 2-1
2.1 General ................................................................................................................................. 2-1
2.2 Project Location .................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.3 Land for the Project ............................................................................................................... 2-1
2.4 Surveys and Investigations ................................................................................................... 2-1
2.4.1 Topographic Survey.................................................................................................... 2-1
2.4.2 Geotechnical Survey................................................................................................... 2-2
2.4.3 Traffic Studies ............................................................................................................. 2-2
2.5 Details of Master Plan – Planning Brief ................................................................................ 2-2
2.5.1 Planning Concept/Design Basis ................................................................................. 2-2
2.5.2 Type of Industry .......................................................................................................... 2-3
2.5.3 Facilities ...................................................................................................................... 2-3
2.5.4 Connectivity ................................................................................................................ 2-3
2.5.5 Transportation ............................................................................................................. 2-3
2.5.6 Employment Generation ............................................................................................. 2-3
2.5.7 Typical Focus Sectors ................................................................................................ 2-3
2.5.8 Land use of AP-ADE Park .......................................................................................... 2-4
2.6 Proposed Infrastructure ........................................................................................................ 2-5
2.6.1 Industrial Area ............................................................................................................. 2-5
2.6.2 Green Areas ............................................................................................................... 2-6
2.6.3 Mixed Use and Utilities ............................................................................................... 2-7
2.6.4 Approach to Project Site and Entry-exit...................................................................... 2-7
2.6.5 Water Supply .............................................................................................................. 2-8
2.6.6 Power Supply ............................................................................................................ 2-10
2.6.7 Wastewater Management ......................................................................................... 2-11
2.6.8 Storm Water Drainage .............................................................................................. 2-16
2.6.9 Solid Waste Management......................................................................................... 2-19
2.7 Project Cost......................................................................................................................... 2-21
2.8 Project Implementation Schedule ....................................................................................... 2-21
Chapter 3 Description of Environment .................................................................................... 3-1
3.1 Preamble ............................................................................................................................... 3-1
3.2 Study Area ............................................................................................................................ 3-1
Chapter 1 Introduction
Page i
C1171307 EC for AP-ADE Park, Anantapuramu District
RP004 rev. [0] Final EIA & EMP Report
3.3 Study Period .......................................................................................................................... 3-1

3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive areas ....................................................................... 3-1
3.5 Physical Conditions ............................................................................................................... 3-3
3.5.1 Project District Profile .................................................................................................. 3-3
3.5.2 Climatic conditions ...................................................................................................... 3-4
3.5.3 Natural Resources of Project District .......................................................................... 3-4
3.5.4 Land Use and Land Cover .......................................................................................... 3-6
3.5.5 Topography ............................................................................................................... 3-10
3.5.6 Geology ..................................................................................................................... 3-10
3.5.7 Geomorphology......................................................................................................... 3-11
3.5.8 Soils .......................................................................................................................... 3-12
3.5.9 Hydrogeology ............................................................................................................ 3-12
3.5.10 Drainage & Irrigation ................................................................................................. 3-15
3.5.11 Natural Hazards ........................................................................................................ 3-16
3.6 Air Environment ................................................................................................................... 3-16
3.6.1 Meteorological Data from Nearest Meteorological Station ....................................... 3-16
3.6.2 Meteorological Scenario during Study Period and for the Year 2016....................... 3-17
3.6.3 Ambient Air Quality ................................................................................................... 3-17
3.7 Ambient Noise Levels.......................................................................................................... 3-22
3.7.1 Results and Discussions ........................................................................................... 3-23
3.8 Inland Surface and Ground Water Quality .......................................................................... 3-24
3.8.1 Groundwater Quality ................................................................................................. 3-24
3.8.2 Surface Water Quality ............................................................................................... 3-25
3.9 Soil Quality .......................................................................................................................... 3-27
3.9.1 Results and Discussions ........................................................................................... 3-27
3.10 Biological Environment (Flora and Fauna) .......................................................................... 3-28
3.10.1 General Description of the Study Area ..................................................................... 3-28
3.10.2 Methodology for Ecological Survey .......................................................................... 3-28
3.10.3 Status of Flora ........................................................................................................... 3-29
3.10.4 Status of Fauna ......................................................................................................... 3-33
3.10.5 Endangered/Threatened/Protected species ............................................................. 3-34
3.11 Socio-economic profile of the Project Influence Area ......................................................... 3-35
3.11.1 Andhra Pradesh ........................................................................................................ 3-35
3.11.2 Anantapuramu District .............................................................................................. 3-36
3.11.3 Mandals in the study area ......................................................................................... 3-37
3.11.4 Village/Revenue Villages in the Study Area ............................................................. 3-38
3.11.5 List of Settlements & its Population in the Study Area.............................................. 3-41
Chapter 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures ............................ 4-1
4.1 General .................................................................................................................................. 4-1
4.2 Land Environment ................................................................................................................. 4-1
4.2.1 Potential Impact due to Location................................................................................. 4-1
4.2.2 Potential Impact due to Construction .......................................................................... 4-3
4.2.3 Potential Impact due to Operation .............................................................................. 4-6
4.3 Water Environment................................................................................................................ 4-7
4.3.1 Potential impact due to Location ................................................................................. 4-7
4.3.2 Potential Impact during Construction .......................................................................... 4-8
4.3.3 Potential Impact during Operation ............................................................................ 4-10
4.4 Air Environment ................................................................................................................... 4-11
4.4.1 Potential Impact during Construction ........................................................................ 4-12
4.4.2 Potential Impact due to Operation ............................................................................ 4-13
4.5 Noise Environment .............................................................................................................. 4-31
4.5.1 Potential Impact during Construction ........................................................................ 4-31
4.6 Solid Waste Management ................................................................................................... 4-33
4.6.1 Potential Impact due to Construction ........................................................................ 4-33
4.7 Biological Environment ........................................................................................................ 4-38
4.7.1 Potential Impact due to Location............................................................................... 4-38
4.7.2 Potential Impact due to Construction ........................................................................ 4-38
Page ii
4.7.3 Potential Impact due to Operation ............................................................................ 4-41

Chapter 5 Analysis of Alternatives ........................................................................................... 5-1
5.1 Criteria for Site Selection ...................................................................................................... 5-1
5.2 Salient Features of Identified Site ......................................................................................... 5-1
Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Programme .................................................................. 6-1
6.1 Environmental Monitoring Programme ................................................................................. 6-1
6.2 Wastewater Treatment and Disposal - Monitoring Mechanism ............................................ 6-5
6.2.1 Monitoring Mechanism at Industry Level .................................................................... 6-5
6.2.2 Monitoring at CETP Level ........................................................................................... 6-6
6.3 Monitoring by Member Industry ............................................................................................ 6-6
6.4 Compliance Reports ............................................................................................................. 6-6
6.5 Plantation Monitoring Programme ........................................................................................ 6-7
6.6 On-site Mock Drills requirement............................................................................................ 6-7
Chapter 7 Additional Studies .................................................................................................... 7-1
7.1 Public Consultation ............................................................................................................... 7-1
7.2 Risk Analysis ....................................................................................................................... 7-10
7.2.1 Hazard Identification ................................................................................................. 7-12
7.2.2 Typical Failure Frequencies ..................................................................................... 7-16
7.2.3 Typical Hazards and Mitigation Measures ................................................................ 7-16
7.2.4 Risk Mitigation Measures.......................................................................................... 7-18
7.3 Disaster Management Plan ................................................................................................. 7-19
7.3.1 Causes of Disaster ................................................................................................... 7-20
7.3.2 Categorisation of Emergency ................................................................................... 7-20
7.3.3 Onsite Emergency Plan ............................................................................................ 7-21
7.3.4 Management Plan for Natural Hazards .................................................................... 7-28
7.3.5 Fire Protection Facilities ........................................................................................... 7-31
7.3.6 Offsite Emergency Plan ............................................................................................ 7-33
7.3.7 Conclusion ................................................................................................................ 7-34
7.4 Traffic and Transportation Management ............................................................................. 7-34
7.4.1 Generated Traffic ...................................................................................................... 7-34
7.4.2 External Traffic Analysis ........................................................................................... 7-35
7.4.3 Traffic Projections due to AP-ADE Park ................................................................... 7-35
7.4.4 Conclusion ................................................................................................................ 7-35
7.5 Social Impact Assessment .................................................................................................. 7-36
7.5.1 Social Impacts during Construction Phase ............................................................... 7-36
7.5.2 Social Impacts during Operation Phase ................................................................... 7-37
Chapter 8 Project Benefits ........................................................................................................ 8-1
8.1 Importance of Aerospace and Defence sector in the National Context ................................ 8-1
8.2 Market Scenario .................................................................................................................... 8-2
8.2.1 Aerospace ................................................................................................................... 8-2
8.2.2 Defence....................................................................................................................... 8-2
8.3 Importance of Aerospace and Defence sector in the Andhra Pradesh Context ................... 8-3
8.4 Locational Advantage of AP for A&D Sector ........................................................................ 8-3
8.5 Induced Development ........................................................................................................... 8-4
8.5.1 Expected Growth Aspects .......................................................................................... 8-4
8.6 Economic Impact of the AP-ADE Park ................................................................................. 8-5
8.6.1 Generation of Employment ......................................................................................... 8-5
8.7 Enhanced Local Infrastructure .............................................................................................. 8-5
8.8 Enhanced Socio-Economic Conditions ................................................................................. 8-5
8.8.1 Improvement in Skillset............................................................................................... 8-5
8.8.2 Women Empowerment ............................................................................................... 8-5
8.9 Revenue Generation ............................................................................................................. 8-6
8.10 Target Beneficiaries .............................................................................................................. 8-6
8.11 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) ...................................................................... 8-6
Chapter 9 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) ................................................................ 9-1
Page iii
9.1 Administrative and Technical Setup for Environmental Management .................................. 9-1
9.1.1 Roles and Responsibilities for Environmental Management ...................................... 9-2
9.2 Greenbelt Development ........................................................................................................ 9-4
9.2.1 Objectives of Greenbelt Plan ...................................................................................... 9-4
9.2.2 Greenbelt Development Plan ...................................................................................... 9-4
9.2.3 Recommended Species for Plantation ....................................................................... 9-6
9.3 Rainwater Harvesting Potential ............................................................................................. 9-7
9.3.1 Estimation of Rainwater Harvesting Potential ............................................................. 9-8
9.3.2 Harvesting Plan and Recharge Structures ................................................................. 9-9
9.4 Solar Power Harnessing Potential ........................................................................................ 9-9
9.5 Occupational Health and Safety .......................................................................................... 9-10
9.5.1 Occupational Hazards ............................................................................................... 9-10
9.5.2 Personal Protective Equipment................................................................................. 9-10
9.5.3 Health Monitoring ...................................................................................................... 9-11
9.5.4 Safety ........................................................................................................................ 9-12
9.5.5 Endemic Disease Mitigation Plan ............................................................................. 9-12
9.6 Institutional Mechanism for Implementation of Mitigation Measures .................................. 9-14
9.7 Environment Management Cell (EMC) ............................................................................... 9-14
9.8 Approach towards Voluntary Compliance ........................................................................... 9-16
9.9 Audits and Inspections ........................................................................................................ 9-16
9.10 Summary of Impacts and Mitigation Measures ................................................................... 9-17
9.11 Budgetary Estimates ........................................................................................................... 9-25
9.11.1 Budgetary Estimate for Environmental Management ............................................... 9-25
9.11.2 Budgetary Estimate for CER & CSR Interventions in the Study Areas .................... 9-25
Chapter 10 Summary and Conclusion ...................................................................................... 10-1
10.1 Project Site .......................................................................................................................... 10-1
10.2 Need and Justification of the Project Development ............................................................ 10-2
10.3 Project Benefits ................................................................................................................... 10-3
10.4 Project Description .............................................................................................................. 10-3
10.4.1 Proposed Project....................................................................................................... 10-3
10.4.2 Land use planning ..................................................................................................... 10-4
10.4.3 Site Master Plan ........................................................................................................ 10-5
10.4.4 Economic Impact of the Industrial Park .................................................................... 10-6
10.5 Description of Environment ................................................................................................. 10-6
10.5.1 Terrestrial Environment ............................................................................................. 10-6
10.5.2 Socio-economic Conditions ...................................................................................... 10-7
10.6 Anticipated Environmental Impacts with Mitigation Measures ............................................ 10-7
10.7 Analysis of Alternatives ....................................................................................................... 10-8
10.8 Environmental Monitoring Programme................................................................................ 10-9
10.9 Additional studies ................................................................................................................ 10-9
10.9.1 Public Consultation ................................................................................................... 10-9
10.9.2 Risk Analysis ............................................................................................................. 10-9
10.9.3 Disaster Management Plan ..................................................................................... 10-10
10.9.4 Traffic and Transportation Management Plan ........................................................ 10-10
10.9.5 Social Impact Assessment ...................................................................................... 10-10
10.10 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) ........................................................ 10-11
10.11 Environment Management Plan.............................................................................. 10-11
10.11.1 Budgetary Estimate for Environmental Management ....................................... 10-12
10.12 Conclusion .............................................................................................................. 10-12
Chapter 11 Disclosure of Consultants Engaged ..................................................................... 11-1
11.1 Brief Profile of L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited ....................................................... 11-1
11.2 Other Consultants Engaged ................................................................................................ 11-3
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1-1: Project Site on Google Image ............................................................................................ 1-4
Figure 2-1: Industrial Area of AP-ADE park.......................................................................................... 2-5
Figure 2-2: Proposed Green Belt and Green Areas ............................................................................. 2-6
Page iv
Figure 2-3: Mixed Use and Utilities ...................................................................................................... 2-7

Figure 2-4: Approach Road and Entry/ Exit locations .......................................................................... 2-8
Figure 2-5 Schematic Diagram HNSS Lift Proposal – Phase I ............................................................ 2-9
Figure 2-6 Schematic Diagram HNSS Lift Proposal – Phase-II ......................................................... 2-10
Figure 2-7: Proposed Scheme for Treatment of CSTP ...................................................................... 2-12
Figure 2-8: Treatment Scheme for CETPs ......................................................................................... 2-15
Figure 2-9: Site level storm water management strategy .................................................................. 2-17
Figure 2-10 Plot level storm water management strategy ................................................................. 2-17
Figure 2-11: Watershed analysis for the region and major water bodies........................................... 2-18
Figure 2-12: Storm water drainage network for AP-ADE Park ........................................................... 2-19
Figure 3-1: Anantapuramu District Map ............................................................................................... 3-4
Figure 3-2: Forest Map of PIA District .................................................................................................. 3-5
Figure 3-3: Mineral resources of the PIA district .................................................................................. 3-6
Figure 3-4: Land Use/Land Cover Statistics of Study Area ................................................................. 3-7
Figure 3-5: Land Use Pattern in the Study Area .................................................................................. 3-8
Figure 3-6: Land Use Pattern in Project Area ...................................................................................... 3-9
Figure 3-7: LULC Map for Project Site ................................................................................................. 3-9
Figure 3-8: Geology Map of Anantapuramu ....................................................................................... 3-10
Figure 3-9: Geomorphology map of study area ................................................................................. 3-11
Figure 3-10: Soil map of the study area ............................................................................................. 3-12
Figure 3-11: Hydromorphology map of PIA district ............................................................................ 3-13
Figure 3-12: Pre-Monsoon Ground water level map of Project site ................................................... 3-14
Figure 3-13: Post-Monsoon Ground water level map of Project site ................................................. 3-14
Figure 3-14: Drainage pattern in Study area ...................................................................................... 3-15
Figure 3-15: Multi Hazard zone Map of the Andhra Pradesh ............................................................. 3-16
Figure 3-16: Wind Rose Diagram for Post Monsoon Season ............................................................ 3-18
Figure 3-17: Annual Wind Rose (January – December 2016) ........................................................... 3-19
Figure 3-18: Ambient PM10 Levels ..................................................................................................... 3-20
Figure 3-19: Ambient PM2.5 Levels ..................................................................................................... 3-20
Figure 3-20: Ambient NO2 Levels ....................................................................................................... 3-21
Figure 3-21: Ambient O3 Levels ......................................................................................................... 3-21
Figure 3-22: Ambient Day time Noise levels ...................................................................................... 3-23
Figure 3-23: Ambient Night equivalent Noise levels .......................................................................... 3-23
Figure 3-24: Zone Wise Number of Plant Species Recorded in the Study Area ............................... 3-33
Figure 3-25: Zone Wise Plant Species Diversity in the Study Area ................................................... 3-33
Figure 3-26: Village boundary map of 10km buffer ............................................................................ 3-40
Figure 4-1: Thanda location with respect to Project Site Boundary ..................................................... 4-2
Figure 4-2: Drainage pattern around the Project site ........................................................................... 4-9
Figure 4-3: Annual Wind Rose Diagram (January – December 2016) .............................................. 4-22
Figure 4-4: Isopleth for 1st 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of PM10 ................................ 4-27
Figure 4-5: Isopleth for 1st 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of PM2.5................................ 4-28
Figure 4-6: Isopleth for 1st 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of SO2 .................................. 4-29
Figure 4-7: Isopleth for 1st 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of NO2.................................. 4-30
Figure 4-8: Flow Sheet for Municipal Solid Waste Management ....................................................... 4-36
Figure 4-9: Flow Sheet for Industrial Hazardous and Non-hazardous Waste Management ............. 4-38
Figure 6-1: Wastewater Monitoring Mechanism ................................................................................... 6-5
Figure 7-1: Emergency Evacuation Plan and Assembly Points ......................................................... 7-27
Figure 9-1: Coordination of EMC of AP-ADE Park............................................................................... 9-2
Figure 9-2: Indicative Sketch of Three Tier Greenbelt Development ................................................... 9-6
Figure 9-3: Implementation Arrangement .......................................................................................... 9-14
Figure 9-4: Tentative Organizational Setup for Environment Management Cell ............................... 9-16
Figure FD0101: Location Map

Figure FD0102: Study Area (AP ADE)
Figure FD0201: Site Topography Map
Figure FD0202: Conceptual Master Plan of AP ADE
Figure FD0301: Baseline Environment Monitoring/Sampling Locations Map
Figure FD0302: Flora and Fauna sampling Locations Map
Page v
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1-1: Project Components and its EIA Study ............................................................................... 1-2
Table 1-2: Applicable Environmental Regulations ................................................................................ 1-3
Table 1-3: Salient Features of Project Site ........................................................................................... 1-5
Table 2-1: Generated Traffic from AP-ADE Park ................................................................................. 2-3
Table 2-2: Land use of AP-ADE Park ................................................................................................... 2-5
Table 2-3: Plot level Green area distribution ........................................................................................ 2-6
Table 2-4: Wastewater Generation ..................................................................................................... 2-11
Table 2-5: Expected Characteristics of Sewage and Treated Sewage (Standard) ............................ 2-11
Table 2-6: CETPs Inlet Wastewater Characteristics .......................................................................... 2-14
Table 2-7: CETPs –Targeted Treated wastewater Characteristics .................................................... 2-15
Table 2-8: Details of Non-hazardous (Recyclable) Waste ................................................................. 2-20
Table 2-9: Details of Hazardous Industrial Waste .............................................................................. 2-20
Table 2-10: Details of E-waste ........................................................................................................... 2-21
Table 3-1: Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 10 km from Project Boundary............................... 3-2
Table 3-2: Land Use/Land Cover Statistics of Study Area ................................................................... 3-6
Table 3-3: Land Use Land Cover Pattern of Project Site ..................................................................... 3-8
Table 3-4: Groundwater Development Status .................................................................................... 3-12
Table 3-5: Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations ......................................................... 3-19
Table 3-6: Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels ............................................................................ 3-22
Table 3-7: Details of Ground water Quality Monitoring Locations ...................................................... 3-24
Table 3-8: Details of Surface water Quality Monitoring Location ....................................................... 3-26
Table 3-9: Details of Soil Quality Monitoring Locations ...................................................................... 3-27
Table 3-10 Anantapuramu District Census Summary ........................................................................ 3-36
Table 3-11 Mandal Census Summary ................................................................................................ 3-37
Table 3-12 Villages in Study Area ...................................................................................................... 3-38
Table 3-13 Population of the Study Area............................................................................................ 3-38
Table 3-14 Sex Ratio of the Study Area ............................................................................................. 3-39
Table 3-15 Literacy & Illiteracy Status ................................................................................................ 3-39
Table 3-16 Working & Non-Working Population ................................................................................. 3-39
Table 3-17 Main & Marginal Work Population .................................................................................... 3-40
Table 3-18 Work Classification ........................................................................................................... 3-40
Table 3-19 Settlement Population ...................................................................................................... 3-41
Table 3-20 Educational Facilities ........................................................................................................ 3-43
Table 3-21 Medical Facilities .............................................................................................................. 3-43
Table 3-22 Drinking Water Facility ..................................................................................................... 3-44
Table 3-23 Mandal Wise Public Distribution System .......................................................................... 3-44
Table 4-1: Wastewater Generation ..................................................................................................... 4-11
Table 4-2: Possible Sources of Air Emissions .................................................................................... 4-14
Table 4-3: Point Source Emissions Details of AP-ADE Park ............................................................. 4-15
Table 4-4: Point Source Emission Details of Gudipalli IP ................................................................... 4-16
Table 4-5: DG Set Emissions from AP-ADE Park .............................................................................. 4-18
Table 4-6: DG Set Emissions from M/s BEL ...................................................................................... 4-18
Table 4-7: Gudipalli IP’s DG sets emission details ............................................................................. 4-19
Table 4-8: Emission Details of Vehicles on NH44 towards Hyderabad ............................................. 4-20
Table 4-9: Emission Details of Vehicles on NH44 towards Bangalore ............................................... 4-20
Table 4-10: Receptor Details .............................................................................................................. 4-22
st
Table 4-11: 1 24-hour Average and Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentration of
PM10 (due to Process/Line sources) ................................................................................................... 4-23
st
PM2.5 (due to Process/Line sources) .................................................................................................. 4-23
st
Table 4-13: 1 24-hour Average and Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentration of SO 2
(due to Process/Line sources) ............................................................................................................ 4-23
st
Table 4-14: 1 24-hour Average and Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentration of NO 2
(due to Process/Line sources) ............................................................................................................ 4-24
st
PM10(due to DG Sets) ......................................................................................................................... 4-24
st
PM2.5(due to DG Sets) ........................................................................................................................ 4-24
Page vi
st
Table 4-17: 1 24-hour Average and Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentration of SO 2
(due to DG Sets)................................................................................................................................. 4-25
st
Table 4-18: 1 24-hour Average and Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentration of NO 2
(due to DG Sets)................................................................................................................................. 4-25
Table 4-19: 1st 24-hour Average and Annual Average Incremental Concentration of Sensitive
Receptors (due to Process/Line sources) .......................................................................................... 4-26
Table 6-1: Environmental Monitoring Programme ............................................................................... 6-2
Table 7-1: Response for Public Hearing Minutes of Meeting and Representations ............................ 7-0
Table 7-2: Details of Indicative Major Plant/Industrial Hazards ......................................................... 7-15
Table 7-3: General failure frequencies ............................................................................................... 7-16
Table 7-4: Fire Extinguishing Agents – Forms and Ranges of Application ........................................ 7-32
Table 7-5: Disaster Management Authority – District Level ............................................................... 7-34
Table 7-6: Estimated Commercial Traffic ........................................................................................... 7-34
Table 7-7: Passenger Traffic (Internal – Internal Circulation) ............................................................ 7-35
Table 7-8: Passenger Traffic (External – Internal or Internal – External)........................................... 7-35
Table 7-9: Traffic Generated on NH-44 due to Development in the Region ...................................... 7-35
Table 7-10 Traffic Forecast on NH-44 ................................................................................................ 7-35
Table 8-1: Cost for CER as per OM dated May 01, 2018 .................................................................... 8-6
Table 8-2: Identified CER activities along with Budgetary Provision ................................................... 8-6
Table 9-1: Roles and Responsibilities of Developer/AP-ADE Park and Member Industry .................. 9-2
Table 9-2: Recommended Plants for Greenbelt ................................................................................... 9-6
Table 9-3: Estimated Volume of run-off can be harvested ................................................................... 9-8
Table 9-4: Estimated Installation Capacity and Cost for Solar Power Harness ................................... 9-9
Table 9-5: Risk Matrix for Worker Scenarios Based on Likelihood and Consequence ..................... 9-10
Table 9-6: Personnel Protective Equipment ....................................................................................... 9-10
Table 9-7: Project Activities, Associated Impacts, and Mitigation Measures ..................................... 9-18
Table 9-8: Environmental Management - Capital Cost ...................................................................... 9-25
Table 9-9: Environmental Management - Annual Recurring Cost ..................................................... 9-25
Table 10-1: Salient Features of AP-ADE Park ................................................................................... 10-5
Table 10-2: Land use of AP-ADE Park .............................................................................................. 10-5
LIST OF ENCLOSURES
Appendix A: Approved Additional ToR and Standard ToR Letter issued by SEIAA
Appendix B: Compliance to Additional and Standard ToR
Appendix C: Status of GoAP exemption to AP-ADE Park against G.O.MS.No151
Appendix D: Water Drawl Approval and Water Balance Diagram
Appendix E: Climatological Data and Study Area Ambient Air Quality
Appendix F: Study Area Ambient Noise Levels
Appendix G: Study Area Groundwater Quality
Appendix H: Study Area Surface Water Quality
Appendix I : Study Area Soil Quality
Appendix J: Study Area Flora and Fauna
Appendix K: National Ambient Air Quality Standards
Appendix L: National Ambient Noise Standards
Appendix M: IS:10500 2012 Drinking Water Standards
Appendix N: IS: 2296 1982 Standards for use based Classification of Surface Water
Appendix O: Indian Council of Agricultural Research Standard Soil Classification
Appendix P: Emission limits for New Diesel Engine up to and > 800KW for Generator sets
Appendix Q: CETP Inlet and Outlet Standards 2016 & STP Outlet Standards 2017
Appendix R: Minutes of Public Hearing
Page vii
LIST OF ACRONYMS
ATFD Agitated Thin Film Drier

AP Andhra Pradesh
(A&D) Aerospace & Defence
APC Air Pollution Control
ANFO Ammonium Nitrate/Fuel Oil
APADE Andhra Pradesh Aerospace & Defence Electronics
APIIC Andhra Pradesh Industrial Infrastructure Corporation
Limited
APPCB Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board
AFFF Aqueous Film Forming Foam
BaP Benzo Alpha Pyrene
BEL Bharat Electronics Limited
BOD Biological Oxygen Demand
BIS Bureau Of Indian Standards
CO Carbon Monoxide
CRT Cathode Ray Tube
CGWB Central Ground Water Board
CPCB Central Pollution control Board
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand
CETP Common Effluent Treatment System
CMSWMF Common Municipal Solid Waste Management Facility
CSTP Common Sewage Treatment Plant
CFE Consent For Establishment
CFO Consent For Operation
C&D Construction and Demolition
CER Corporate Environmental Responsibility
CSR Corporate Social Responsibility
DPP Defence Procurement Procedure
DRDO Defence Research and Development Organisation
DARE Department of Agricultural Research and Education
DG Diesel Generator
DMP Disaster Management Plan
DRDA District Rural Development Agency
DCP Dry Chemical Powder
ETPs Effluent Treatment Plants
EC Electrical Conductivity
ESDM Electronics System Design & Manufacturing
EAP Emergency Action Plan
EHS Environment Health & Safety
EC Environmental Clearance
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
Page viii
EMC Environmental Management Cell

EMP Environmental Management Plan
EMS Environmental Management System
EP Environmental Protection
EU European Union
EPZ Export Processing Zone
FAB Fluidized Aerobic Bed
FDI Foreign Direct Investment
FMB Field Measurement Book
GPH General Process Hazard
GPS Global Positioning System
GoAP Government of Andhra Pradesh
GoI Government of India
GDP Gross Domestic Product
GSDP Gross State Domestic Product
HNSS Handri Neeva Sujala Sravanth
HAZOP Hazard and Operability study
HDPE High-Density Poly-Ethylene
HAL Hindustan Aeronautics Limited
HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus
HR Human resources
IDLH Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health
IVI Importance Value Index
IMD Indian Meteorological Department
ISRO Indian Space Research Organization
IS Indian Standard
IWPA Indian Wildlife Protection Act
IDDM Indigenously Designed, Developed and Manufactured
IP Industrial Park
IT Information Technology
IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature
KMI KIA Motors India
KLD Kilo Litres per Day
KV Kilo Volts
LNTIEL L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited
LULC Land Use Land Cover
LOS Level of Service
LPG Liquefied Petroleum Gas
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
MRO Maintenance, Repair & Overhaul
MSIHC Manufacture, Storage And Import Of Hazardous
Chemical
MSDS Materials Safety Data Sheet
MAC Maximum Allowable Concentration
Page ix
MVR Mechanical Vapour Recompression

MVA Mega Volt Ampere
MSME Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
MLD Million Litres per Day
MoEF&CC Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change
MSW Municipal Solid Waste
NABET National Accreditation Board for Education & Training
NABL National Accreditation Board for Testing and
Calibration Laboratories
NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards
NAL National Aerospace Laboratory
NBC National Building Code
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NH National Highway
NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
NMP National Manufacturing Policy
NPE National Policy on Electronics
NRSC National Remote Sensing Centre
NO2 Nitrogen Dioxide
OHS Occupational Health & safety
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
PM10 Particulate matter <10 micron size
PM2.5 Particulate matter <2.5 micron size
ppm Parts Per Million
PFCs per-fluorocarbon compounds
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
PV Photo Voltaic
POU Point-of-use
PUC Pollution Under Control
PVC Poly Vinyl Chloride
PCBA Printed Circuit Board Assemblies
PIA Project Influence Area
PPP Purchasing Power Parity
QCI Quality Council of India
RWH Rain Water Harvesting
RCC Reinforced Cement Concrete
ROV Remotely Operated Vehicle
R&D Research and Development
RF Reserved Forest
R&R Resettlement and Rehabilitation
RO Reverse Osmosis
RoW Right of Way
SC Scheduled Caste
Page x
ST Scheduled Tribe
STP Sewage Treatment Plant
SIC Site Incident Controller
SMC Site Main Controller
SME small and medium-sized enterprises
SA Social Accountability
SEZ Special Economic Zones
SPH Special Process Hazard
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
SDMA State Disaster Management Authority
SEIAA State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority
SH State Highway
SEAC State Expert Appraisal Committee
SPCB State Pollution Control Board
SEAD Strategic Electronics Aerospace & Defence
SO2 Sulphur Dioxide
SS Suspended Solids
ToR Terms of Reference
TAC Tariff Advisory Committee
TPD Tonnes Per Day
TDS Total Dissolved Solids
TOT Transfer of Technology
APTRANSCO Transmission Corporation of Andhra Pradesh Limited
TSDF Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Facility
TMC Turning Movement Count
UF Ultra Filtration
USD United States Dollar
UDPFI Urban Development Plans Formulation And
Implementation
VIC Vittal Innovation City
VOC Volatile Organic Carbon
WW Wastewater
ZLD Zero Liquid Discharge
Page xi
Chapter 1
Introduction
1.1 Preamble
Andhra Pradesh Aerospace & Defence Electronics Park Private Limited (AP-ADE Park) is a
joint venture of Andhra Pradesh Industrial Infrastructural Development Corporation (APIIC),
Government of Andhra Pradesh and Vittal Innovation City (VIC).
AP-ADE Park is an upcoming eco-friendly ‘Manufacturing Cluster’ focussed on Aerospace
Defence and Electronics. Abutting NH-44, AP-ADE Park is spread over an area of 259.77
acres and is strategically located in the designated Aerospace & Defence Zone identified by
the Government of Andhra Pradesh in Anantapuramu district of Andhra Pradesh. At an
hour’s drive from Bangalore International Airport, it provides an advantage of its proximity to
Bangalore – the Silicon Valley of India, home to the largest skilled workforce in Aerospace,
Defence and Electronics. Keeping in mind the emerging trends & future growth prospects of
India, AP-ADE Park proposed to offer a world-class infrastructure and a platform that
integrates industry, research, academia, government, and other supporting institutions
promoting innovation, entrepreneurship and world-class manufacturing. Backed by a group
of eminent industry professionals and Government of Andhra Pradesh, the key drivers that
sets apart AP-ADE Park is its ability in enabling as manufacturing and growing business to
surmount the existing roadblocks in setting-up of a habitable eco-system.
AP-ADE Park would functionally become Urban / Industrial node of Bangalore, being within
~113.0 Km North of Bangalore International Airport. Products manufactured at AP-ADE Park
can be marketed through Bangalore and major metropolitan cities of south India (within 500
Km radius of AP-ADE Park). AP-ADE Park would become an Urban Node, starting with
transit oriented development. Urban Node will house Strategic Electronics Aerospace &
Defence (SEAD) clusters, residences, utility & civic amenities as per UDPFI Guidelines or
NBC2016.
The project will help in attracting prospective industrial houses, to establish sector specific
industries in Anantapuramu District of Andhra Pradesh. Minimum investment envisaged from
the proposed Industrial Park is approximately INR 450 Crores depending upon the product to
be manufactured/assembled.
1.2 Project Identification

Aerospace industry across the world is structured in the form of clusters - a large aircraft
manufacturer with a whole host of component manufacturers. India’s aerospace industry has
its origin in Bangalore with the establishment of three major institutions in that city, namely
the National Aerospace Laboratory, the Hindustan Aeronautics Limited and the Indian Space
Research Organization. Three factors appear to have contributed to this change are the
following:
 Increasing market for aircrafts within the country, thanks to the phenomenal growth in
domestic air travel and the increasing success of India’s space program which has also
increased with India emerging to have capability in designing and launching satellites
using its own indigenously designed satellite launch vehicles
 Launching of India’s first civilian aircraft R&D, the HANSA and SARAS in 1991 and
establishment of the Antrix Corporation in 1992 for the promotion and commercial
exploration of products and services from the Indian space programme
Page 1-1
 Growth of R&D outsourcing by foreign aerospace companies and one does hear, with
increasing frequency, of an increasing number of such outsourcing outfits being located
in the country and most of them again happen to be in Bangalore
An indication of the growing importance of Bangalore’s aerospace potential can be gauged
from the fact that during the concluded Aero India 2009 air show – billed as the largest in
South Asia – deals worth more than $1.2 billion were signed between Indian and foreign
aerospace firms. For all these reasons, the Bangalore Aerospace cluster represents India’s
aerospace industry.
In the case of the Indian aerospace industry, its sectoral system of innovation overlaps very
well with the Bangalore Aerospace cluster as the major components of SSI are located within
the Bangalore cluster, therefore sectoral system of innovation of India’s aerospace industry
and the Bangalore aerospace cluster interchangeably.
The Andhra Pradesh (AP) state industrial policy also provides additional financial assistance
along with subsidy in power tariffs, exemption of stamp duty, State General Service Tax
(SGST) exemption for first five years of operation and several other smaller grants and
subsidies on aspects such as skill up-gradation, patent filing, certification and participation in
international exhibitions.
AP government also provides exemption from inspection under several local laws to further
improve the ease of doing business. A vast area of land is allotted by Andhra Pradesh
Industrial Infrastructure Corporation Limited (APIIC), GoAP for this development.
1.3 Details of Project Proponent

The contact detail of authorised person for the proposed Industrial Park is as below:
Mr. Alok Sharma,
Director,
Andhra Pradesh Aerospace & Defence Electronics Park Pvt. Ltd.
#4040, Shubam, 18th Main Road,
HAL 2nd Stage, Indira Nagar,
Bangalore, Karnataka - 560038
Ph: +91-97404 78032
E-mail: projects@apadepark.com
1.4 Applicable Legal and Policy Framework

The proposed Industrial Park and its facilities attract the Environment Impact Assessment
(EIA) Notification, 2006 (as amended). The project categorisation as per EIA Notification is
provided in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1: Project Components and its EIA Study
S. No. Project Activity as per schedule of EIA Notification Category
7 (c) Industrial estates/parks/ complexes/ areas,
export processing Zones (EPZs), Special
1. Industrial Park Economic Zones (SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather Category B
Complexes of EIA notification, 2006 (as
amended)
In due respect to the EIA (Environmental Impact Assessment) Notification 2006 (as
amended) Special Economic Zones (SEZs)/Industrial Parks (IPs) requires an Environmental
Clearance (EC). Considering the area of development of 105.12 ha (259.77 acres) and will
not house any Category A Industries listed in the EIA Notification, the proposed I.P shall be
Page 1-2
appraised by State Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC)/State Level Environmental Impact

Assessment Authority (SEIAA), A.P.
List of other rules/regulations as applicable to this proposed development is given below:
Table 1-2: Applicable Environmental Regulations
Applicable GoI
Policies & Year Objective Reason for Applicability
Regulations
Environmental
1986 To protect and improve overall environment Environment in general
(Protection) Act
Environmental Impact
Assessment Re-engineered EIA notification for a more
2006 Direct
Notification (as effective Environmental clearance process
amended)
Air (prevention and To control air pollution by controlling
1981 Control of Air pollution
control of pollution) Act emissions according to prescribed standards
Noise Pollution
(Regulation and 2000 &
Noise pollution regulation and controls Control of Noise pollution
Control) (Amendment) 2010
rules
Hazardous and other
To store/handle hazardous waste and
Wastes (Management
materials as per the provisions of the
and
manufacturer, storage and import of Appropriate handling of
Transboundary 2016
Hazardous Chemical Rules, Hazardous Hazardous Waste and Materials
Movement) and
Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules
amendment thereof
and Amendments
Rules
To control water pollution by controlling
Water (Prevention and
1974 emission & Water pollutants as per the Control of Water pollution
Control of Pollution) Act
prescribed standards
Solid Waste Control of Pollution due to Solid
2016 For effective management of Solid waste
Management Rules waste
Involvement of information
E- Waste technology
(Management) Rules 2016 Management as a Consumer and telecommunication
amendment thereof. equipment, electrical and
electronics.
Consumer to ensure that used batteries are
not disposed off in any manner other than
2001
Batteries (Management depositing with the dealer, manufacturer, Appropriate handling of used
(amended
and Handling) Rules importer, assembler, registered recycler, re- batteries.
in 2010)
conditioner or at the designated collection
centres.
Generator shall prima-facie be responsible for
collection, segregation of concrete, soil and
Construction and others and storage of construction and
Demolition Waste demolition waste generated, as directed or Appropriate handling of
Management Rules 2016 notified by the concerned local authority in Construction and Demolition
and amendment consonance with these rules. The generator waste.
thereof shall ensure that other waste (such as solid
waste) does not get mixed with this waste
and is stored and disposed separately.
The Manufacture,
1989 To prevent major chemical accidents arising Handling of Hazardous
Storage and Import of
(amended in from industrial activities; and to Limit the Chemicals by the member
Hazardous Chemical
2000) effects of chemical (industrial) accidents Industries.
Rules (as amended)
Use of Explosive during
To regulate the manufacture, possession,
The Explosive Rules 2008 Construction Risk prevention
use, sale, transport of Explosives
and safety of the project vicinity
Page 1-3
Applicable GoI
Policies & Year Objective Reason for Applicability
Regulations
Mandatory use of ash based
All brick units within 100km radius (extended
bricks or products in
1999 (as to 300 km) of thermal power plants were
infrastructure construction
Fly Ash Notification amended till required to use fly ash for making bricks as
including buildings in
2016 well as using it for construction activities like
designated Industrial estates or
building or roads.
parks or SEZ
Generator to take all necessary steps to
Appropriate handling of Bio-
Bio-Medical Waste ensure that bio-medical waste is handled
2016 Medical Waste from the First
Management Rules without any adverse effect to human health
Aid/Medical Center etc.,
and the environment
1.5 Project Site

The Project Site is located near Palasamudram village, Gorantla mandal, Anantapuramu
District, Andhra Pradesh. This Project is at 13058’42.91” to 14° 0'0.91" North latitude and
77040’3.71” to 77°40'24.74" East longitude coordinates with an altitude of 691.66m to
727.52m above the MSL. The Project area is covered in the Survey of India Toposheet no.
57/G/9 (D43R9). The project boundary with coordinates on Google Image is shown in Figure
1-1.
The site-specific location map showing the project boundary with co-ordinates and
surrounding features is shown in Figure FD0101. Photos of the project site are shown in
Exhibit 1-1.
A B
D
C
A: 14° 0'0.91"N |77°40'3.71"E B: 13°59'59.84"N |77°40'24.83"E

C: 13°58'42.91"N | 77°40'24.74" E D: 13°58'49.96"N | 77°40'13.86"E
Figure 1-1: Project Site on Google Image
Page 1-4
Exhibit 1-1: Terrain of Project site
1.5.1 Salient Features of Project Site
The project site is having a rolling terrain with varying levels. There is a natural drain of lower
order observed in the site which will be levelled as per project requirement and the drainage
pattern of the region will be ensured by providing appropriate storm water drainage system..
The salient features of project site are given in Table 1-3.
Table 1-3: Salient Features of Project Site1
S. No. Details Description
1. Location Near Palasamudram village, Gorantla mandal, Anantapuramu District
Latitude:13058’42.91” to 14°0'0.91" North
2. Coordinates
Longitude: 77040’3.71” to 77°40'24.74" East
3. Land 105.12 ha (259.77 ac)
Land use of the site is mostly barren and Stony waste (Rocky), land with and
4. Present Land use without scrub and portion of cultivable land vegetation, scattered trees, open wells
and green house nursery
 National Highway NH – 44 - >25 m
5. Road Connectivity  State Highway SH-96 – 2.0 km SW
 State Highway SH-87 – 1.7 km SE
6. Rail Connectivity Chakarlapalli Railway station – 9.2 km W
 Puttaparthi Airport – 21 km – ESE
7. Airport
 Bengaluru International Airport – 113.0 km - SSE
Nil in Project Site
8. River/stream Vangaperu Stream – 5.8km NNE
Chitravati River – 7.7km SE
9. Seismicity The study area falls in Seismic Zone II (least active)
10. Hills/Valleys Nil
No Archaeological sites/monuments within the 10km of the Project Site
Archeologically Important
11.  Madhavaraya Temple (Old Vishnu Temple), Gorantla– 10.07 km, E
Places
 Penukonda Fort and related monuments – 12.5 km, NNW
1
Distances mentioned are from project boundary
Page 1-5
S. No. Details Description

National Parks/Wildlife Nil
12.
Sanctuaries
 Somandepalli R.F – 3.9 NW
 Kaligera R.F – 1.1 NE
Reserved and Protected  Errakonda R.F – 6.2 SSW
13.
Forests  Penukonda R.F – 7.4 NW
 Neradikonda R.F – 10.4 NE
 Roddam R.F 14.5 NW
14. Defence Installations Nil
1.6 Need/Justification of Project Development

The domestic aviation and defence aerospace vehicles have grown unprecedented in India
in the last few years. The rapid growth of this industrial sector has attracted global players to
India.
Government of India has introduced several incentives to support the national capability in
Aerospace and Avionics manufacturing. R&D towards Defence aerospace sector with Design
& Testing facilities is another major support sector in the aerospace industry. The demand for
industrial space in the vicinity of Bangalore is growing steadily due to healthy industrial
climate of Karnataka with the establishment of three major institutions in that city.
Also, Andhra Pradesh government is committed to provide their complete support for the
various developmental projects in the state, in view of this setting a new high ground for the
proposed region called as Rayalaseema, AP-ADE Park has been called in for new
emergence of possibilities.
With M/s Bharat Electronics Limited (BEL) already decided to come up with India’s largest
defense systems integration complex near to the proposed project site. The emergence of
this development and BEL, the scope is limitless considering the development being looked
ahead with the new defense options in the region.
1.6.1 Demand - Supply
The special alloy made aerospace components are in huge demand in India. The
commercial aviation has grown tremendously and hence there is big gap between what is
available here with the requirement.
Maintenance, Repair & Overhaul (MRO) sector requires expansion with expanding
commercial and industrial aerospace industry. The potential for MRO sector is growing also
addresses the need for defence systems. These industries which are having varied
operations from alloy making through component manufacturing, MRO for aircraft /Space
Craft/Missile, electronic hardware, etc. Presently, no specific aerospace industries are in the
State and such demands are being met from industries across the state border.
Such requirements if could be sourced locally, the growing airline industries will operate with
much better output and product quality. The establishment of such industries in the proposed
Park will also bring more employment opportunities.
1.6.2 Import vs Indigenous Production
The proposed Park is envisaged for promoting minor and major components and instrument
to engineering industries such as BEL and others that could possibly produce or fabricate the
components and instruments to the specifics and design of varied aerospace components in
Page 1-6
this zone. The indigenous production of such components will reduce the requirement for
import and will bring more employment opportunities.
The special allotment and promotion of Aerospace component manufacturing units in this
Park will ensure indigenous production in this key and the growing Industrial sector.
1.6.3 Export Possibility
The indigenous production of components and instrument will boost the opportunity to export
to all south Asian countries. The proposed Park with engineering units will have all
characteristics to become a hub for aerospace component production and MRO business in
India to cater the export possibilities in this high-technology sector.
The Aerospace Component manufacturing units will have Export potential in this newly
growing field of Aircraft /Spacecraft manufacturing.
Global Aerospace sales are expected to increase manifold over the coming years. The Asia-
Pacific region is deemed to be the fast growing Aerospace regions with fleet size going to
increase multiple times. This provides export potential for Aerospace industrial sector of India
for Aerospace and Avionic.
1.6.4 Domestic/Export Markets
The proposed Park will enable the member industries to acquire the Quality Standards as
per the requirement of International Standards. This will ensure them to become alliance
partners to major domestic and international OEMs of Aerospace and Avionic sector.
The infrastructure from AP-ADE Park will enable the member industries for getting quality
product with trained manpower, available readily in the project location.
1.6.5 Initiatives of Government of India
1.6.5.1 For Defence Manufacturing Sector2
The Government of India encourages 100% Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) in the defence
sector and allows 49% FDI under the automatic route above which through Government
route.
Some of the major initiatives taken by the Government of India for the sector as a whole are:
 The requirement of single largest Indian ownership of 51% of equity removed.
 A lock-in period of three years on equity transfer has been done-away with in FDI for
defence.
 The initial validity period of industrial licenses has been increased from 3 years to 15
years with a provision to grant extension for a period of 3 years.
 Defence offset policy was developed to leverage capital acquisitions to develop the
domestic defence industry according to which the mandatory offset requirements of a
minimum of 30% for procurement of defence equipment in excess of USD 307.69 million
have been envisaged
 Provision of USD 34.53 billion for defence services in the FY 2016-17 Union Budget.
2
Source: http://www.makeinindia.com/sector/defence-manufacturing
Page 1-7
 Capital outlay for Defence in 2016-17 is kept at USD 12.09 billion, out of this; USD 10.75
billion has been allocated for Capital Acquisition of the Defence Services.
 USD 1.33 billion has been provided under “Other than Capital Acquisition” segment for
capital expenditure to Army, Navy, Joint staff and Air Force.
 Tax incentives for R&D programmes and weighted tax deduction is given under Section
35 (2AA) of the Income Tax Act
1.6.5.2 Defence Production Policy-2011
The objective of the policy is to encourage indigenous manufacture of defence equipment by

proactively encouraging larger involvement of the Indian Private Sector in design,
development and manufacture of defence equipment as well as to promote domestic
production by Public Sectors and MSMEs.
1.6.5.3 The National Policy on Electronics (NPE)
The objective of the NPE is to create an ecosystem for a globally competitive electronic
system design & manufacturing sector and to achieve a turnover of about USD400 bn by
2020, including investments of about USD100 bn, as well as to provide employment to
around 28 million people at various levels. The ultimate aim of the policy is for the Indian
Electronics System Design & Manufacturing (ESDM) sector to develop core competencies in
strategic and core infrastructure sectors like telecommunications, automobile, avionics,
industrial, medical, solar, information and broadcasting, railways, intelligent transport
systems, etc.
1.6.5.4 National Manufacturing Policy (NMP)
The government has brought out the NMP to increase the growth of the manufacturing sector
to 12 to 14% over the medium term and enable manufacturing to contribute at least 25% to
the National GDP by 2022.
1.6.6 Initiatives of Government of Andhra Pradesh
1.6.6.1 Aerospace & Defence Manufacturing Policy 2015-20

 GoAP facilitates all Aerospace and Defence industrial clearances in a Single desk
clearance Policy
 Subject to applicable laws, the GoAP will give permission to the Aerospace and Defence
industry for 24x7 (three shifts) operations, employment of women in the night shifts,
flexibility in employment conditions including working hours for women and shorter or
longer shift timings and hiring of contract workers
 The industry will be declared to be a “Public Utility” under the Industries Disputes Act.
1947 in order to prevent flash strikes
 A special cell to be constituted to facilitate and streamline defence projects of national
importance
Page 1-8
1.6.7 Growth Drivers3
The Make in India initiatives of Govt. of India and Defence Production Policy, 2011 has
encouraged indigenous manufacturing of defence equipment. Defence Procurement
Procedure (DPP) has been amended in 2016 to provide for the following:
1. New category of capital procurement - Buy Indian —IDDM (Indigenously Designed,
Developed and Manufactured) introduced to encourage indigenous design,
development and manufacturing of defence equipment.
2. Preference to ‘Buy (Indian-IDDM)’, ‘Buy (Indian)’ and ‘Buy and Make (Indian)’ over
‘Buy (Global)’ categories of capital acquisition.
3. Clear and unambiguous definition of indigenous content.
4. Provision for Maintenance TOT (Transfer of Technology) to Indian Industry partners.
5. Provisions to allow foreign OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) to select Indian
Production agency.
6. Requirement of minimum indigenous content has been enhanced/rationalised.
7. ‘Services’ as an avenue for discharging offsets have been re-introduced.
o Defence products list for industrial licensing, has been articulated in June 2014,
wherein large numbers of parts/components, castings/ forgings etc. have been
excluded from the purview of industrial licensing.
o The defence security manual for the private sector defence manufacturing units
has been finalised and put in public domain by the Department of Defence
Production. The manual clarifies the security architecture required to be put in
place by the industry while undertaking sensitive defence equipment.
o The MAKE procedure, which aims to promote research & development in the
industry with support from the government and the placement of orders, has
been promulgated with provision for 90% funding by Government and
preference to MSMEs in certain category of projects.
1.6.8 Location Advantage/Justification:
Andhra Pradesh has a rich labour pool, with large base of semi-skilled and skilled labour,
making it an ideal destination for manufacturing sectors. The state also has well developed
physical infrastructure in the form of large number of Ports, Airports and Railway network.
The state is covered by five major rivers ensuring assured availability of water in most parts.
The state is well on its way to become Power surplus with multiple Power plants in pipeline.
The state is now aggressively promoting industrial development through well-orchestrated
campaign and attractive industrial policies and incentives for many thrust areas.
A study of the critical and high parameters indicate that Andhra Pradesh (AP) has a very high
ranking among various states for attracting investments in the field of manufacturing due to
following the advantages:
 Relatively lower land cost
 Power Availability
 Availability of Engineering and Technical Manpower
3
Source: http://www.makeinindia.com/sector/defence-manufacturing
Page 1-9
 Proximity to Supply chains (South East Asian Countries)

 Proximity to Seaports and Airport
 Visionary government with Regulatory Scenario and Policies for manufacturing Industry
 Part of Chennai Bengaluru Industrial Corridor
1.7 Project Development Plan

AP-ADE Park will focus on Aerospace, Defence, Electronics, Land Systems and allied
industries in a spread of 259.77 acres of land which includes Manufacturing Industries as
anchor industries, SME and ready built; Support Industries as logistics and R&D industries;
Amenities; Roads; Utilities; Green Plot/Buffers; Mixed Use etc.,
Following are the AP-ADE Park’s typical Capabilities and Products:
 Aero engine Components: Propellers / Rotors, etc. Aero structure Components, Fuselage
Manufacture, Aircraft Construction and Assembly
 Avionics, Raw Material Supply / Material Manufacturer
 Aero engine & Aero structure sub-assemblies Electric & Electronics: Panels,
Components, Equipment’s and Power, Systems, Electrical Cable Accessories /
Harnesses
 Aircraft Interiors: Equipment Furnishings
 Tooling, Ground Support & Airfield Equipment Armaments and Related Equipment:
Missile-Related Products
 Auto flight Systems and Equipment: Pilot Nav-aids, Communication Systems and
Equipment, Control Systems and Equipment, Fuel and Fuel Systems, Hydraulic Systems
and Equipment, Safety and Survival Equipment, Indicating Data and Recording Systems
 Landing Gear: Space Systems and Equipment, Standard Parts: Windows, Wings, Galley
Equipment, Fasteners, Technical Textiles
 Land Systems: Armoured vehicle, trucks, automobiles, vehicles, tanks etc
 Aviation Services: Research, Design & Development, Consultancy, Finance and Logistics
 Training Skills: Universities, Colleges and Institutes, HR Manpower, Others, Flight
Training
 Stock Solutions
The key infrastructure aspects of the project are listed below.
Water: The raw water requirement for the proposed AP-ADE Park will be sourced from
Gollapalli reservoir.
Power: Power requirement will be sourced from APTRANSCO and AP-ADE Park will house
multiple sub-stations (1 receiving S/S and 2 Distribution S/S) within its premises.
Wastewater Management: A Common Sewage Treatment Plant (CSTP) is proposed in AP-
ADE Park to treat the sewage generated from both industrial and residential area. Similarly
Common Effluent Treatment Plant (CETP) is proposed to treat the industrial wastewater.
Solid Waste Management: The solid waste generated includes Municipal Solid Waste -
MSW (domestic and commercial waste) and Hazardous wastes. Bio-degradable portion of
the MSW will be treated at AP-ADE Park and utilised. Other portions of MSW will be
disposed off in the nearest sanitary landfill/approved vendors or recyclers. Hazardous waste
generating industries within AP-ADE Park shall have their own temporary hazardous waste
storage facilities. Disposal of industrial solid waste that cannot be recycled will be sent to
nearest TSDF. The hazardous and E-waste shall be transported through an authorised
dealer or to an authorised TSDF/electronic waste disposal facility in accordance with the
Page 1-10
provisions of the Hazardous and other Waste (Management and Transboundary Movement)
Rules, 2016 and E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016.
Social infrastructure: Necessary Support & Social Infrastructure to cater to the employees
is planned within AP-ADE Park.
1.8 Consultant Appointed

In order to assess the potential environmental impacts due to the proposed project, AP-ADE
Park appointed L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited (LNTIEL) as an EIA consultant to
carry out the EIA study and to provide necessary technical assistance during Environmental
Clearances from Statutory Authorities.
1.9 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

AP-ADE has submitted the proposal (Form-1, Draft ToR and Prefeasibility Report) for
consideration by State Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC), State Environmental Impact
Assessment Authority (SEIAA).
The SEAC noted that the proposed I.P is classified under Item No 7(c) of the schedule of the
EIA Notification 2006, Industrial estates/parks/complexes/areas, export processing Zones
(EPZs), Special Economic Zones (SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather Complexes and will house
only Category B Industries listed in the EIA Notification.
SEAC has appraised the project in its meeting held on June 30, 2018 and recommended for
issue of Standard Terms of Reference (ToR) with public hearing for the proposed Andhra
Pradesh Aerospace & Defence and Electronics Park (AP-ADE Park) with additional TOR
Copy of the ToR (dated 23.08.2018) issued by SEIAA is enclosed as Appendix A.
The EIA study has been carried out based on the approved additional ToR and Standard
ToR and compliance to the same is enclosed as Appendix B.
1.10 Approach and Methodology
1.10.1 Project Influence Area (PIA)/Study Area
An area covering 10 km radius from I.P boundary has been earmarked as study area for
baseline terrestrial environmental surveys and Impact Assessment respectively. The study
area map is given as Figure FD0102.
1.10.2 Study Period
The baseline environmental survey was carried out during October 2017 – December 2017.
1.10.3 Methodology
The EIA study has been carried out considering construction as well as operational phases.
In each phase, anticipated impacts due to proposed development on terrestrial environment
and social components have been addressed. The methodology adopted for the study is
discussed in the following sections.
Page 1-11
1.10.3.1 Project Description
The project development plan covering proposed industrial and infrastructure facilities,
development schedule and project cost is discussed in Chapter 2.
1.10.3.2 Baseline Environmental Surveys
The baseline environmental status of the study area was established by carrying out the field
surveys covering following environmental components. In addition, authenticated secondary
data was also collected, reviewed and presented.
 Meteorology
 Ambient Air Quality
 Noise Levels
 Water Quality
 Soil
 Ecology (Flora and Fauna)
 Land use and Land Cover Mapping
Site specific hourly meteorological data was generated during the study period. In addition
hourly meteorological data (pre-processed from MM5) of the year of 2016 pertaining to this
region was obtained from Lakes Environment. Ambient air quality monitoring at the identified
monitoring locations in the study area was carried out with twice a week frequency. Hourly
noise levels were recorded at identified monitoring locations once during the study period.
Inland water quality (surface and groundwater) and soil quality sampling was carried once
during the study period at the identified sampling locations in the study area. The baseline
environmental surveys were carried out by NABL and MoEF&CC accredited laboratory, M/s.
Vison Labs, Hyderabad.
Socio-Economic Aspects: Socio-economic baseline and social impact assessment was
carried out by secondary data collected from Census of India, 2011.
The baseline environmental conditions are described in Chapter 3.
1.10.3.3 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
The environmental impacts which are likely to arise due to the proposed development during
the construction as well as operational phases have been studied in detail with respect to the
facilities/activities being proposed. Further, the impacts have been assessed taking into
consideration the existing baseline status of the terrestrial environment. The mitigation
measures proposed to minimise/avoid each of the likely impacts are presented in Chapter 4.
1.10.3.4 Analysis of Alternatives
APIIC has identified large land parcel to promote the industrial development in the state of
Andhra Pradesh. Out of which 259.77 acres of identified land parcel near Palasamudram
village has been proposed for the development of AP-ADE Park. Some of the important site
features making it suitable for Aerospace & Defence Electronics Park have been discussed
in detail and presented in Chapter 5.
Page 1-12
1.10.3.5 Environmental Monitoring Programme
Environmental Monitoring Programme for construction and operation phases of project has
been addressed and presented in Chapter 6 of this report. The Environmental Monitoring
Programme covers the technical and network design of monitoring including measurement
methodologies, frequency, location, etc., and budgetary estimates.
1.10.3.6 Additional Studies
Risk Analysis and Disaster Management Plan: Preliminary Risk analysis covering hazard
identification and mitigation measures during handling of hazardous materials were
described. Broad Disaster Management Plan was prepared outlining various measures to
combat accidents and natural disasters. Also measures to guard against fire hazards have
been addressed in Chapter 7.
Traffic Studies: Traffic surveys carried out for the existing road networks of the project
region was reviewed thoroughly and analysed for present and future traffic scenario. Also,
increase in traffic due to the development of AP-ADE Park has been studied and the
capability of the existing/proposed road network was analysed and presented in Chapter 7.
Social Impact Assessment: The likely social impacts associated with the project
development during construction and operational phases are detailed out in Chapter 7.
Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER): CER activities proposed are discussed in
Chapter 7. Also CER budgetary provision made for the activities proposed is discussed in
Chapter 7
Public Hearing: As per EIA notification 2006 (as amended), the AP-ADE Park proposed at
Palasamudram has been categorised as B under Industrial Estates/Parks/Complexes (7 (C)),
and as per the approved ToR, the project shall undergo public hearing. This draft EIA report
has been prepared and submitted for public hearing.
1.10.3.7 Project Benefits
The project benefits in terms of improvements in the physical and social infrastructure,
employment potential and other tangible benefits including Corporate Environment
Responsibility (CER) are presented in Chapter 8.
1.10.3.8 Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) was prepared based on the mitigation measures
for the impacts during construction and operation phases and an environmental monitoring
programme is proposed. The mitigation measures have been discussed in Chapter 4 under
the respective sections. The Environmental Monitoring Programme has been discussed in
Chapter 6. The institutional mechanism responsible for the implementation of the mitigation
measures and Greenbelt development are presented in Chapter 9.
1.11 Structure of EIA Report

The report is structured as per Appendix III of EIA Notification, 2006 (as amended) and also
EIA Guidance Manual for Industrial Estates, 2010 released by MoEF&CC as given below.
 Chapter 1 : Introduction
 Chapter 2 : Project Description
Page 1-13
 Chapter 3 : Description of Environment

 Chapter 4 : Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
 Chapter 5 : Analysis of Alternatives
 Chapter 6 : Environmental Monitoring Programme
 Chapter 7 : Additional Studies
 Chapter 8 : Project Benefits
 Chapter 9 : Environment Management Plan (EMP)
 Chapter 10 : Summary and Conclusion
 Chapter 11 : Disclosure of Consultants Engaged
Page 1-14
Chapter 2
Project Description
Chapter 2 Project Description
2.1 General
This chapter describes the salient features of proposed sector specific Industrial Park,
master planning, infrastructure facilities, utilities & amenities. This chapter also covers about
Project land and project implementation schedule.
2.2 Project Location

The proposed industrial park is located at Palasamudram village, Gorantla Mandal,
Anantapuramu District, Andhra Pradesh. The project site is spread over an area of 259.77
acres. The site is located at 13058’42.91” to 14° 0'0.91" North latitude and 77040’3.71” to
77°40'24.74" East longitude coordinates. Location map is presented as Figure FD0101.
Anantapuramu is the major city which is located at ~85 km in Northern direction to the
Project site.
As per Government of Andhra Pradesh (GoAP) order no. G.O.M.S.No.151 dated November
11, 2017; it is prohibited to locate/expand any air polluting industries within the radius of ten
(10) km from M/s KIA Motors India (P) Limited and its ancillaries located at Erramanchi &
Gudipalli Villages, Penukonda (M), Anantapuramu District, Andhra Pradesh. However, AP-
ADE Park (P) Limited has requested to The Secretary to Government, Industries and
Commerce Department for the exemption from the said order prohibiting location of
industries in 10 km from M/s KIA Motors India (P) Limited and its ancillaries through
application Letter dated 28.05.2018. The same is under process with the Industries and
Commerce Department. AP-ADE Park (P) Limited application and communication received
from GoAP on status of the application letter no. Lr.No.13021/16/2018/A1-INFRA-INDS
Dated 19.07.2018 is given as Appendix C. The AP-ADE Park shall submit “Exemption from
provisions of the G.O.Ms.No. 151 for setting of AP-ADE Park” as on when received from the
GoAP during the Environmental Clearance appraisal process. It is pertinent to mention that
other industries proposed in the region have already obtained similar exemption from the
respective department considering the overall development requirement of the region.
2.3 Land for the Project

Andhra Pradesh. About 264.06 acre of land was allocated vide G.O. Ms. No. 76 of Industries
& Commerce (Infra) Dept. GoAP dated 14/09/2015 (259.77 acres as per FMB Plot at site
post concurrent Revenue & Topographical Survey undertaken by Cartographic consultant)
for the project. APIIC had the land transferred from Revenue department and currently AP-
ADE Park has obtained the possession of land.
2.4 Surveys and Investigations
2.4.1 Topographic Survey
Topographic survey and the base map preparation for the project site has been carried out
by VVN TECHNOLOGIES PVT. LTD, Guntur. As per the topographic survey and the base

Page 2-1
map it is noted that the topography of the site varies from 691.66m to 727.52m. The map
showing the topography of the site is shown in Figure FD0201.
2.4.2 Geotechnical Survey
To determine the soil properties of the area and to arrive at the most suitable foundation
system for the proposed structure Thirty One (31) boreholes were bored up to depths varying
from 4.0 m to 12.0 m below ground level. Rotary drilling was adopted for boring up to 6.0 m
depth and deeper boreholes were bored using percussion drilling. The drilling was
terminated for the required depth in the medium rock layer.
The summary of the geotechnical survey analysis are:
 The area explored has got top soil of 0.3 m to 0.5m is non-uniform
 The underlying later is disintegrated rock with medium rock appearing at depths
varying from 0.7m to 8.5m below ground level
 No water table was met with the boreholes at the time of exploration
2.4.3 Traffic Studies
Traffic surveys carried out for the existing road networks of the project region was reviewed
thoroughly and analysed for present and future traffic scenario. Also, increase in traffic due to
the development of AP-ADE Park has been studied and the capability of the
existing/proposed road network was analysed and presented in Chapter 7.
Based on the assessment, it has been concluded that considering the full-fledged industrial
development of the region and proposed development of AP-ADE Park would require
widening of NH44 to 6 lanes by NHAI.
2.5 Details of Master Plan – Planning Brief
2.5.1 Planning Concept/Design Basis
India’s aerospace industry has its origin in Bangalore with the establishment of three major
institutions in that city, namely the National Aerospace Laboratory, the Hindustan
Aeronautics Limited and the Indian Space Research Organization. Three factors appear to
have contributed to this change:
 Increasing market for aircrafts within the country, thanks to the phenomenal growth in
domestic air travel and the increasing success of India’s space program which has also
increased with India emerging to have capability in designing and launching satellites
using its own indigenously designed satellite launch vehicles
 Launching of R&D of India’s first civilian aircraft, the HANSA and SARAS in 1991 and
establishment of the Antrix Corporation in 1992 for the promotion and commercial
exploration of products and services from the Indian space programme
 Growth of R&D outsourcing by foreign aerospace companies and one does hear with
increasing frequency of such outsourcing outfits being located in the country and most of
them again happen to be in Bangalore
The proposed AP-ADE Park has been conceptualised with this view in mind. AP-ADE Park is
going to be Third Industrial Revolution (TIR) Compliant Development that will also fulfil all the
international (EU) and National criteria set Smart City Initiative of Govt of India.

Page 2-2
2.5.2 Type of Industry
The project is development of Aerospace & Defence and Electronics Park (AP-ADE Park) in
an area of about 259.77 acres (105.12 Ha)
2.5.3 Facilities
industries in a spread of 259.77 acres of land which includes Manufacturing Industries as
anchor industries, SME and ready built; Support Industries as logistics and R&D industries;
Amenities; Roads; Utilities; Green/Plot Green Buffers; Mixed Use etc.,
2.5.4 Connectivity
Road Connectivity: Bangalore – Hyderabad National Highway (NH-44) is adjacent to the

proposed area.
Rail Connectivity: Chakarlapalli railway station is at the distance of 9.2 km.
Airport Connectivity: Sri Satya Sai airstrip for private users is 21 Kms. Bangalore
International Airport is at a distance of 113 km.
2.5.5 Transportation
The products manufactured at AP-ADE Park will be marketed through Bangalore and major
metropolitan cities of South India (within 500 km radius). The traffic generated by the AP-
ADE Park includes both Freight and passenger traffic movements. Table 2-1 provides
details on the Freight traffic and passenger traffic generated from the AP-ADE Park.
Table 2-1: Generated Traffic from AP-ADE Park
Volume (In Vehicles)
S. No. Category Mode
External to Internal Internal to External
Passenger 2W, Car, taxi, Walk, Intermediate Public
1. 9823 9823
Transport-IPT (mainly Auto), Cycle, Bus
2. Freight Truck 795 795
2.5.6 Employment Generation
AP-ADE Park will make huge potential of employment for skilled and unskilled workers. The
total employment generation due to the proposed project can be primarily divided into two
categories, direct employment and indirect employment. It is expected to generate
employment of 250-500 persons during Construction Phase and 2500 persons of direct
employment and 2.5 times of it will be indirect employment during the Operation phase.
2.5.7 Typical Focus Sectors
The typical focus sectors identified for AP-ADE Park are as follows:
1. Aerospace
2. Defence
3. Electronic System Design & Manufacturing
4. Land Systems
5. Logistics and Warehousing
Some of the identified manufacturing processes which are anticipated in AP-ADE Park are:

Page 2-3
Sectors Sub-sectors
Propellers / Rotors, etc. Aero structure Components Fuselage Manufacture ,
Aero-engine Components Aircraft Construction and Assembly, Avionics, Raw Material Supply / Material
Manufacturer, Aero-engine & Aero structure Subassemblies
Panels, Components, Equipment’s and Power Typical SEAD Cluster Capabilities,
Products & Processes SEAD Cluster Systems, Electrical Cable Accessories /
Electric & Electronics
Harnesses, Aircraft Interiors Equipment Furnishings, Tooling, Ground Support &
Airfield Equipment
Armaments and Related Equipment Missile-Related Products
Pilot Navaids, Communication Systems and Equipment, Control Systems and
Auto flight Systems and Equipment Equipment, Fuel and Fuel Systems, Hydraulic Systems and Equipment, Safety
and Survival Equipment, Indicating, Data and Recording Systems
Landing Gear Space Systems and Equipment
Standard Parts Windows, Wings, Galley Equipment, Fasteners, Technical Textiles
Aviation Services Research, Design & Development, Consultancy, Finance and Logistics
Land Systems Armoured vehicle, trucks, automobiles, vehicles, tanks etc
In addition, below are detail activities anticipated with the above processes:
1. Lamination and Extrusion Coating
2. Injection Moulding – moulds, Tool Design and other processes
3. Machining
4. Simple & Specialized Casting
5. Precision Engineering
6. Tooling Room and Prototyping lab
7. Surface Treatment
8. Component manufacturing
9. Electrical & Electronics
10. System Integration
11. Testing & Certification
12. Composite Structures
13. Plastic Extrusion, Design and Manufacturing
14. Plastic Thermoform Design and Manufacturing
15. Thermoplastics
16. Carbon and advanced composites material
17. CNC machining
18. Manufacture of parts using 3-D printing technology
19. Forging, Electro chemical milling, high-speed 5-axis machining, assembly and
balancing of critical components
20. Manufacture of wiring and inter connection systems
21. Technical and specialised Textiles
22. Electronics Manufacturing and Integration
23. Electronic Component manufacturing
24. PCB design assembly and production
25. Cables and Harness Manufacturing
26. Specialised paints and surface treatments
27. Electronic Manufacturing Services
2.5.8 Land use of AP-ADE Park
The land use statement of the AP-ADE Park is given in Table 2-2. It is to mention that the
landuse pattern in the layout has been updated after Draft EIA submission considering the
requirement of DTCP and others.

Page 2-4
Table 2-2: Land use of AP-ADE Park

Land Use Site Area (Acres) Percentage (%)
Industrial area 132.55 51.00
Mixed Use 43.30 16.70
Utilities 14.03 5.4
Green area 29.91 11.5
Roads 39.98 15.4
Total 259.77 100
The proposed land use/ detailed site Master Plan is given in Figure FD0202.
2.6 Proposed Infrastructure
2.6.1 Industrial Area
The total industrial area proposed covers 51.0% of the total 259.77 acres. It comprises of
cluster areas allocated for Anchor Industries, SMEs, and Logistics.
Figure 2-1: Industrial Area of AP-ADE park

Page 2-5
2.6.2 Green Areas
Greenbelt of 15 m width is proposed along the entire boundary. This accounts to 29.91 acres
(11.5%) Large Green pockets are proposed as green node along with amenities and Green
connectors are proposed to connect the peripheral green belt to green nodes. In addition to
this, all the industrial units shall develop green areas within their premises as per the
prevailing law. The details of the total plot level green areas proposed are given in Table 2-3.
Table 2-3: Plot level Green area distribution
Land Use Area as per land Use Green Areas in Acres % Greens
Industrial Plots 132.55 39.76 30%
Mixed Use 43.30 12.99 30%
Utilities 4.96 1.49 30%
Amenities 7.79 2.34 30%
Total Plot level Green achieved 56.58
The total Green areas in the project land use is: 29.91+56.58 = 86.49 acres (33.29%)
The green areas proposed are shown in Figure 2-2.
Figure 2-2: Proposed Green Belt and Green Areas

Page 2-6
2.6.3 Mixed Use and Utilities

An area of 43.30 acres is earmarked for the Mixed Use development which include
Residential and Support & Social Infrastructure amenities like Schools, Higher education
institutes, Training centres, R&D centers, Commercial Office Complex, Health centers,
Hospitals, Office spaces, Retail, Restaurants, Residential, Service Apartments, Hotel,
Dormitories, Gymnasium, Health Club, Recreation Clubs, Sports Facilities etc. An area of
6.03 acres for Utilities is considered which includes Water treatment plants, Sub-station,
CETP, CSTP etc. The Mixed use and utilities planned within the layout are shown in Figure
2-3.
Figure 2-3: Mixed Use and Utilities
2.6.4 Approach to Project Site and Entry-exit
The approach road, entry/exit to the proposed site is from South-end side from NH-44.
Further proximity to NH-44 is a key aspect for the Park as it will save the logistics cost for the
units located in Park. SH-96 connecting Hindupur - Palasamdram is at a distance of 2.0 km
towards SW and SH-87 connecting Palasamudram – Kadiri is at a distance of 1.7 km
towards SE direction.

Page 2-7
As per the G.O.Ms.275, no plot in the layout shall get direct access from the National
Highway; the access has to be through a service road which should be at least 12m. Hence,
the approach to the site is from South side of the site from NH44 through a service road.
Emergency exits are proposed on Northern and Western sides. The details of the approach
road and main entry / exit to the project site are shown below.
Figure 2-4: Approach Road and Entry/ Exit locations
2.6.5 Water Supply
The total one time raw water requirement for the proposed AP-ADE Park will be about 6.42
MLD for different purposes specifically industrial, commercial, institutional, residential, district
cooling, fire fighting and green area maintenance. It is proposed to treat the wastewater
generated to tertiary level (discussed in Section 2.6.7.3.4) thus enabling its reuse and
recycle at the site for non-potable water demand. Considering the treated water
reuse/recycle of 2.055 MLD, the Net total daily raw requirement or make up water will be
about 4.365 MLD and will be sourced from Gollapalli reservoir. Water allocation/drawl
approval accorded by Water Resources Department, GoAP is provided as Appendix D (i).
The water balance diagram of AP-ADE Park is provided as Appendix D (ii).
APIIC is developing a 15 MLD Industrial water supply scheme with Gollapalli Reservoir as
water source to meet the water demand for KIA Motors India I.P, Ammavaripalli I.P, Gudipalli
I.P and other industrial developments in Penukonda and Hindupur region. Hence the site has
advantage of uninterrupted water supply.

Page 2-8
2.6.5.1 Gollapalli Reservoir - Replenishment Details
There are two ways Gollapalli Reservoir receives water i.e. rain fed water during monsoon
season through natural drainage pattern in the watershed around the reservoir and Handri
Neeva Sujala Sravanth (HNSS) Project.
HNSS project is conceived by drawing flood waters from the Srisailam reservoir. The lift
canal with a length of nearly 550 km, takes off from the back waters of Srisailam reservoir at
Malyala and routed along the hill ridges up to high lands in Chittoor
district via Kurnool, Anantapuramu and YSR Kadapa districts with many lifts / pumping
stations. It is planned to use nearly 40 Tmcft water from the Krishna River under this project.
The first phase (220 kilometres length) of the canal up to Jeedipalli reservoir, is completed
(Figure 2-5). This reservoir is located at Chinna Mushtur village in Anantapuramu district and
three (3) Nos of balancing Reservoirs constructed in Phase-I, namely at Krishnagiri (Kurnool
District), Pathikonda Reservoir (Kurnool District) and Jeedipalli Reservoir (Anantapuramu
District).
The second phase (349 kilometres length) of the main canal is up to Adivipalli Reservoir,
Chittoor district. This is passing through three Branch Canals (Madakasira, Punganur and
Niva), and three (3) distributaries (Atmakuru, Thamballapalli, and Vayalpadu) in the drought
prone upland Areas of Rayalaseema districts of Anantapuramu, YSR Kadapa and Chittoor to
fill water for six Reservoirs (including Veligallu Dam Reservoir and five Nos of balancing
Reservoirs constructed in Phase-II covering Anantapuramu district (Gollapalli, Cherlopalli,
and Marala), and one each in Kadapa (Srinivasapuram) and Chittoor (Adivipalli) Chittoor
districts (Figure 2-6).
Figure 2-5 Schematic Diagram HNSS Lift Proposal – Phase I

Page 2-9
Figure 2-6 Schematic Diagram HNSS Lift Proposal – Phase-II

The gross storage capacity of the Gollapalli Reservoir is 1.91 TMC and allotment for
industrial supply is 10% of the capacity i.e. 0.191 TMC. The competitive user analysis for
water withdrawal from the reservoir for industrial purpose is given below.
S. No Parameters Units Quantity
TMC [Thousand million
1. Gross Storage 1.91
Cubic feet]
2. Live Storage TMC 1.26
3. Dead storage TMC 0.65
4. Aerial extent of the reservoir Km2 4.84
A quantity of 0.0632 TMC is being allotted to KIA and its subsidiary requirement. The one
time water requirement for the proposed AP-ADE Park is 0.0827 TMC and considering the
treated water reuse/recycle of 0.0264 TMC, the net raw water requirement or make up water
will be about 0.0562 TMC which can be easily met through sourcing from Gollapalli reservoir.
Approval for 0.045 TMC (3.5MLD) has already been obtained as start-up requirements.
2.6.6 Power Supply
The power demand estimated for various uses in the proposed AP-ADE Park during
construction phase is 3.0 MVA and will be met partly from DG sets and partly from
APTRANSCO.
During the operation phase, the power requirement is estimated at 60 MW and the same will
be met through 400 KV PGCIL transmission line of APTRANSCO. AP-ADE Park will house
multiple sub-stations-1 receiving S/S and 2 Distribution S/S within its premises and the power
supply to each unit will be 3 phased.
After Industrial park take-off, depending on quality of power supply, AP-ADE Park will be
meeting the Day Time Power requirement partly procured from dedicated Solar park /Grid
Linked Photo Voltaic (PV) units installed on roof tops of 23 MWp.

Page 2-10
2.6.7 Wastewater Management
In the proposed AP-ADE Park of 259.77 acres, approximately 49.5% of it will be industrial
area. Adequate wastewater management system is a primary requirement for hygienic
environmental condition. The conveyance system shall be adequately designed for carrying
the sewerage and industrial effluent from all the areas.
The wastewater generated at AP-ADE Park will be collected and treated in Common Sewage
Treatment System (CSTP) of 2.0 MLD and Common Effluent Treatment System (CETP) of
0.7 MLD which will be developed on Modular basis.
2.6.7.1 Wastewater Generation
The estimated quantity of wastewater generation from various sources has been worked out
and the details are given in Table 2-4.
Table 2-4: Wastewater Generation
Quantity (KLD)
Source
Sewage Effluent
Mixed Use areas 901 -
Industrial areas 1018 608
Common (Amenities & Utilities) 11 -
1930 608
2.6.7.2 Wastewater Conveyance System
The wastewater conveyance will be through gravity wherever possible otherwise pumping of
the wastewater will be done from the industries to the respective CSTPs and CETPs.
2.6.7.3 Common Sewage Treatment Plant (CSTP)
Sewage from the sanitary and domestic blocks at the industrial units of the clusters, mixed
use & residential and common facilities such as amenities & utilities shall be conveyed by
gravity or pumping to CSTP proposed to be located in the utility areas. The total quantity of
sewage is estimated at 1930 KL/day. It is proposed to have CSTP of 2.0 MLD (2000 KLD)
capacity which will be developed on Modular basis.
The characteristics of the sewage and standard for treated sewage are given in Table 2-5.
Table 2-5: Expected Characteristics of Sewage and Treated Sewage (Standard)
Design Parameter for Raw Treated Sewage
S. No Parameter Unit
Sewage @inlet Standard
1. pH - 6.0-8.5 6.0 – 9.5
2. TSS ppm 900 <100
3. BOD ppm 400 <30
2.6.7.3.1 Proposed Scheme for Treatment of CSTP

The indicative proposed scheme of treatment is shown below comprising of primary stage
(physical treatment) followed by secondary stage (bio-chemical treatment) and Tertiary stage
(chemical oxidation, filtration and adsorption). The exact scheme for implementation will be
decided during detailed Design Engineering stage.

Page 2-11
Figure 2-7: Proposed Scheme for Treatment of CSTP
2.6.7.3.2 Primary Treatment

The sewage generated is collected and led via drain to the CSTP. In the drains, screens
shall be provided for retaining coarse matter. Two stages of screens are provided i.e. coarse
screen followed by fine screens, which are of manual type and are to be cleaned at regular
intervals. The sewage is then taken to grit chamber for removal of grit. Here two grit
chambers are provided which are to be used in cyclic manner and are to be manually
cleaned. The sewage is then led to a sump. From the sump, the sewage is pumped to an
equalization tank at an elevated level for attenuation of variation in waste flow rate and
characteristics. For mixing, to avoid solids from settling and development of anaerobic
conditions, air shall be bubbled in the equalization tank through a grid placed at the base of
the tank. The sewage from the equalization tank is pumped at a uniform and constant rate for
secondary treatment.
2.6.7.3.3 Secondary Treatment

Sewage from the primary treatment is subjected to bio-chemical oxidation in aeration tank.
An attached growth Fluidized Aerobic Bed (FAB) system working as an extended aeration
system is proposed. Air for aeration is supplemented by means of blowers connected to air
diffusers. For immobilizing the microbes, high surface area to volume ratio synthetic media
shall be provided in the aeration tank. This system has the following advantages:
 Smaller foot print area
 Ease in operation and maintenance
 Operator skills required are minimal
 System less susceptible to upset conditions (shock loading, power failure, etc.)
 Lower energy requirements
 No clogging or chocking of the media.
Following bio-chemical oxidation, the sewage from the aeration tank is taken to a tube deck
(secondary settling tank) for solid-liquid separation. The sludge collected in the hopper
bottom of the settling tank is periodically withdrawn and applied to the sludge drying beds for

Page 2-12
dewatering and drying. The underflow of the sludge drying beds is sent back to the
equalization tank.
2.6.7.3.4 Tertiary Treatment

Overflow from the settling tank is subjected to tertiary treatment. The first stage is chemical
oxidation tank for chemically oxidizing the residual contaminants. Chlorine as sodium hypo
chlorite shall be added for chemical oxidation. For adequate contact time a chlorine contact
chamber with 30 minutes detention time and mixing arrangement (baffle walls) is proposed.
The sewage from chlorine contact chamber is then collected in an intermediate sump and
pumped to a pressure sand filter for removal of particulate matter. The sewage is then taken
through an activated carbon column for removal of trace organics and pollutants (chlorine,
colour, trace organics, etc.). The backwash of the pressure sand filters and activated carbon
column are taken to sludge drying beds.
The treated sewage will be used for gardening or horticulture purpose and dried sludge will
be used as manure.
2.6.7.4 Common Effluent Treatment Plant (CETP)
Effluent from the different industrial units of the clusters shall be conveyed by gravity or
pumping to CETP proposed to be located in the utility area. The total quantity of effluent is
estimated at 608 KL/day. It is proposed to have CETP of 0.7 MLD capacity (700 KLD) which
will be developed on a Modular basis. The industries related to Microelectronics, Automobile
Ancillary and Aero & Defence Strategy will fall under Focus Engineering Industrial Sector.
The facilities in this kind of industrial sector can be considered of a series of unit process
such as Melting and die casting, Cutting, Shearing, Forming, Welding and soldering, Heat
treatment, Forging, Dressing/grinding, Machining, Non-destructive testing, Surface
preparation and surface coating etc.
The types of industries may include Engineering and fabrication units (dry process without
any heat treatment / metal surface finishing operations / painting); Ferrous and Non - ferrous
metal extraction involving different furnaces through melting, refining, re-processing, casting
and alloy making; Forging of ferrous and non-ferrous metals (using oil and gas fired
furnaces); Industry or processes involving foundry operations; Rolling mill (oil or coal fired)
and cold rolling mill; Spray painting, paint baking, paint shipping; Steel and steel products
using various furnaces like blast furnace/open hearth furnace/induction furnace/arc
furnace/submerged arc furnace /basic oxygen furnace /hot rolling reheated furnace; Rolling
mill (gas fired) and cold rolling mill; Industry or process involving metal surface treatment or
process such as pickling/ electroplating/paint stripping/ heat treatment using cyanide bath/
phosphating or finishing and anodizing / enamellings/ galvanizing; Electric and electronic
item assembling (completely dry process).
Based on the categorisation of activities and industries the effluent characteristics is
assessed as Low concentration of BOD, COD, TDS and low concentration of other criteria
pollutants for all the CETPs. The influent characteristics of CETP is arrived based on
literature review of similar kind of industries, CPCB/ SPCB industry specific standards,
Consultant experience etc., The quality and quantity of effluent in CETP has been estimated
with due care and diligence. If there will be any specific requirement from any member
industry it will be addressed in the design and will be taken care/accommodated
subsequently.

Page 2-13
The member industry will treat the wastewater to pre-treatment standards i.e. CETP influent
standards specified by MoEF&CC. Following are the details of anticipated inlet
characteristics of CETPs shown in Table 2-6. The parameters are chosen based on the
activities and industry specific standards stipulated by CPCB, and certain additional
parameters are considered based on the type of Industrial activities proposed with
Consultant experience.
Table 2-6: CETPs Inlet Wastewater Characteristics
CETP Influent Standard as Influent Characteristics
S. No. Parameter Unit
per EP Act 1986 as amended from various industries
1. pH - 5.5-9.0 5.5-9
2. Temperature oC 45 <45.0
3. Oil and grease mg/l 20 20.0
4. BOD mg/l - 450
5. COD mg/l - 900
6. Suspended Solids mg/l - 600
7. Dissolved Solids mg/l - 5000
8. Copper mg/l 3.0 3.0
9. Zinc mg/l 15.0 15.0
10. Lead mg/l 1.0 1.0
11. Cyanide (CN) mg/l 2.0 2.0
12. Iron mg/l - 3.0
13. Cadmium mg/l 1.0 1.0
14. Nickel mg/l 3.0 3.0
15. Chromium Total (Cr) mg/l 2.0 2.0
16. Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l 50 50
17. Sulphides mg/l - 2.0
18. Phosphates mg/l - 5.0
19. Fluorides mg/l 15 15
The incoming wastewater (WW) will be treated initially in Bar Screen Chamber and Oil water
separators to remove floatable materials and oil & grease, if any. Then it will be sent to
Equalization tank to make a flow as homogeneous and PH adjustment will also be done.
Thereafter depending on the quality of the wastewater to be treated including SS, the
chemical to be used for treatment in the Flash mixing/ Reaction tank/Flocculation tank will
have to be changed. (For e.g.: For Cyanide: Na(OH) + NaOCl; For Chromium: Sulphuric
Acid, FeSO4, Lime etc.,). The Flash mixer/ Reaction tank/Flocculation tank will have the
provision to carry out two stage treatment if required for certain type of pollutant. The Flash
mixer/ Reaction tank will have the provision to accommodate segregated effluent treatment
of criteria pollutants which is exceeding discharge standards will be carried out for those
industries that will be able to provide these pollutant loads separately. The fluoride bearing
wastewater will be removed through precipitation in the Flash mixer/ Reaction tank as
calcium fluoride (CaF2) (Fluoride reduction via activated alumina will be explored if required
as segregated effluent treatment). This will improve the treatment/ removal efficiency with
low treatment chemical consumption. The Settled/ precipitated contents will be removed in
the primary clarifier and then the WW will be sent to Aeration tank for the reduction of
BOD/COD. Secondary Clarifier will be used to remove the solids/sludge present in the
treated WW. Then this treated WW will be sent through multi grade filters and Activated
Carbon Filter to Chlorine contact tank and then depending on the requirement/ use chlorine
dosages will be added. Then this treated WW will go in to Ultra Filtration (UF) module for
further Polishing before feeding in to Reverse Osmosis (RO) system. RO system will ensure
the required water quality for reuse and the reject will be treated with Mechanical Vapour
Recompression (MVR) followed by Multiple Effect Evaporator followed by Agitated Thin Film

Page 2-14
Drier (ATFD) to make system as ZERO LIQUID DISCHARGE (ZLD). All the recovered solids
will be sent to TSDF. The ZLD will be ensured by adopting, this wastewater treatment
technology, Monitoring at CETP level and imposing the responsibility on Member industries
to adopt recycle/reuse methodologies to the extent possible.
The proposed treatment scheme for CETPs is shown in Figure 2-8.
Figure 2-8: Treatment Scheme for CETPs

Following are the details of anticipated treated water characteristics of CETPs.
Table 2-7: CETPs –Targeted Treated wastewater Characteristics
S. No. Parameter Unit Targeted Treated Wastewater Characteristics
1. pH - 7.5
2. Temperature oC <35
3. Oil and grease mg/l <0.5
4. BOD mg/l <3.0
5. COD mg/l <15
6. Suspended Solids mg/l <0.5
7. Dissolved Solids mg/l <100
8. Copper mg/l <0.3
9. Zinc mg/l <1.4
10. Lead mg/l <0.1
11. Cyanide (CN) mg/l <0.2
12. Iron mg/l <0.3
13. Cadmium mg/l <0.1
14. Nickel mg/l <0.3
15. Chromium Total (Cr) mg/l <0.1
16. Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l <50
17. Sulphides mg/l <0.2
18. Phosphates mg/l <0.5
19. Fluorides mg/l <1.0

Page 2-15
2.6.8 Storm Water Drainage
Storm water drainage arrangement is proposed along road side to cater water from the road
surface and adjoining land area of project site. Accordingly each road side drain runoff is
arrived and connected to road side drain on downstream side, forming as grid type
arrangement based on the natural slope (gravity flow) which finally has to be discharged into
natural lower order drain located eastern side of the project site. The surface and sub-
surface drainage system is designed as per IRC guidelines. A minimum longitudinal gradient
of 0.3% is maintained in such a way that it attains the minimum self-cleaning velocity of
storm water drains. Closed box, Open box and trapezoidal type storm water drain are being
explored along both side of the new construction road in project site.
In addition, rooftop runoff will be collected and used to negate the dependency on externally
sourced water during Monsoon. Altogether a hybrid storm management system integrating
LID (low impact development) and conventional drain system is planned for the Project.
The strategy proposed for management of storm water in AP-ADE includes 2 core
components:
 ROOFTOP RUNOFF - Storage and utilization of rooftop runoff for localized non-
potable uses
 SURFACE RUNOFF - Collection and channelization of surface runoff to nearby
outfalls, incorporating ground recharge/ infiltration mechanisms
A. ROOFTOP RUNOFF
Rooftop runoff is collected and stored in subsurface storage sump/tanks with the help of
syphon controlled drains connecting the roof to the storage tank. An intermediate level
screening of the incoming water facilitates removal of larger suspended particles. The
retained water further undergoes filtration and gets re-circulated for use within the plot. Any
excess runoff beyond the storage capacity of the tank flows into the dedicated drain lines that
carry the filtered rooftop runoff into city or cluster-level larger storage tanks. Further levels of
screening and filtration may be carried out to achieve the desired quality required for the
intended use. Other appurtenant mechanisms in the form valves for flow regulation, meters
and sensors for flow analysis and leakage control may also be adopted.
B. SURFACE RUNOFF
Surface runoff primarily arising from paved/ unpaved ground surfaces, pavements etc. gets
partly infiltrated into the soil with the help of LID components such as rain garden and porous
pavement. The remaining runoff gets channelized into the lateral drain network (open/ closed
drains) outside the plot limits and gets further transmitted into the central drainage network.
Street side LID components such as bio-swales and rain gardens etc. also contribute to
filtration of pavement runoff (before getting into the drain system) and infiltration/ recharge of
water into the ground. Identifying storm water outfalls at regular intervals and critical points
are important to ensure the water generated within the development is discharged effectively
thus preventing any instances of flash floods or water logging.
Use of urban design components such as amphitheatres, play courts or any other contained
paved surfaces may also be used as intermediate or temporary water holding structures in
case of critical instances. This would ensure a more urban design prompted water
management strategy or in other words Water Sensitive Urban Design (WSUD).

Page 2-16
Figure 2-9: Site level storm water management strategy
Figure 2-10 Plot level storm water management strategy

Page 2-17
The core criteria’s governing the strategy includes:

 Balanced Pre and Post construction generated runoff from the site. This ensures that
there is no increase or decreased in the volume of the runoff generated after
development. This is to be achieved by ensuring that the excess runoff generated
from the paved surfaces is balanced out by creating artificial infiltration systems and
water retention structures, within the site, that stores excess runoff preventing flash
loading in the external drain
 Least effect on the natural drainage pattern both inside and outside the site
 Catchment area of the major water bodies in the region remain unaffected
 Enhanced utilization of retained water within and outside the site
2.6.8.1 Watershed model and outfall location criteria
Watershed model generated (using ArcGIS) for the region show streamlines of major
order heading towards the water bodies (notified/ not-notified) located in the vicinity of the
site and is shown in Figure 2-11. The stream lines generating from within and outside
(close proximity) the site extends in south-west direction towards the Palasamudram and
Ragimakulapalle Lake. The outfalls proposed for the site given as Figure 2-12 has been
identified considering these natural flow directions.
Main outfalls identified for drainage include:
 Outfall 1 – Proposed outfall adjacent to the central green space. The flow of
natural drain is in south-east direction and ultimately joins the water body/ lake
located near Ragimakulapalle settlement.
 Outfall 2 – Existing culvert located to the southern boundary of the site, across NH
7 (Bangalore-Hyderabad highway). This channels drains out to the
Palasamudram Lake.
Figure 2-11: Watershed analysis for the region and major water bodies

Page 2-18
Figure 2-12: Storm water drainage network for AP-ADE Park
2.6.9 Solid Waste Management
Municipal wastes in the form of canteen wastes (food refuse), domestic wastes, papers,
recyclables, CSTP sludge etc. will be generated which will be both bio-degradable and non-
biodegradable in nature. It is expected to generate food waste (bio-degradable) of 9.53 TPD
from AP-ADE Park from various sources such as industrial areas (General and
Manufacturing), Commercial areas, residential, utility and logistics. Bio-degradable portion of
the MSW will be treated at AP-ADE Park and utilised. Other portions of MSW will be
disposed off in the nearest sanitary landfill/approved vendors or recyclers. Disposal of the
municipal solid waste will be carried out as per the prevailing norms.

Page 2-19
Solid waste will arise from several sources at AP-ADE Park in the form of Hazardous and
non-hazardous waste. The majority of the waste by volume will result in the category of
Recyclable (39.93 TPD) such as metal, mineral & non-metal, electronics, paper & paper
board, wood, glass, plastics etc., and Reusable (5.10 TPD) such as textile & leather and
construction and demolition (C&D) waste. It is expected to generate 4.85 TPD of C&D waste
and 0.25 TPD of textile & leather waste which will be reused.
The details of Non-hazardous (recyclable) waste expected to be generated from the AP-ADE
Park are given in Table 2-8.
Table 2-8: Details of Non-hazardous (Recyclable) Waste
S. No. Description Quantity Units Disposal
1. Metal 14.91
2. Mineral & non-metal 3.05
Collection, Storage and disposed to
3. Paper & paper board 4.56
TPD agencies authorised by APPCB for
4. Wood 1.81
Recycling
5. Glass 3.80
6. Plastics 11.80
The details of industrial hazardous waste expected to be generated from AP-ADE Park are
given in Table 2-9.
Table 2-9: Details of Hazardous Industrial Waste
Details of waste
Details of Unit Process Solid/Semi
stream as Waste
generating Hazardous solid/liquid
S. No. indicated in Management Possible Source
Waste as listed in column oily Tarry
column 3 of proposed
2 of Schedule -1 Slurry Others
Schedule -1
5.1-Used or spent Collection, From machines/
5-Industrial operations oil Storage and hydraulic systems from
using mineral or synthetic disposed to the member industries
1. oil as lubricant in hydraulic 5.2-Wastes or Liquid agencies
system or other residues authorised by
applications containing oil APPCB or
TSDF
Collection, Metal chip sludge from
12-Metal surface treatment
Storage, and Electroplating/ Surface
such as etching, staining,
12.8-Plating metal disposed to treatment unit process
2. polishing, galvanizing, Solid & Slurry
sludge agencies
cleaning, degreasing,
authorised by
plating etc.
APPCB
Collection, Spent solvents from
20-Production and/or 20.2- Spent Storage and metal surface cleaning
3. Liquid
industrial use of solvents solvents Transportatio process
n to TSDF
Collection, Paint sludge, Spent
Storage and sanding paper, Dirty
21-Production and/or
21.1-Process disposed to rags with paint
industrial use of paints,
4. wastes, residues Solid & Slurry agencies
pigments, lacquers,
and sludge authorised by
varnishes and inks
APPCB or
TSDF
31.1- Process Collection, E-waste from the
residue and Storage and industries which cannot
wastes disposed to be recycled
5. 31-Electronic Industry Solid
31.2- Spent agencies
etching chemicals authorised by
and solvents APPCB

Page 2-20
Details of waste
Details of Unit Process Solid/Semi
stream as Waste
generating Hazardous solid/liquid
S. No. indicated in Management Possible Source
Waste as listed in column oily Tarry
column 3 of proposed
2 of Schedule -1 Slurry Others
Schedule -1
Collection, Industrial use of
33.1-Empty
Storage and chemicals in the
barrels/
Recycling member industries and
33-Handling of hazardous containers/ liners
6. Solid through CETP
chemicals and wastes contaminated with
APPCB
hazardous
approves
chemicals/ wastes
recyclers
35-Purification and Collection, Sludge from CETP
treatment of exhaust Storage, and
35.3- Chemical
air/gases, water and disposed to
sludge from waste
7. wastewater from the Solid agencies
water
processes in this schedule authorised by
treatment
and effluent treatment APPCB
plants (ETPs)
The details of E-waste are given in Table 2-10.

Table 2-10: Details of E-waste
Waste
S. No. Details of E-Waste Quantity Units Management Possible Source
proposed
E-Waste such as Collection,
Wiring/Electrical, CRT, LCD, Storage and Industrial Use of
1. Fluorescent Lamps, Incandescent 13.86 TPD Transport to E-Waste
Lamp, Batteries, LED, computer authorised Components
and its parts Recyclers
The industrial use of batteries will generate waste in the form of used batteries. These used
batteries will be collected, stored and transported to authorised recyclers to ensure that used
batteries are not disposed away in any manner other than depositing with the dealer,
manufacturer, importer, assembler, registered recycler, reconditioner or at the designated
collection centres. Used batteries will be handled as per Batteries (Management & Handling)
Rules, 2001 (amended in 2010).
Presently there are no scientific solid waste management sites in the vicinity of the project
site. Nearest municipal solid waste compost yard and dumping site is at Dharmavaram town
under Dharmavaram Municipality whereas the nearest Hazardous waste management facility
is located in Raviguntapalli, Nellore, which is about 209 km from the AP-ADE Park.
2.7 Project Cost

The total cost estimated for the development of various infrastructure facilities and including
land cost is INR 200 crores.
2.8 Project Implementation Schedule

The project development activities are proposed to commence at the site in 30-45 days after
procuring all the necessary statutory approvals in the year 2018 and is expected to be
complete by the year 2020.

Page 2-21
Chapter 3
Description of Environment
Chapter 3 Description of Environment
3.1 Preamble
This chapter depicts the existing environmental and social conditions in and around the
proposed AP-ADE Park with an area of around 259.77 acres (105.13 ha) located near
Palasamudram Village, Gorantla Mandal, Anantapuramu District, Andhra Pradesh. The
primary baseline surveys with respect to Ambient Air, Surface & Groundwater, Soil and
Ambient Noise quality were carried out and by M/s. Vison Labs, Hyderabad - a MoEF&CC
and NABL approved Environmental Testing Laboratory. Flora and Fauna Surveys were
carried out by L&TIEL. In addition, relevant secondary data including socio-economic
conditions were collected from authenticated sources and presented in this Chapter.
Following are the various environmental attributes monitored as a part of baseline
environmental surveys.
Environmental Components
 Meteorology  Ambient Air Quality
o Temperature o Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
o Relative Humidity o Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)
o Rainfall o Particulate matter <10 micron size (PM10)
o Wind Speed & Direction o Particulate matter <2.5 micron size (PM2.5)
 Ambient Noise Levels o Ozone (O3)
o Day equivalent noise levels o Lead (Pb)
o Night equivalent noise levels o Carbon Monoxide (CO)
 Inland Water Quality o Ammonia (NH3)
o Groundwater Quality o Benzene (C6H6)
o Surface Water Quality o Benzo(a)Pyrene(BaP)
 Soil Quality o Arsenic(As)
 Flora & Fauna (Ecology) o Nickel (Ni)
3.2 Study Area

An area covering 10 km radius from AP - ADE Park boundary has been earmarked as study
area for baseline terrestrial environmental surveys. A map showing the study area is given as
Figure FD0102.
3.3 Study Period

The baseline environmental survey was carried out during Post Monsoon season (October-
December) of year 2017 within the study area.
3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive areas

The environmental sensitive areas covering an aerial distance of 10 km from project
boundary is given in Table 3-1.

Page 3-1
Table 3-1: Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 10 km from Project Boundary

Name/ Aerial distance
S. No. Areas
Identity (within 10 km.)4
Areas protected under international
conventions, national or local legislation for
1. - -
their ecological, landscape, cultural or other
related value5
 Kaligera R.F  1.1km, NNE
 Somandepalli R.F  3.9km, NW
 Errakonda R.F  6.2km, SSW
Areas which are important or sensitive for  Penukonda R.F  7.4km, NW
ecological reasons - Wetlands, watercourses or  Palasamudram Tank  0.6km, S
2.
other water bodies, coastal zone, biospheres,  Devulacheruvu near  4.7km, SSE
mountains, forests Vadigepalli
 Naginayanicheruvu  2.1km, NNW
 Vangaperu Stream  5.8km, NNE
 Chitravati River  7.7km, SE
Areas used by protected, important or sensitive
3. species of flora or fauna for breeding, nesting, - -
foraging, resting, over wintering, migration
 Palasamudram Tank  0.6km, S
 Devulacheruvu near  4.7km, SSE
Inland, coastal, marine or underground Vadigepalli
4.
waters  Naginayanicheruvu  2.1km, NNW
5. State, National and International boundaries6 - -
 Anantapur - Bengaluru National  Adjacent
Routes or facilities used by the public for Highway NH 44
6. access to recreation or other tourist, pilgrim  State Highway SH-96  2.0km, S
areas  State Highway SH-87  1.7km, S
 Chakarlapalli Railway station  9.2km, W
7. Defence installations - -
 Somandepalli Government
 6.2km, W
High School
 6.2km, W
 Govt Hospital, Somandapalli
 Sri Vivekananda School,
 6..0km, W
8. Densely populated or built-up area Somandapalli
 6.0km, W
 Vignan High School,
Somandapalli
 2.0km, S
 Z.P.H.S, Palasamudram
 2.0km, S
 Health Center, Palasamudram
Areas occupied by sensitive man-made land
9. uses (hospitals, schools, places of worship, 
community facilities)
4
Distances are aerial distances measured from the boundary of project site.
5
Penukonda Fort and related monuments is located at 12.3 km, NW
6
Andhra Pradesh – Karnataka State Boundary is in 13.3km, SE

Page 3-2
Name/ Aerial distance

S. No. Areas
Identity (within 10 km.)4
 Kaligera R.F  1.1km, NNE
 Somandepalli R.F  3.9km, NW
 Errakonda R.F  6.2km, SSW
Areas containing important, high quality or  Penukonda R.F  7.4km, NW
scarce resources, (ground water resources,  Palasamudram Tank  0.6km, S
10.
surface resources, forestry, agriculture,  Devulacheruvu near  4.7km, SSE
fisheries, tourism, minerals) Vadigepalli
 Naginayanicheruvu  2.1km, NNW
Areas already subjected to pollution or
11. environmental damage. (those where existing - -
legal environmental standards are exceeded)
Areas susceptible to natural hazard which could Earth Quake; Proposed project site falls under Seismic Zone II
cause the project to present environmental (Low Risk Zone) as per IS 1893 (Part I).
12. problems, (earthquakes, subsidence,
landslides, erosion or extreme or adverse
climatic conditions)
3.5 Physical Conditions
3.5.1 Project District Profile
Anantapuramu district is one of the four districts of Rayalaseema Region and the largest
among the 13 districts of Andhra Pradesh. It is situated in the western part of Deccan plateau
and forms the southernmost part of Rayalaseema. Anantapuramu falls in scare Rainfall Zone
of Agro Climatic Zone. The district is economically backward and chronically drought
affected. Anantapuramu district is lies between 13° 41’ to 15° 14’North latitudes and 76° 47’
to 78° 26’ East longitudes.’. The district occupies the southern part of the State and is
bounded on the north by Bellary district of Karnataka State and Kurnool district of Andhra
Pradesh, on the East by Cuddapah and Chittoor districts of Andhra Pradesh and on the
South and West by Karnataka state. Anantapuramu district stands 1st position in terms of
area with 19,130 km2 and ranks 7th in terms of population with 40,81,148 persons in the
State. District map was given in Figure 3-1.

Page 3-3
Guntakal
Gooty
Pamidi
Bommanahal
Uravakonda Tadipatri
ANANTAPUR Tadimarri
Kalyandurg
Kambadur Dharmavaram
Puttaparti
Kadiri
Penukonda
Madakasira Somandapalle Tanakal
Lepakshi
(Source: District Census Handbook of Anantapuramu, Directorate of Census operations, A.P., 2011)
Figure 3-1: Anantapuramu District Map
3.5.2 Climatic conditions
Anantapuramu district has a tropical wet and dry climate characterized by year round high
Temperatures. March to May is summer season and December to February is dry and
comparatively cool season. Being far away from the coast, it does not enjoy the full benefit of
the North-east monsoon and being cut off by the high Western-Ghats, the Southwest
monsoon is also prevented, thus the district is deprived of both the monsoons. October and
November form the retreating monsoon season.
3.5.3 Natural Resources of Project District
3.5.3.1 Forest Resources
The district is very poor in forests both in terms of area and richness of flora. The district
witness recurrent drought and receive scanty rainfall results Southern thorn scrub forest
spread over 80% of the total forest areas of the district. The total area under forestry is 1,953
Sq. km., constituting 10.2% of the total geographical area of the district. The forests in the
district are thin and scanty. These forests exist only on the hillocks of Mochukota hills. The
other areas of concentration are at the hills of Gooty and, south of Dharmavaram and
Madakasira. The important forest produces are Beedi leaves, Custard apple, Tamarind and
Agava a wild growth plant which is good resource for making fibre. In addition, wild shrubs

Page 3-4
like Cactus are widely available which has got extensive use in toiletries and medicines7.
Forest map of PIA district is shown in Figure 3-2.
Guntakal
Gooty
Obulapuram` Pamidi
Urava Konda
Tadimarri 0 km 50 km
Scale in km
Kambadur
Puttaparti
Kadiri
Madakasira Tanakallu
Lepakshi
Project Site
(Source: NRSC-Bhuvan, 2005-06)
Figure 3-2: Forest Map of PIA District

Forest Resources in Study Area:
 Penukonda Range of Hills: The range of Penukonda hills, the series takes from
Chennekothapalli and runs 64 km, through Penukonda, Roddam, Somandepalli and
enters Hindupur and Lepakshi mandals. The height ranges between 786 m to 938 m.
As per the Indian forest type classification by Sir H.G. Champion and S.K. Seth-1968. The
following types of forests are recorded in the study area.
Dry Tropical Forests:
Group 6- Tropical Thorn Forests
Sub-group-6A-Southern Tropical Thorn Forests
C1- Southern Thorn forests
DS1- Southern Thorn scrub
DS2- Southern Euphorbia scrub
Forest areas in the 10 km Radius of the project area are given in Table 3-1.
3.5.3.2 Agricultural resources
In view of the un- assured irrigated facilities on account of deprival of both the monsoons,
farmers generally take up dry crops. During the South-west monsoon period, under Kharif
season the important crops like groundnut, paddy, minor millets, jowar, red gram, sunflower
7
“Brief Industrial Profile of Anantapur District” published by MSME-Development Institute, Hyderabad

Page 3-5
etc., are being cultivated. During the Rabi season, paddy, groundnut, sunflower, bengal
gram, coriander is being cultivated.
3.5.3.3 Mineral Resources
Dolomite, iron ore, limestone, Prophylite, quartz and steatite are some important minerals
available in the district. Map showing Mineral Resources of the PIA district is as shown in
Figure 3-3. The study area consists of crystallines rocks.
(Source: District planning series 1995- Anantapuramu)
Figure 3-3: Mineral resources of the PIA district
3.5.4 Land Use and Land Cover
3.5.4.1 Study Area Land Use Pattern (10 km radius)
A 10 km study area from the project site was considered for understand the general land use
of the area around the project site. LU/LC pattern prepared for the entire 10 km study area
and presented in Table 3-2. LU/LC statistics of study area is presented in Figure 3-4 and
LULC map is shown in Figure 3-5. The major land use classes observed in the study area
are: Agriculture (Crop Land and Plantation) is dominant followed by Wastelands (Scrub
land/Barren Rocky/Salt Affected), Forest (Deciduous/ Plantation), Water bodies
(Reservoir/Lakes/Ponds/River/Stream/Drain/Canal) and Built-up (Rural/Mining/Urban/
Transportation).
Table 3-2: Land Use/Land Cover Statistics of Study Area
S. No Classes Area (sq.m) Area (Ha) Area(ac) % of Area
1 Agriculture: Crop Land 168316310.5 16831.631 41591.869 43.63
2 Agriculture: Plantation 1869184.86 186.918 461.886 0.48
3 Wastelands-Scrub land 68385322.29 6838.532 16898.382 17.73

Page 3-6
S. No Classes Area (sq.m) Area (Ha) Area(ac) % of Area

4 Wastelands-Barren Rocky 54906275.92 5490.628 13567.637 14.23
5 Wastelands-Salt Affected 1535771.90 153.577 379.498 0.40
6 Forest: Deciduous 64574461.28 6457.446 15956.698 16.74
7 Forest: Plantation 121091.89 12.109 29.922 0.03
8 Water bodies-Reservoir/Lakes/Ponds 14779490.97 1477.949 3652.092 3.83
9 Water bodies-River/Stream/Drain 1119266.3 111.927 276.577 0.29
10 Water bodies-Canal 378789.79 37.879 93.601 0.10
11 Built-up: Rural 5161281.99 516.128 1275.381 1.34
12 Built-up: Mining 2019056.02 201.906 498.920 0.52
13 Built-up: Urban 1590162.33 159.016 392.938 0.41
14 Built-up: Transportation 1013066.16 101.307 250.334 0.26
Total 385769532.210 38576.953 95325.735 100
% of Area 16.74%
0.41% 0.03%
0.26%
1.34%
0.52%
14.23%
Agriculture: Crop Land
0.48%
Agriculture: Plantation
Built-up: Mining
Built-up: Rural
Built-up: Transportation 0.40%
Built-up: Urban
Forest: Deciduous
Forest: Plantation
43.63%
Wastelands-Barren Rocky
Wastelands-Salt Affected
17.73%
Wastelands-Scrub land
Waterbodies-Canal
0.10%
Waterbodies-Reservoir/Lakes/Ponds
Waterbodies-River/Stream/Drain
3.83%
0.29%
Figure 3-4: Land Use/Land Cover Statistics of Study Area

Page 3-7
Suraganipalli
Gonipeta
Kattivanipalli
Venkatapuram
Naginayanicheruvu
Pudagandlapalli
Somandepalli
Motrapalli
Gudipalli
Kaligeri
Gummayagaripalli
Manchepalli Palasamudram
Narasimhapalli
Kavetinagepalli
Budili
Pattikuntapalli
Reddicheruvupalli
(Source: Bhuvan, 2011)
Figure 3-5: Land Use Pattern in the Study Area
3.5.4.2 Land Use Pattern in Project Site
The land use/land cover (LULC) of the project site was prepared using Sentinel-2 satellite
imagery with Kharif & Rabi season data scenes. The satellite imageries were classified with
supervised classification technique and cross-referred with Survey of India (SOI) toposheet
data of 1:50,000 scale. The land use of the project site is dominated by Wastelands-Scrub
land followed by Agriculture: Crop Land. LULC pattern for the project site is presented in
Table 3-3. Statistics of Project site is presented in Figure 3-6 and LULC map for Project area
is shown in Figure 3-7.
Table 3-3: Land Use Land Cover Pattern of Project Site
S. No Classes Area (sq. m) Area (Ha) Area (ac) % of Area
1 Agriculture: Crop Land 817856.73 81.785673 202.0968144 77.80%
2 Wastelands-Scrub land 233393.25 23.339325 57.6727324 22.20%
Total 1051249.98 105.124998 259.7695468 100%

Page 3-8
Figure 3-6: Land Use Pattern in Project Area

Land Cover of the site is mostly barren and Stony waste (Rocky), land with and without scrub
and portion of cultivable land vegetation, scattered trees, open wells and green house
nursery.
Figure 3-7: LULC Map for Project Site

Page 3-9
3.5.5 Topography
The district is not endowed with perennial rivers. Pennar, Jayamangala, Chitravathi and
Vedavati are the important rivers in the district. The average elevation in Hindupur, Parigi,
Lepakshi, Chilimathur, Agali, Rolla and Madakasira mandals is about 2000 feet above sea
level. It is about 1100 feet at Anantapuramu and the lowest 900 feet at Tadipatri. The
Mochukota hills spread over 35 Kms of length runs from North of Gooty up to extreme
southern part of Tadipatri. Nagasamudram hills start from west of Gooty mandal run over
80Kms. Mallappa konda range begins at Dharmavaram and runs into Karnataka.
Penukonda, Madakasira and Kundurpi durgam are other hill areas. The topography of project
Site varies from 691.66m to 727.52m. The map showing the topography of the site is shown
in Figure FD0201.
3.5.6 Geology
The district is underlain by various geological formations ranging in Age from Archaean to
Recent. Major part of the district is underlain by the granites, gneisses and schists of
Archaean and Dharwar Super group. North-eastern part of the district is occupied by the
quartzites, limestones, shales of Cuddapah and Kurnool Group of rocks. Alluvium is
restricted to Pennar, Vedavati and Papagni rivers.8 Geology Map of district is shown in
Figure 3-8. Project site is falling in Archean rocks origin.
(Source: Geological Survey of India)
Figure 3-8: Geology Map of Anantapuramu
8
“Ground Water Brochure, 2013 Anantapur District, A.P.”, published by Central Ground Water Board, Ministry of Water
Resources, Govt. of India

Page 3-10
3.5.7 Geomorphology
Geomorphologically, Anantapuramu district forms the northern extension of Mysore Plateau.

The district has been classified into four major units based on relief, slope factor and soil i.e.,
(i) Denudation hills (ii) Dissected pediments (iii) Pedi plains and (iv) Valley fills such as
colluviums and alluvium.
i) Denudation Hills: The Geomorphic form of denudation hills occur as exfoliation domes,
inselbergs, linear ridges, mesas and tors with partial scree or debris covered at the foot
slopes. Most of the denudation hills are strong and barren of vegetation and forms about
30% of the total geographical area of the district.
ii) Dissected pediment: The term pediment has been defined as an eroded rock surface of
considerable extent at the foot of the mountain slope. Formed in arid to semi-arid climate.
Granites and migmatites as seen in Gooty, Kalyandurg, Anantapuramu and Penukonda
Mandals underlie the dissected pediment area.
iii) Pedi plains: Pedi plains occupy maximum area of about 35% of the district is
characterized by low line flat terrain with gentle slope of <5°. The Pedi plains are covered by
red brown and black clayey soils extending upto 2 m.
iv) Valley Fills (Alluvium and Colluvium): River alluvium occurs along major river courses
mostly derived from catchments, transported and deposited. Such alluvium is seen along the
river Hageri, Chitravati, Pennar, Papagni and minor rivers and streams like Maddileru,
Tadakaleru, Padameru, and Kushavasti. Colluvium occurs in narrow valleys and minor
nallas. The width is not much but more in shallow broad valleys. It is derived from the
adjoining upland and deposited in the low lying shallow fluvial channels consisting of an
admixture of unsorted material of various shapes and sizes. Geomorphology of study area is
shown in Figure 3-9. The geomorphology of study area is Pediment-Denudational Origin-
Residual; water bodes with Dykes/instrusive rocks Complex.
Suraganipalli
Gonipeta
Kattivanipalli
Venkatapuram
Naginayanicheruvu
Pudagandlapalli
Somandepalli
Motrapalli Buchepalli
Gudipalli
Kaligeri
Gummayagaripalli
Manchepalli Palasamudram
Narasimhapalli
Kavetinagepalli
Budili
Pattikuntapalli
Reddicheruvupalli
Figure 3-9: Geomorphology map of study area

Page 3-11
3.5.8 Soils
The district comprises of red soils which constitute 76% and black soil 24%. About 30% of
the lands are saline and alkaline. Soil Map of the study area is shown in Figure 3-10. The
soil types in the study area are Clayey Calcareous, Gravelly loam and loamy soils.
Suraganipalli
Gonipeta
Kattivanipalli
Venkatapuram
Naginayanicheruvu
Pudagandlapalli
Motrapalli
Somandepalli
Gudipalli Kaligeri Buchepalli
Gummayagaripalli
Palasamudram
Narasimhapalli
Manchepalli
Kavetinagepalli
Budili
Pattikuntapalli
Reddicheruvupalli
Figure 3-10: Soil map of the study area
3.5.9 Hydrogeology
The district is underlain by granite gneisses and schists of Archaean age and formation of
Cuddapah Super Group belonging to upper Precambrian to lower Palaeozoic Age. River
alluvium occurs along the major river courses and to some extent along minor stream
courses. There are six mandals are falling in the study area and their ground water
development status is as follows in Table 3-4.
Table 3-4: Groundwater Development Status
S.No Mandals Status of Groundwater Development
1. Gorantla Semi Critical
2. Somandapalli Semi Critical
3. Penukonda Critical
4. Puttaparthi Safe
5. Chilamathur Safe
6. Hindupur Over Exploited
Hydromorphology map of PIA district is as shown in Figure 3-11.

Page 3-12
Guntakal
Gooty 0 km 50 km
Obulapuram` Scale in km
Pamidi
Urava Konda
Tadipatri
Kalyandurg Tadimarri
ANANTAPUR
Kambadur Dharmavaram
Puttaparti
Penukonda
Kadiri
Madakasira
Lepakshi Tanakallu
Project Site
(Source: CGWB-Anantapuramu, 2013))
Figure 3-11: Hydromorphology map of PIA district

The ground water table levels during the Pre-monsoon and Post-monsoon seasons are given
in Figure 3-12 and Figure 3-13. It can be inferred from the images that the depth to water
table levels in Pre-monsoon and Post-monsoon is in the range of 2-5 mbgl.

Page 3-13
Source: CGWB Report, 2012
Figure 3-12: Pre-Monsoon Ground water level map of Project site
Source: CGWB Report, 2012
Figure 3-13: Post-Monsoon Ground water level map of Project site

Page 3-14
3.5.10 Drainage & Irrigation
3.5.10.1 Drainage Network
Nearly 80% of the district is drained by the river Pennar and its tributaries like Chitravati,
Papagni, Maddeleru, Tadakaleru & Maravanka. The joints and fractures structurally control
majority of the streams. Radial drainage pattern is seen near Kalyandurg, Rayadurg and
Urvakonda villages. All the streams are ephemeral in nature. The catchment and drainage
pattern in the study area is shown in Figure 3-14. Total of three watersheds are in the study
area of which one watershed PEU23 covers the maximum Project area and partially by
watershed PEU07. In the study area Chitravati river is observed at 7.7 km SE. There are
natural drains of lower order observed in the site.
(Source: Processed using SRTM DEM data)
Figure 3-14: Drainage pattern in Study area
3.5.10.2 Irrigation
The chief sources of irrigation in the district are tanks, wells and canals. The major and
medium irrigation projects in the district are Tungabhadra High Level Canal project stage-I
with registered Ayacut of 51771 ha, Bhairavani Tippa (BT) Project with a registered Ayacut of
4856 ha, Upper Pennar Project with an Ayacut of 4066 ha and Channarajaswamy Gudi
Project with an Ayacut of 445 ha. The net area under Canal irrigation is 17234 ha (2009-10)
which is 15% of net area irrigated.

Page 3-15
The study area mandals such as Gorantla, Somandepalli, Penukonda, Puttaparthi, Hindupur
and Chillamathur are falling in penukonda/Kadiri irrigation division and are irrigated mostly
through Tube wells and partly through tanks.
3.5.11 Natural Hazards
As per the IS:1893 (Part-1) 2002 of Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS), the project
location/study area falls in Zone II, which is categorised as a Least Active Zone. Multi Hazard
Zone Map given in Figure 3-15 shows that Project location falls in wind and cyclone low
damage risk zone (33 m/s), Earthquake low damage risk zone (MSK VI) and No flood zone.
(Source: Ministry of Urban Development and Poverty Alleviation/BIS 1893(Part-1), 2002-BMTPC, India)
Figure 3-15: Multi Hazard zone Map of the Andhra Pradesh
3.6 Air Environment
3.6.1 Meteorological Data from Nearest Meteorological Station
The nearest Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) station located to project site is
Anantapuramu. The Climatological data for Anantapuramu (14°41’N and 77°37’E), published
by the IMD, based on daily observations at 08:30 and 17:30 hour IST for a 30 year period.
The monthly variations of the relevant meteorological parameters are presented in Appendix
E.
As per the above Climatological table the observations drawn for the study area are given
below
 Annual mean maximum temperature is 33.9°C and the Annual mean minimum
temperature is 22.5°C.

Page 3-16
 Daily maximum temperature of 39.3°C and daily minimum temperature of 17.4°C were
recorded in the months of April and January respectively.
 Maximum and minimum relative humidity of 76% and 24% were recorded in the months
of September, October and April respectively.
 Maximum and minimum mean monthly rainfall of 136.7 mm and 0.8 mm was recorded in
the months of September and February respectively with 34.3 days of total rainfall days.
 Total annual mean rainfall recorded is 549.0 mm.
 Maximum and minimum Mean wind speed is 14.8 kmph (4.11 m/s) and 6.6 kmph (1.83
m/s).
3.6.2 Meteorological Scenario during Study Period and for the Year 2016
Meteorological scenario in and around the project site is an essential requirement during
study period for proper interpretation of baseline air quality status. Site-specific
meteorological data was collected during the study period. Automatic weather station was
installed at project site to record the meteorological parameters during the study period.
Meteorological parameters recorded include temperature, wind speed, wind direction,
relative humidity and rainfall. For the purpose of carrying out the air quality modelling study,
region specific meteorological data (pre-processed from MM5) for the entire year of 2016
obtained from Lakes Environmental Software, Canada. The overall wind pattern observed
during the Post Monsoon season is shown in Figure 3-16 and annual wind pattern is shown
in Figure 3-17.
The wind roses were drawn for the met files obtained on a sixteen-point compass (N, NNE,
NE, ENE; E, ESE, SE, SSE; S, SSW, SW, WSW; W, WNW, NW, and NNW). Wind pattern
representing 24 hours for the entire year of 2016 is discussed. The frequency occurrence of
wind at various speeds was calculated on the basis of total number of observations recorded
in the respective wind speed category. The predominant wind directions observed were from
West followed by West Southwest; calm conditions prevailed for 4.69% of the total time. The
average wind speed was observed to be 3.15 m/s.
3.6.3 Ambient Air Quality
The selection criteria for monitoring locations are based on the following:
 Topography/Terrain
 Meteorological conditions
 Residential and sensitive areas within the study area
 Representatives of regional background air quality/pollution levels and
 Representation of likely impacted areas.
3.6.3.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations
To evaluate the baseline air quality of the study area, Seven (07) monitoring locations have
been identified. A combined map showing the Air monitoring locations are given as Figure
FD0301 and the details of the locations are given in Table 3-5.

Page 3-17
Figure 3-16: Wind Rose Diagram for Post Monsoon Season

Page 3-18
Figure 3-17: Annual Wind Rose (January – December 2016)
Table 3-5: Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

Distance (km) from Azimuth
Station Code Location
Project boundary Directions
AAQ1 Project Site -
AAQ2 Motrapalli 1.1 E
AAQ3 Bussayyagaripalli 1.1 N
AAQ4 Kallageri Thanda 1.6 E
AAQ5 Chinababayyapalli 3.6 SW
AAQ6 Gudipalli 4.4 W
AAQ7 Bhoganapalli 5.1 E
3.6.3.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Techniques and Frequency
Ambient air quality was monitored twice in a week for during study period. All the 12
parameters (Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), Particulate Matter (PM2.5),

Page 3-19
Particulate Matter (PM10), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Ozone (O3), Lead (Pb), Ammonia (NH3),
Benzene (C6H6), Benzo (a) Pyrene (BaP) – Particulate phase only, Arsenic (As) and Nickel
(Ni)) are monitored as per NAAQS. The monitoring and analysis were carried out as per
CPCB standard methods of measurements.
3.6.3.3 Results and Discussions
The variations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, and O3 are compared with National Ambient Air
Quality Standards (NAAQS), MoEF&CC Notification, November, 2009. Ambient Air Quality
Monitoring Data for the study area is given in Appendix E and graphically presented in
Figure 3-18 to Figure 3-21.
Figure 3-18: Ambient PM10 Levels
Figure 3-19: Ambient PM2.5 Levels

Page 3-20
Figure 3-20: Ambient NO2 Levels
Figure 3-21: Ambient O3 Levels
3.6.3.4 Observations
Maximum concentrations of Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), Particulate

Matter (PM2.5), Particulate Matter (PM10), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Ozone (O3), Ammonia
(NH3), Lead (Pb), Benzene (C6H6), Benzo (a) Pyrene (BaP) – Particulate phase only, Arsenic
(As), Nickel (Ni), are well within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Residential
areas at all monitoring locations during the study period.
 PM10 ranged between 20.0 µg/m3 to 30.2 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for PM10 for
24 hr. average is 100 µg/m3.
 PM2.5 values varied from 10.5 µg/m3 to 17.0 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for PM2.5 for
 SO2 levels are reported <4.0 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for SO2 for 24 hr. average
is 80 µg/m3.

Page 3-21
 NO2 ranged between 7.8 µg/m3 to 12.9 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for NO2 for 24
hr. average is 80 µg/m3.
 O3 ranged between 2.4 µg/m3 to 3.8 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for O3 for 8 hr.
average is 100 µg/m3.
 CO, NH3, Pb, C6H6, BaP, As, and Ni were observed below detectable limits.
3.6.3.5 Secondary Data Analysis – Ambient Air Quality
To understand the surrounding environment in a comprehensive manner, environmental

baseline data collected during winter season, 2018 for Industrial Park at Gudipalli developed
by Andhra Pradesh Industrial Infrastructural Development Corporation (APIIC), Government
of Andhra Pradesh located near Palasamudram village opposite to the proposed project area
are collected with respect to Ambient Air quality and presented below.
 As per the Project site specific meteorological data, the predominant wind directions
observed were from West followed by West Southwest
 Maximum concentrations of all the parameters are well within the National Ambient Air
Quality Standards (CPCB, NAAQS, 2009):
o PM10 ranged between 11.20 µg/m3 to 29.80 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for PM10
for 24 hr. average is 100 µg/m3.
o PM2.5 values varied from 10.10 µg/m3 to 18.80 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for
PM2.5 for 24 hr. average is 60 µg/m3.
o SO2 ranged between 5.2 µg/m3 and 8.8 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for SO2 for
o NO2 ranged between 17.4 µg/m3 to 22.30 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for NO2
for 24 hr. average is 80 µg/m3.
o O3 ranged between 22.1 µg/m3 to 25.9 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for O3 for 8
hr. average is 100 µg/m3.
o NH3 ranged between 11.7 µg/m3 to 15.7 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for NH3 for
o CO ranged between 0.1 mg/m3 to 0.5 mg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for CO for 8
hr. average is 2 mg/m3.
3.7 Ambient Noise Levels

Ambient noise levels have been established by monitoring noise levels at Seven (07)
locations in the study area during study period using precision noise level meter. The noise
monitoring locations in the study area were selected after giving due consideration to the
various land use categories. Noise levels were recorded on an hourly basis for one complete
day at each location using pre- calibrated noise levels. A combined map showing the Noise
monitoring locations is given as Figure FD0301 and the details of the sampling locations are
given in Table 3-6.
Table 3-6: Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels
Azimuth
S.No Location Distance (km) from Project boundary Environmental Setting
Directions
1. Project Site -
2. Motrapalli 1.1 E
3. Bussayyagaripalli 1.1 N
4. Kallageri Thanda 1.6 E Residential
5. Chinababayyapalli 3.6 SW
6. Gudipalli 4.4 W
7. Bhoganapalli 5.1 E

Page 3-22
3.7.1 Results and Discussions
Based on the recorded hourly noise levels at each monitoring location, the day equivalent
(Ld) and night equivalent (Ln) were calculated considering the following;
 Ld: Average noise levels between 6:00 hours to 22.00 hours.
 Ln: Average noise levels between 22:00 hours to 6.00 hours.
The comparison of day equivalent noise levels (Ld) and night equivalent noise levels (Ln)
with the respective CPCB stipulated noise standards for various land use categories are
given in Appendix F and presented in Figure 3-22 to Figure 3-23.
56.0
Leq Day dB(A) CPCB Standards Leq Day dB (A)
54.0
52.0
50.0
48.0
46.0
44.0
N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7
Locations
Figure 3-22: Ambient Day time Noise levels
50.0
Leq Night dB (A) CPCB Standards Leq Night dB (A)
45.0
40.0
35.0
30.0
25.0
20.0
15.0
10.0
5.0
0.0
N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7
Locations
Figure 3-23: Ambient Night equivalent Noise levels
3.7.1.1 Observations
It is observed that the day and night equivalent noise levels at all locations are well within the
prescribed CPCB standards.

Page 3-23
 Day equivalent noise levels (Ld) ranged between 47.84 dB(A) to 50.34 dB (A) for
Residential areas
 Night equivalent noise levels (Ln) ranged between 34.18 dB(A) to 36.89 dB (A) for
Residential areas.
3.7.1.2 Secondary Data Analysis – Ambient Noise Quality

are collected with respect to Ambient Noise quality and presented below.
Residential areas
 Night equivalent noise levels (Ln) ranged between 41.42 dB(A) to 43.89 dB (A) for
Residential areas.
3.8 Inland Surface and Ground Water Quality

The baseline status of water quality has been assessed through the identification of water
resources and appropriate sampling locations for surface and groundwater in the study area..
The water samples were collected once during the study period and were analysed for
physical, chemical and bacteriological parameters. Standard methods prescribed for
sampling and analysis were adopted. Sampling protocol was based on the hydrogeological
conditions of the region and also based on the competitive usage of the respective water
source from which the sample has been collected.
3.8.1 Groundwater Quality
Total Seven (07) ground water monitoring locations were identified for assessment in
different villages around the project site based on the usage of ground water by the
settlements/ villages in the study area. The groundwater results are compared with the
desirable and permissible water quality standards as per IS: 10500 (2012) for drinking water.
Groundwater quality monitoring locations are given in Table 3-7. A combined map showing
the Groundwater quality monitoring locations is given as Figure FD0301.
Table 3-7: Details of Ground water Quality Monitoring Locations

Distance (km)
Station Azimuth Sampling
Location from Project Water Utilities
Code Directions Source
boundary
GW1 Project Site -
GW2 Motrapalli 1.1 E
GW3 Bussayyagaripalli 1.1 N
GW4 Kallageri Thanda 1.6 E Bore Well Drinking, Washing and Bathing
GW5 Chinnababayyapalli 3.6 SW
GW6 Gudipalli 4.4 W
GW7 Bhoganapalli 5.1 E

Page 3-24
3.8.1.1 Results and Discussion on Groundwater Quality
The analytical results of groundwater parameters are presented in Appendix G.

A summary of analytical results are presented below:
 pH ranged between 6.78 and 8.2
 Electrical Conductivity (EC) varied between 698 µS/cm and 1345 µS/cm
 Total dissolved solids ranged between 480 mg/l and 928 mg/l
 Total solids ranged between 486 mg/l and 944 mg/l
 Total alkalinity (as CaCO3) varied between 210 mg/l and 310 mg/l
 Total hardness (as CaCO3) ranged between 190 mg/l and 410 mg/l
 Calcium (as Ca) ranged between 28 mg/l and 96 mg/l
 Magnesium (as Mg) ranged between 21.6 mg/l and 40.8 mg/l
 Chlorides (as Cl-) ranged between 40 mg/l and 165 mg/l
 Fluorides as (F-) ranged between 0.7 mg/l to 0.9 mg/l
 Sulphates (as SO4) ranged between 11.7 mg/l and 103.7 mg/l
 Nitrates (as NO3) ranged between 6.9 mg/l and 14.2 mg/l
 Sodium (as Na) ranged between 59.1 mg/l and 122.8 mg/l
 Potassium (as K) ranged between 3.3 mg/l and 4.7 mg/l
 Zinc (Zn) ranged between 0.086 mg/l and 0.14 mg/l
 Iron (Fe) ranged between 0.12 mg/l and 0.24 mg/l
 Copper (Cu) ranged between 0.012 mg/l and 0.014 mg/l
 Residual free chlorine ranged below 0.01 mg/l
 Total Nitrogen, Total phosphorus, Free Ammonia (NH4), Phenolic compounds, Cadmium
(Cd), Chromium (Cr+6), Arsenic (As), Cyanides (CN), Mercury (Hg), Anionic Detergents,
Lead (Pb), Manganese (Mn) and Selenium (Se) are observed to be well below the
desirable limit and Coli forms were not detected at all locations
It is inferred that groundwater samples are within the permissible limits specified for drinking
water quality standards as per IS: 10500 (2012).
3.8.1.2 Secondary Data Analysis – Groundwater Quality

are collected with respect to Groundwater quality and presented below.
 Groundwater samples are within the permissible limits specified for drinking water quality
standards as per IS: 10500 (2012)
3.8.2 Surface Water Quality
Two (02) Surface water bodies were identified during the survey period. Surface water
monitoring locations were identified for assessment based on the usage of surface water in
the study area.
Water sample analysis with respect to physico-chemical, nutrient, demand and
bacteriological parameters having relevance to public health and aesthetic significance are
selected to assess the water quality status with special attention. Standard methods
prescribed for surface sampling and analysis were adopted. Surface water quality monitoring

Page 3-25
locations and results are given in Table 3-8. A combined map showing the surface water
quality monitoring locations is given as Figure FD0301.
Table 3-8: Details of Surface water Quality Monitoring Location
Station Distance (km) from Azimuth
Location Remarks
Code Project boundary Directions
SW1 Palasamudram tank 1.5 S
Washing and Irrigation
SW2 Devula Cheruvu 2.8 WNW
3.8.2.1.1 Results and Discussion on Surface Water Quality

The analytical results of surface water parameters are presented in Appendix H.
Summary of analytical results
 Surface water is slightly alkaline in nature, as pH ranged between 7.25 and 8.45
 Electrical Conductivity (EC) varied between 180 µS/cm and 202 µS/cm
 Total dissolved solids ranged between 124 mg/l and 138 mg/l
 Total solids ranged between 148 mg/l and 152 mg/l
 Total alkalinity (as CaCO3) varied between 50 mg/l and 60 mg/l
 Total hardness (as CaCO3) ranged between 40 mg/l and 50 mg/l
 Calcium (as Ca) ranged between 8 mg/l and 12 mg/l
 Magnesium (as Mg) reported as 4.8 mg/l
 Chlorides (as Cl-) reported as 20 mg/l
 Sulphates (as SO4) ranged between 6.1 mg/l and 7.0 mg/l
 Nitrates (as NO3) ranged < 0.01 mg/l
 Sodium (as Na) ranged between 20.2 mg/l to 20.7 mg/l
 Potassium (as K) ranged between 1.4 mg/l and 1.6 mg/l
 Zinc (Zn) reported maximum of 0.012 mg/l
 Iron (Fe) reported <0.04 mg/l
 Phenolic Compounds, Cyanides, Anionic Detergents, Cadmium, Arsenic, Copper, Lead
and Manganese are reported <0.001
 Residual free chlorine ranged below 0.01 mg/l
 COD ranged between 20 mg/l and 30 mg/l
 BOD ranged between 6 mg/l and 8 mg/l
 Coli forms ranged from 336 MPN/100ml to 540 MPN/100ml
 Faecal Coli forms ranged from 79 MPN/100ml to 80 MPN/100ml
It is inferred that all the parameters for surface water sample are within the limits as per ISI-
IS2296-1982 Class C (Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by
disinfection) Standards for use based Classification of Surface Water except BOD at both the
locations are slightly above the permissible limits.
3.8.2.2 Secondary Data Analysis – Surface Water Quality

are collected with respect to Surface water quality and presented below.
 Surface water sample are within the permissible limits specified for ISI-IS2296-1982
Class C (Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection).

Page 3-26
3.9 Soil Quality

In order to assess the quality of soil at different locations in the study area, various land use
categories were taken into account. Soil sampling was carried out at Seven (07) locations in
the study area. Soil analysis was carried as per IS: 2720 methods. Soil quality monitoring
locations are given in Table 3-9. A combined map showing the soil monitoring locations is
given as Figure FD0301.
Table 3-9: Details of Soil Quality Monitoring Locations
Station Code Location Distance (km) from Project boundary Azimuth Directions
S1 Project Site -
S2 Motrapalli 1.1 E
S3 Bussayyagaripalli 1.1 N
S4 Kallageri Thanda 1.6 E
S5 Chinababayyapalli 3.6 SW
S6 Gudipalli 4.4 W
S7 Bhoganapalli 5.1 E
3.9.1 Results and Discussions
Soil Quality analytical data is given in Appendix I and Summary of analytical results are
presented below
 pH of soils ranged between 7.09 and 7.68
 Electrical Conductivity varied between 72 µmhoS/cm and 158 µmhoS/cm..
 Sand varied between 18 % and 38 %
 Silt varied between 23 % and 46 %
 Clay varied between 31 % and 46 %
 Nitrogen (N) varied between 319 mg/100 gm and 391 mg/100 gm
 Potassium (K) varied between 106 mg/100 gm and 167 mg/100 gm
 Phosphorus (P) varied between 32 mg/100 gm and 48 mg/100 gm
 Infiltration Rate ranged between 32 mm/h and 52 mm/h
 Water Holding Capacity varied between 36 % and 58 %
 Permeability ranged between 4.4 cm/sec and 5.6 cm/sec
 Porosity ranged between 44 % v/v and 62 % v/v
 Bulk density varied between 1.24 gm/cc and 1.36 gm/cc
 Cation exchange capacity varied between 7.3 meq/100gr and 10.2 meq/100gr
 Alkali Metals
 Zinc (Zn) varied between 3.7 mg/kg and 4.6 mg/kg
 Iron (Fe) varied between 0.89 mg/kg and 2.65 mg/kg
 Manganese (Mn) varied between 0.08 mg/kg and 0.18 mg/kg
 Copper (Cu) varied between 0.08 mg/kg and 0.25 mg/kg
 Cadmium (Cd), Chromium (Cr), Lead (Pb) and Nickel (Ni) were reported <0.001
3.9.1.1 Secondary Data Analysis – Soil Quality

are collected with respect to Soil quality and presented below.
 Soil types are Sandy Clay loam and the soil samples are slightly alkaline in nature.

Page 3-27
3.10 Biological Environment (Flora and Fauna)
3.10.1 General Description of the Study Area
Core Zone study: The area within the project boundary is the core zone area; almost entire
region was thoroughly investigated. Quantification has been done for the trees, shrubs,
herbs, grasses and terrestrial and arboreal fauna in the core area. Maximum effort has been
taken to assess the damage to be caused by the activity in the core zone and suggest
conservation action plan if any.
Buffer zone study/ Study Area: The area within the 10 km from the core zone area or from
the project site boundary is considered as buffer zone area/Study area. The following
habitats are investigated in the study area.
 Vegetation type (RFs, Agriculture and Villages)
 Terrain type (Plain, Undulating)
 Road network (Near the traffic dense areas and No road network areas)
 Aquatic Habitat (Lentic and lotic)
3.10.2 Methodology for Ecological Survey
The primary data was collected by visual observations as well as by discussion with villagers.
The field investigation and satellite imagery data shows that the study area is a mixture of
agricultural and wasteland. The dry tropical vegetation is observed within the study area. The
study area was divided in two major parts namely the Core area and Buffer area.
Methodology for study of Flora & Fauna consisted of detailing taxonomic accounts based on
visual observation, direct visual enumeration of plant species was carried out to generate
data on flora. With regard to fauna, circumstantial evidence based on foot prints, feathers,
skin, hair, hooves etc. and the habitat features, reports from locals especially the local
residents. These observations were supplemented by published literature and data including
the reports, records and working plans of the forest department.
Flora: Phyto-sociological aspects of the study were carried out by perambulating and
sampling through quadrat sampling method. Sample plots were selected in such a way to get
maximum representation of different types of vegetation and plots were laid out in different
parts of the areas. Accordingly, quadrats of 10 m x 10 m for the trees, 3 m x 3 m for shrubs
and 1 m x 1 m for herbs. The plants were identified using state floras and also by using
updated check list from www.theplantlist.org
Fauna: Surveys were conducted by using transect method of 500 to 1000 m in all major
habitats and recorded the species through direct and indirect evidences. Species were
identified using standard field guides like mammals by Vivek Menon (2003), Reptiles by
Whitaker and Captain (2004), Amphibians by Daniel (2005), Birds by Grimmet et.al (1998)
and Butterflies by Isaac Kehimkar (2008). Scheduling of species is made as per the Indian
Wildlife Protection act (1972) and IUCN to check the Rare Endangered Endemic and
Threatened (REET) species. For fauna no quantitative assessment is made as it can be
done through a detailed species specific and seasonal survey. Migratory paths for the birds
and mammals were discussed with locals and forest department. Habitats used by for
foraging, nesting, breeding and other ecological parameters were ascertained.
The authenticity of field observations are confirmed through discussions with local people
and based on secondary data collected from different Government offices like Forest

Page 3-28
Department, Wildlife Department and Fisheries Department etc. A map showing the
sampling locations for flora and fauna survey is given as Figure FD0302.
3.10.3 Status of Flora
3.10.3.1 Core Area
The core area is mostly open, flat exposed with rocky outcrops, few trees on the bunds of the
fields and majorly distributed with shrubs and herbaceous flora including grasses and
seasonal herbs. Trees such as Phoenix sylvestris, Pongamia pinnata, Acacia nilotica are
distributed along the bunds Northeast corner of the site. Trees such as Azadirachta indica
and Tamarindus indica are isolated here there along with few shrubs. it is also observed that
in a small patch of land rain fed horticultural crops such as Tomato and Chilli are being
cultivated. Due to the semi-arid climatic conditions, the core area is mostly open dry with
herbaceous flora in the monsoon seasons. Photographs of the study are presented in the
Exhibit 3-1 to Exhibit 3-4.
Exhibit 3-2: Rocky outcrops with shrubs

Exhibit 3-1: Open/barren land exposing
like Catunaregam spinosa and Lantana
herbaceous flora in core area
camara in core area
Exhibit 3-4: Trees such as Phoenix

Exhibit 3-3: Crops such as Tomato and chilli
sylvestris, Acacia nilotica distributed
are grown in a small portion of the core area
along the bunds of the core area

Page 3-29
The plant resources in core area consist of 50 species belonging to 48 genera and 33
families. The life forms include Trees with 12 sp. followed by Shrubs with 11 sp., Herbs 22
sp. and Climbers with 5 sp. Detailed checklist is presented in Appendix J.
3.10.3.1.1 Phyto-socialogical studies in Core Zone

Among trees species Phoenix sylvestris showed highest IVI (54.0) followed by Acacia nilotica
(42.0) and Prosopis juliflora (32.0). These three tree species were significant in occupying
majority of space and resources being representing sampled area. Among shrub species
Catunaregam spinosa showed highest IVI (54.53) followed by Lantana camara (42.35) and
Agave americana (35.78). Among herbaceous species, Aerva lanata (25.16), Cymbopogon
citratus (24.77), Pedalium murex (18.99) and Senna occidentalis (17.71) showed highest IVI
in the core area. Details are presented in Appendix J.
3.10.3.1.2 Species Diversity Index in Core area

There are two important indices to denote the diversity such as Shannon Wiener Index (H’)
and Simpson Index (λ). The trees in core area showed Shannon Wiener Index (H’) value as
1.42 and Simpson Index (λ) values as 0.52. The shrubs in core area showed Shannon
Wiener Index (H’) value as 1.25 and Simpson Index (λ) values as 0.88. The herbs in core
area showed Shannon Wiener Index (H’) value as 1.93 and Simpson Index (λ) values as
0.75. The species diversity interprets less diversity in plant composition due to the major
portion of stony waste/barren land which is influenced by the dry and desiccated climatic
conditions.
The proposed site does not encounter with any kind of forest types like Reserve Forest,
Protected forest or un-classed Forest (declared Protected under “The Indian Forest Act,
1927”) and “Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 with Amendments Made in 1988”. Further no
major tree cutting is involved in the project area as there is no large tree except few trees on
the bunds of the field and shrubs within this project site. There are no Scheduled species
recorded within the proposed AP - ADE Project site.
3.10.3.2 Buffer Area/Study Area
The buffer area, i.e. 10 km radial distance around the project site, comprises mostly of open
lands, Avenue plantation, followed by agricultural crops such as Groundnut, Paddy and other
horticulture crops such as Jasmine, Tomato, Mango orchids and few reserve forest blocks.
Forest type ranges between Open scrub at Penukonda R.F, Somandepalli R.F, Dense scrub
at Kaligera R.F and Fairy dense scrub at Errakonda R.F. Photographs of the buffer area
presented in the Exhibit 3-5 to Exhibit 3-8.
The plant resources of the buffer area account about 203 plants species belonging to 190
genera and 91 families. The predominant life forms includes Trees (71 sp.), Shrubs (37 sp.),
Herbs (69 sp.) followed by Climbers (18 sp.) and Hydrophytes (8 sp.). Detailed checklist of
flora represented in both core and buffer are enclosed as Appendix J. Among the families
Leguminosae (35 sp.) was the most specious family followed by Apocynaceae (13 sp.),
Malvaceae (11sp.) & and Euphorbiaceae (8 sp.).

Page 3-30
Exhibit 3-5: Open scrub vegetation at Exhibit 3-6: Dense scrub vegetation at
Penukonda R.F at buffer area Kaligera R.F at buffer area
Exhibit 3-7: Groundnut cultivation at buffer Exhibit 3-8: Open scrub vegetation near
area Errakonda R.F at buffer area
3.10.3.2.1 Common visible plant species near Agriculture, Avenue and Villages in buffer area
Trees: The most common tree species occurring are Pongamia pinnata, Albizia lebbeck,
Bauhinia purpurea, Plumeria alba, Ficus benghalensis, Azadirachta indica, Phoenix
sylvestris, Alstonia scholaris, Acacia auriculiformis, Pithecellobium dulce, Grewia hirsuta,
Peltophorum pterocarpum and Delonix regia.
Shrubs: The most common shrubs are Lantana camera, Hyptis suaveolens, Cassia
auriculata, Calotropis procera, Prosopis juliflora, Caesalpinia bonducella, Canthium
parviflorum, Carissa carandas, Capparis sepiaria and Catunaregam spinosa
Herbs: The most common herbs are Tribulus terrestris, Tridax procumbens, Senna
occidentalis, Crotan bonplantianum, Datura metel, Eclipta alba, Boerhavia diffusa, Tephrosia
purpuria, Achyranthes aspera and Abutilon indicum
Climbers: The commonly seen climbers are Ipomoea obscura, Abrus precatorius,
Hemidesmus indicus, Clitoria ternatea, Cuscuta reflexa, Pergularia daemia, Ipomoea nil,
Ipomoea macrantha, Mucuna pruriens and Tinospora cordifolia.

Page 3-31
Grasses: The common grass species are Saccharum spontaneum, Eragrostis tenella,
Digitaria ciliaris, Cynodon dactylon, Cymbopogon citratus, Chloris barbata and Brachiaria
eruciformis
3.10.3.2.2 Common forest plant species in the Reserve forest in buffer area
Trees: The common tree species occurring are Diospyros chloroxylon, Hardwickia binata,
Lannea coromandelica, Limonia acidissima, Soymida febrifuga, Terminalia bellirica, Wrightia
tinctoria and Ficus microcarpa
Shrubs: The most common shrubs are Flueggea leucopyrus, Grewia flavescens, Carissa
spinarum, Canthium coromandelicum, Pavetta indica, Ziziphus jujuba, Euphorbia antiquorum
and Agave Americana.
Herbs: The common herbs are Hyptis suaveolens, Pavonia zeylanica, Tephrosia purpurea,
Waltheria indica, Andrographis paniculata, Caralluma adscendens and Evolvulus alsinoides
Climbers: The commonly seen climbers are Abrus precatorius, Hemidesmus indicus, Clitoria
ternatea, Cuscuta reflexa, Pergularia daemia, Mucuna pruriens and Tinospora cordifolia.
Grasses: The common grass species are Eragrostis tenella, Digitaria ciliaris, Cynodon
dactylon, Cyperus rotundus, Cymbopogon citratus, Chloris barbata and Brachiaria
eruciformis
3.10.3.2.3 Phyto-socialogical studies in Buffer Zone

Among trees species Dolichandrone spathacea showed highest IVI (23.94) followed by
Tamarindus indica (23.24) and Cassia fistula (17.43). These three tree species were
significant in occupying majority of space and resources being representing sampled area.
Among shrub species Senna auriculata showed highest IVI (32.23) followed by Flueggea
leucopyrus (31.60) and Lantana camara (27.91). Among herbaceous species, Barleria
buxifolia (23.16), Croton bonplandianus (17.77), Cynodon dactylon (16.80) and Leucas
aspera (15.83) showed highest IVI in the core area. Details of other species are presented in
Appendix J.
3.10.3.2.4 Species Diversity Index in Buffer area

The trees in Buffer area showed Shannon Wiener Index (H’) value as 2.70 and Simpson
Index (λ) values as 0.43. The shrubs in Buffer area showed Shannon Wiener Index (H’) value
as 1.98 and Simpson Index (λ) values as 0.61. The herbs in Buffer area showed Shannon
Wiener Index (H’) value as 2.92 and Simpson Index (λ) values as 0.46. The species diversity
in the buffer area interprets moderate diversity in plant composition due to the occurrence of
agricultural lands and reserve forest blocks in the buffer area. Zone Wise Number of Plant
Species Recorded in the Study Area and Zone wise plant species diversity in the study area
are shown in Figure 3-24 and Figure 3-25.

Page 3-32
250
203
200
150
Core
100 Buffer
71 69
49
50 37
22 18
11 11 5 8
0
0
Trees Shrubs Herbs ClimbersHydrophytes
Figure 3-24: Zone Wise Number of Plant Species Recorded in the Study Area
2.92
3 2.7
2.5
1.93 1.98
2
1.42
1.5 1.25
Trees
0.88
1 0.75
0.61 Shrubs
0.52 0.43 0.46
0.5 Herbs
0
Shannon Simpson Shannon Simpson
Wiener Index Index (λ) Wiener Index Index (λ)
(H’) (H’)
Core Area Buffer Area
Figure 3-25: Zone Wise Plant Species Diversity in the Study Area
3.10.4 Status of Fauna
Core Zone: In the core zone 3 species of mammals were recorded namely Common Indian
Mongoose and Black-naped Hare and Little Indian Field mouse. Whereas in birds 9 species
were recorded, species such as Red vented bulbul, Plain prinia, Common Babbler and Small
Green Bee-eater are the common species which are encountered during the survey period.
In Herpeto fauna 2 species were recorded namely Fan throated lizard and Indian rat snake.
Invertebrates, includes only 3 species, common species includes Common Mormon. Detailed
check list is enclosed as Appendix J.
Buffer Zone: During the study period, there is no direct evidence of major wild animal
species observed. Through indirect evidence we have collected some pellets of Chital and
observed the pug marks of jackals and wild boar. Bonnet macaque, Common mongoose,
Squirrels are sighted apart from few reptilian species. Detailed check list is enclosed as
Appendix J.

Page 3-33
Mammals: A total of 12 species of mammals belonging to 9 families were recorded. The

species includes Common Indian Mongoose (Herpestes javanicus), Bonnet macaque
(Macaca radiata), three Striped palm squirrel (Funambulus palmarum), Little Indian Field
mouse (Mus booduga) and Black-naped hare (Lepus nigricollis) are the common species.
Birds: Among the birds, 41 species belonging to 32 families were recorded. The common
bird species of the area include Ashy prinia (Prinia socialis), Asian Palm Swift (Cypsiurus
unicolar), Red vented bulbul (Pycnonotus cafer), Black drongo (Dicrurus macrocercus) and
Small green bee-eater (Merops orientalis).
Herpetofauna: The herpetofauna represented with 11 species belonging to 7 families.
Species includes Fan throated lizard, Indian Monitor Lizard and Indian rat snake.
Invertebrates: 23 species of invertebrates belonging to 12 families. Peacock pansy,
Common castor and Common mormon are common to the area.
Among the fauna in study area the Species richness was high in birds (41 sp.) followed by
invertebrates (23 sp.), Mammals (12 sp.), Herpetofauna (11 sp.) and 3 fishes. This clearly
indicates the poor representation of species composition with low levels of energy transfer,
predation, composition and niche availability.
3.10.5 Endangered/Threatened/Protected species
Except reserve forests of dense scrub and Open scrub there are no wildlife sanctuaries or
biosphere reserves or nesting or breeding grounds for any of the rare species or other
protected areas within the buffer/study area. As such the area identified for the project is not
ecologically sensitive.
Flora: Among the 203 plant species reported and one species namely Chloroxylon swietenia
are noticed in the Somandepalli Reserve forest which is on the Northwest direction at 3.9 km
distance from the site area. Apart from this Decalepis hamiltonii is also reported by forest
department near Kaligera R.F which is on the North Northeast direction at 1.1 km distance
from the project area. As these RFs are away from the project area, no direct impact on the
particular species is noticed.
IUCN Listed Floral species of Somandepalli Reserve forest
Botanical Name Common name Family Local Status IUCN Status
Chloroxylon swietenia DC. Billudu Rutaceae Rare Vulnerable
Decalepis hamiltonii Wight & Arn. Maredu kommulu Periplocaceae Rare Endangered
Fauna: Among the 90 fauna reported one species namely Indian rock Python was reported
by the forest department officials two months back from Somandepalli Reserve forest which
is on the Northweast direction at 3.9 km distance from the site area. Indian peafowl (Pavo
cristatus) is common sighted nearby forest tracks in the study area. As these RFs are away
from the project area, no direct impact on the particular species is noticed.
IUCN Listed Fauna species of Somandepalli Reserve Forest
Scientific Name Common Name IUCN IWPA Schedule
Python molurus Indian rock Python Near threatened I (Part II)
Pavo cristatus Indian peafowl Least concern I (Part III)
Except from the above listed species as per IUCN and IWPA Schedule and no other rare or
endangered, endemic species were observed and no other migratory route were not
inhabitants of that area.

Page 3-34
3.10.5.1 Secondary Data Analysis – Biological Environment

are collected with respect to Biological Environment and presented below.
 None of the plant species recorded either from the core area or Project influence area
belongs to the Rare/Endangered/Endemic/Threatened category.
 There are no forests or wildlife sanctuaries or biosphere reserves or nesting or breeding
grounds for any of the rare species or other protected areas within the core area. There
are no reserve forests or national parks or wildlife sanctuaries or biosphere reserves or
nesting sites either in the core area or around it in a radius of over 10 km.
3.11 Socio-economic profile of the Project Influence Area

Socio Economic profile of the project falling in Andhra Pradesh state of Anantapuramu
district is covered in this section to usher on the population likely to be impacted, hamlets,
villages and area covered. The project study area considered is 10.0 km from the project site
which have been further segregated into 0-1 km, 1-5 km, 5-10 km boundary area. The
project 10.0 km boundary covers in the six sub districts/ taulaks/mandals which covers fully,
partially or only boundary of 37 revenue villages and among these villages are the 83
hamlets/settlements/ villages are falling in the study area.
3.11.1 Andhra Pradesh
Andhra Pradesh is strategically located on the south-eastern coast of India and is a natural
gateway to East and Southeast Asia. Andhra Pradesh has abundant natural resources
(barytes, limestone, bauxite, and a number of minor minerals), fertile land and river basins,
water resources, extensive canal system and conducive agro-climatic conditions.
The State has the second longest coastline in India and is also one of the largest producers
of marine products. The GSDP at Current Prices for the year 2017-18 (Advance Estimates at
current basic prices is estimated at Rs.8,03,873 crores as against Rs.6,95,491 crores for
2016-17 (First Revised Estimates). The Per capita incomes have also shown substantial
jump from Rs.107276 in 2015-16 to Rs.142054 in 2017-18.Thus, every year, on an average,
nearly Rs.12,000 are being added to the per capita.9
3.11.1.1 State Highlights
 The state has a coastline of 974 km (605 mi) with jurisdiction over nearly 15,000 km 2
territorial waters, the second longest coastline among the states of India after Gujarat
 It is bordered by Telangana in the north-west, Odisha in the north-east, Karnataka in the
west, Tamil Nadu in the south and the water body of Bay of Bengal in the east. A small
enclave of 30 km2 (12 sq mi) of Yanam, a district of Puducherry, lies south of Kakinada in
the Godavari delta on the east side of the state
 Andhra Pradesh is composed of two major regions: Coastal Andhra and Rayalaseema in
the inland south western part of the state
 The two regions comprise 13 districts, with 9 in Coastal Andhra and 4 in Rayalaseema
9
Socio-Economical Survey 2017-18, Planning Department of Andhra Pradesh

Page 3-35
 Tirumala Venkateswara Temple in Tirupati is one of the world's most visited religious
sites, with 18.25 million visitors per year
 Andhra Pradesh hosted 121.8 million visitors in 2015, a 30% growth in tourist arrivals
over the previous year, making it the third most-visited Indian state
 The state has varied topography ranging from the hills of Eastern Ghats and Nallamala
Hills to the shores of Bay of Bengal that supports varied ecosystems, rich diversity of
flora and fauna
 There are two main rivers namely, Krishna and Godavari that flow through the state
 The seacoast of the state extends along the Bay of Bengal from Srikakulam to Nellore
district
 The plains to the east of Eastern Ghats form the Eastern coastal plains. The coastal
plains are for the most part of delta regions formed by the Godavari, Krishna, and Penner
Rivers
 Andhra Pradesh ranks tenth of all Indian States in the Human Development Index scores
with a score of 0.416
 Andhra Pradesh economy is mainly based on agriculture and livestock. Fisheries
contribute 10% of total fish and over 70% of the shrimp production of India
 The industrial sector of the state includes some of the key sectors like Pharma,
Automobile, and Textiles etc. Sricity located in Chittoor district is an integrated business
city which is home to many renowned firms like PepsiCo, Isuzu Motors, Cadbury India,
Kellogg's, Colgate-Palmolive, Kobelco etc
 Andhra Pradesh is one of the storehouses of mineral resources in India. Andhra Pradesh
with varied geological formations, contain rich and variety of industrial minerals and
building stones
 Mining is identified as one of the growth engines for the overall development of industry
and infrastructure
3.11.2 Anantapuramu District
The project site falls in Anantapuramu district, which is witnessing one of the biggest
changes in the terms of economy of the district. KMI manufacturing facility and its ancillary
units will bring sea change in the region by extending the economy to tertiary sector. The
district was earlier an agriculture dominant economy despite of barren lands. KMI is investing
$1 USD Billion and expected to generate thousands of employment opportunities both direct
and indirect jobs. Many business units are expected to grow during this phase. Table 3-10
shows the details of district census summary.
Table 3-10 Anantapuramu District Census Summary
Particulars Statistics
Area (in sq Km.) 19130.00
Number of Villages 949
Number of Households 9,64,522
Population 40,81,148
Males 20,64,495
Females 20,16,653
Population- Rural 29,35,437
Population- Urban 11,45,711
Scheduled Castes (in %) 14.29
Scheduled Tribes (in %) 3.78
Decadal Population Growth- 2001-2011 (in %) 11.77
Sex Ratio 977
Literates 23,10,960

Page 3-36
Literates- Males (in %) 73.02

Literates- Females (in %) 53.97
Total Workers (Main and 49.89
Marginal) (in %)
Non-Workers (in %) 50.11
Source: Census of India 2011
3.11.2.1 District Highlights

 Anantapuramu district stands 1st position in terms of area with 19,130 Sq. Km. and ranks
7th in terms of population with 40,81,148 persons in the State
 Anantapuramu district stands 7th in terms of urban area with 376.89 Sq. Km. and ranks
9th in terms of urban population with 11,45,711 persons in the State, while it stands 1 st in
terms of rural area with 18,753.11 Sq. Km. and ranks 6th in terms of rural population with
29,35,437 persons in the State
 The district ranks 9th in terms of households with 9,68,160 as against 7,79,052
households in 2001
 The district ranks 16th in terms of total number of villages with 949 as against 952 in
2001
 The district ranks 20th position in the state in terms of sex-ratio with 977 as against 958
in 2001
 The district ranks 19th in terms of density with 213 persons per Sq. Km. as against 190 in
2001
 The district ranks 9th in terms of literacy with 23,10,960 literates as against 17,74,088 in
2001
 The district is having 20,36,166 workers and 20,44,982 non-workers as against
17,77,536 workers and 18,62,942 non-workers in 2001
3.11.3 Mandals in the study area
The study area of the project coveres six sub districts namely Gorantla, Somandapalli,
Penukonda, Puttaparthi, Chilamathur and Hindupur. These mandals are partly falling in the
study area covering many facilities, villages, hamlets in the study area. The census summary
of the mandals is summarized in Table 3-11.
Table 3-11 Mandal Census Summary
Statistics Gorantla Somandapalli Penukonda Puttaparthi Chilamathur Hindupur
Area (in sq Km.) 314.54 234.45 309.38 285.35 219.55 158.68
Number of Households 19,125 11,670 13,713 15,472 12,217 46860
Population 77,271 47,591 55,383 59,000 51,456 203538
Males 39,009 24,340 28,280 29,954 25,759 102664
Females 38,262 23,251 27,103 29,046 25,697 100874
Sex Ratio 980 955 958 969 997 983
Population- 0-6 (in %) 10.90% 11.17% 10.47% 10.58% 10.69% 10.96%
Scheduled Castes (in %) 10.35% 16.54% 13.50% 12.60% 13.18% 11.45%
Scheduled Tribes (in %) 8.82% 2.76% 6.63% 7.68% 2.66% 1.15%
Literates 42,966 25,669 32,885 34,618 28257 131572
Literates- Males (in %) 64.62% 62.71% 67.28% 67.11% 63.26% 70.32%
Literates- Females (in %) 46.41% 44.75% 51.12% 49.97% 46.54% 58.86%
Total Workers (Main & Marginal) 40,486 24,181 26,586 27,744 26,903 82808
Non-Workers 36,785 23,410 28,797 31,256 24,553 120730
Source: Census of India 2011

Page 3-37
3.11.4 Village/Revenue Villages in the Study Area
In the six sub districts fully, partially or boundary of 37 revenue villages is falling in the study
area. Out of the 37 revenue villages, there are no Village/settlement/hamlets pertaining to 07
revenue villages are falling in the study area, however, the revenue village boundaries are
falling in the study area. In addition, there are two revenue villages which are un-inhabited is
also a part of the study area. Hence, 28 revenue village’s data was used for further statistical
analysis.
The details of the revenue villages in the study are given in Table 3-12.
Table 3-12 Villages in Study Area
Mandal Villages/Revenue Villages Not Included for analysis
Mallapalle Vadigepalle Jowkuledudinne
Ragimakulapalle Mandalapalle Kammavaripalle
Gorantla- 14 Villages Palasamudram Devulacheruvu Obulapuram**
Katepalle Buganipalle Boyalapalli**
Mandalapalle Budili
Naginayanicheruvu Velagamakulapalle Chennapuram
Bussaiahgaripalle Gudipalle Brahmanapalle
Tungodu Somandepalle
Somandepalli- 14 Villages
Pandiparthi Chalakur
Velidadakala Edulabalapuram
Kothapalle Magecheruvu
Penukonda- 3 Villages Gonipeta Settipalle Settipalle
Puttaparthi- 2 Villages Kothapalle Nidimamidi
Chilamathur- 3 Village Settipalle Tekulou Kodur
Hindupur- 1 Village Chalivendala --
**Un-inhabited village
Source: http://bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in/bhuvan_links.php#
http://indiawater.gov.in; PCA Census of India 2011; Google Earth; Survey of India Topo sheets
3.11.4.1 Population of the Study Area w.r.t revenue villages
The study area has population of 133,316 persons of which 50.76% are males and 46.24%
are females. The population of 0-6 age is 10.93%, SC population is 13.43% and ST
population is 5.93% with respect to the total population.
In the study area the male population is 67669 of which 11.21% 0-6 population, 13.35% SC
population and 6.12% ST population are respective male populations. The female population
is 65647 of which 10.64% 0-6, 13.50% SC, 5.73% ST population are respective female
populations. Table 3-13 shows the population of the study area.
Table 3-13 Population of the Study Area
Area Km Total Population Population 0-6 Population SC Population ST
Male Female Male Female Male Female Male Female
67669 65647 7583 6986 9034 8864 4140 3760
Total
133316 14569 17898 7900
Source- Census of India 2011

Page 3-38
3.11.4.2 Sex Ratio
The overall sex ratio of the study is 970 females over thousand males of the study area. In 0-
6 population is sex ratio is 921, SC population sex ratio is 981, ST population Sex ratio is
908. Table 3-14 represents the sex ratio of the study area.
Table 3-14 Sex Ratio of the Study Area
Area Km Total Population Population 0-6 Population SC Population ST
Total Population
970 921 981 908
Sex Ratio
3.11.4.3 Literacy & Illiteracy Status
The total literacy population of the study area is 77741 which is 58.31% and 55575 are the
illiterates which accounts to be 41.69% with respect to the total population.
The male literacy population is 45098 which is 66.64% and the male illiteracy is 22571 which
accounts to be 33.36% with respect to the total male population.
The female literacy population is 32643 which is 49.73% and the female illiteracy is 33004
which accounts to be 50.27% with respect to the total female population. Table 3-15
presents the literacy and illiteracy status of the study area.
Table 3-15 Literacy & Illiteracy Status
Area Km Literate Population Illiterate Population
Male Female Male Female
45098 32643 22571 33004
Total
77741 55575
3.11.4.4 Working and Non-Working Population
The total work population of the study area is 64496 which account to be 48.38% and the
non-working population 68820 which is 51.62% with respect to the total population.
The male work population is 40104 which is 59.26% and the male non-working is 27565
which constitutes to be 40.74% of the total male population.
The female work population is 24392 which are 38.86% and the female non-working is
41225 which constitute to be 62.84% of the total female population. Table 3-16 shows the
working and non-working population.
Table 3-16 Working & Non-Working Population
Area Km Work Population Non Work Population
40104 24392 27565 41255
Total
64496 68820
3.11.4.5 Main and Marginal Work Population
The main work population means individual engaged in paid work for more than 6 months to
a year. The total main work population is 54157 which account to be 83.97% of the total work
population. The marginal work population means an individual engaged in 6 months or less

Page 3-39
than months in a year. The total marginal work population is 10339 which is 16.03% of the
total work population. Table 3-17 shows the main & marginal work population.
Table 3-17 Main & Marginal Work Population
Area Km Main Work Population Marginal Work Population
35818 18339 4286 6053
Total
54157 10339
3.11.4.6 Work Classification
The work classification is divided into four categories as per Census of India. With respect to
the total work populations Agriculture Labourers 25377 which accounts to be 39.35%, other
Workers 18974 which is 29.38% and 13157 cultivates is which constitute to be 20.40% are
the most preferred work in the study area. Household works are least preferred in the study
area which is 7015 represents to be 10.88% only. Table 3-18 shows the work classification.
Table 3-18 Work Classification
Area Km Cultivators Agriculture Labourers Households Other Works
Total 13157 25377 7015 18947
Figure 3-26: Village boundary map of 10km buffer

Page 3-40
3.11.5 List of Settlements & its Population in the Study Area
In the 10.0 km of the study area there are 83 hamlets in the 28 revenue villages (refer Figure
3-26) falling in six mandals and the total population is 61840. These hamlets/settlements are
most accurate populations likely to be impacted by the project.
In 0-1 km the core area there are 101 households which has 455 populations and on an
average there are 5 members in each family. The core area hamlets are scattered.
In 1-5 km the total population is 12730 and the households are 2477, the ST population is
1276 and SC population is 2312. In each family there are approximately 5 members. In 5-10
km the total population is 48655 in 9285 households which means approximately 5 members
in family.
Table 3-19 Settlement Population
Tot SC ST GEN House
Distance Mandal Village Habitation
Pop Pop Pop Pop Holds
Bandameeeda Palli Thanda 47 0 44 3 7
Kothur 60 0 0 60 13
Palasamudram
0-1 km Mission Thanda 164 0 164 0 32
Pappannapalle Thanda 184 0 184 0 49
0-1 km Sub Total 455 0 392 63 101
Kallagera andThanda 950 288 119 543 174
Mallapalle Mallapalle 1,419 224 0 1,195 204
Motrapalle 317 0 0 317 60
Katepalle Katepalle 277 46 0 231 60
Gorantla
Bellacheurvu 256 20 0 236 63
Palasamudram Palasumdram 2,419 628 45 1,746 516
Samapalle 274 11 68 195 59
Ragimakulapalle Ragimakulapalle 274 58 0 216 38
Devulacheruvu Devulacheruvu 238 0 0 238 60
B P Nadimi Thanda 487 0 487 0 71
Bathapalle 233 104 0 129 40
Vadigepalle
Gollapalle 373 0 0 373 69
1-5 km
Vadigepalle 743 245 10 488 142
Bussaiahgaripalle Bussaiahgaripalle 403 0 0 403 105
Naginayanicherruvutanda 480 0 470 10 102
Naginayanicheruvu
Naginayanicheruvu 458 59 0 399 102
Gudipalle Gudipalle 844 53 53 738 189
Velagamakulapalle Velagamakulapalle 602 111 10 481 113
Somandepalle Chinnababaiahpalle 448 207 0 241 69
Tungodu Kavetinagepalle 529 114 0 415 96
Kukaatimanipalle 183 0 0 183 25
Nallagondrayanipalle 337 17 14 306 71
Somandepalle
Papireddypalle 186 127 0 59 49
1-5 km Sub Total 12730 2312 1276 9142 2477
Buchepalle 669 74 0 595 129
5-10 km Gorantla Mandalapalle
Gunthapalle 545 0 11 534 117

Page 3-41
Tot SC ST GEN House

Karavulapalle Thanda 1,213 0 1,213 0 170
Khajapuram 405 0 0 405 84
Kothapalle Thanda 193 0 193 0 33
Kothapalle 558 89 0 469 116
Mandalapalle 1,028 416 0 612 218
Puttagundlapalle 657 313 0 344 154
Buganipalle 472 5 0 467 89
Buganipalle
Buganipalli Thanda 32 0 32 0 13
Buddapalle 375 53 0 322 77
Vadigepalle
Pullagurlapalle 582 195 3 384 116
Budili Thanda 138 0 138 0 39
Budili 1,944 309 5 1,630 282
Gangadevipalli 565 126 20 419 131
Gollapalle 321 0 0 321 70
Papireddipalli 617 5 51 561 129
Ramannagaripalle 154 0 0 154 34
Guthivaripalle 306 0 0 306 58
Budili Kalekuntapalle 408 29 0 379 82
Reddicheruvupalle 636 3 0 633 135
Thamminayaripalle 408 60 0 348 76
Balannagaripalle 133 0 0 133 19
Budidagaddapalle 916 251 13 652 217
Chinthalapalle 306 0 3 303 62
Narsimpalle Sugalitanda 610 0 61 549 116
Yerraballi 548 326 3 219 124
Kothapalle Kothapalle 583 0 0 583 114
Magecheruvu Rangepalle 959 302 0 657 148
Manchepalle 772 246 0 526 162
Pandiparthi
Pandiparthi 1,230 461 0 769 240
Kolimpalle 349 171 0 178 66
Tungodu Konathallapalle 439 193 0 246 106
Tungodu 431 85 0 346 66
Somandepalle
Chalakur Maravakuntapalle 219 182 0 37 39
Pathikuntapalle 895 288 0 607 171
Velidadakala Peddireddypalle 265 135 0 130 30
Velidadakala 320 0 0 320 60
Chakarlapalle 760 363 0 397 184
Somandepalle
Somandepalle 17,612 1,498 492 15,622 2,523
Edulaballapuram Edulaballapuram 1,068 179 0 889 200
Penukonda P Venkatapuram Thanda 0 361 0 98
Penukonda
Gonipeta Gonipeta 1,225 154 481 590 266
Kotlapalle Kothapalle 947 236 1 710 237
Puttaparthi
Nidimamidi Buggapalle 410 212 0 198 140

Page 3-42
Tot SC ST GEN House

Danduvaripalle 324 0 0 324 123
Gajulapalle 468 74 26 368 115
Kathivaripalle 313 23 0 290 113
Kothuru 280 156 0 124 139
Nidimamidi 298 0 0 298 121
Suraganipalle 322 0 0 322 137
Kothapalle Rachuvaripalle 629 180 0 449 135
Hindupur Chalivendala Cherlopally 881 177 0 704 184
Beedireddi Palli 190 0 0 190 47
Settipalle Kambaiahgari Palli 552 0 47 505 138
Chillamathur
Settipalle 1,175 240 0 935 293
5-10 km Sub Total 48655 8170 2793 38151 2188
Grand Total 61840 10482 4461 47356 4766
3.11.5.1 Educational Facilities
The Table 3-20 shows the number of schools and colleges in the study area mandals.
Somandepalle mandal has most number of primary and upper primary schools followed by
Gorantla and Hindupur. As part of higher education most number of high schools and junior
colleges are in Hindupur.
Table 3-20 Educational Facilities
Mandals Primary Schools Upper Primary Schools High Schools Junior Colleges
Gorantla 16 11 7 1
Somandepalle 20 13 6 0
Puttaparthi 12 3 8 2
Penukonda 15 9 4 1
Hindupur 16 13 10 3
Chilamathur 15 12 6 0
Source: Hand Book of Statistics, Anantapuramu District, 2016
3.11.5.2 Medical Facilities
In Gorantla the medical facilities are more followed by Hindupur and Puttaparthi. In veterinary
facilities Gorntla, Puttaparthi and Hindupur are more than the other affected sub districts of
the study area.
Table 3-21 Medical Facilities
Mandals Medical Facility Veterinary Facility
Gorantla 10 4
Somandepalle 7 1
Puttaparthi 8 4
Penukonda 5 3
Hindupur 9 4
Chilamathur 8 3

Page 3-43
3.11.5.3 Drinking Water Facilities
In Table 3-22 the drinking water facility is given, as the area has water scarcity. It is the
public water system is most efficient in the mandals of the study area. The bore wells
mentioned here are the registered ones in the mandals.
Table 3-22 Drinking Water Facility
Mandals P.W.S Bore Wells Open Wells Others
Gorantla 18 0 0 0
Somandepalle 20 0 0 0
Puttaparthi 11 1 0 0
Penukonda 14 2 0 0
Hindupur 13 3 0 0
Chilamathur 15 0 0 0
3.11.5.4 Mandal Wise Public Distribution System
Hindupur has the most number of Fair Price Shops in the study area affected mandals. Most
of the people hold White Ration Card which shows that they are mostly BPL in the mandals.
Table 3-23 shows the mandal wise public distribution system.
Table 3-23 Mandal Wise Public Distribution System
Ration Cards (No.)
Mandals Fair Price Shops
White A.A.Y Annapurna Pink
Gorantla 45 19964 2904 13 200
Somandepalle 34 11626 1601 6 272
Puttaparthi 39 15782 1219 8 2038
Penukonda 37 13162 1558 11 1325
Hindupur 88 42644 5760 36 7059
Chilamathur 44 13576 1624 7 113
3.11.5.5 Archaeological Sites in the study area
The District is culturally very rich and it is expected that with the new set up tourism will get a
boost. There are no Archeological sites in the study area. The closest Archeological
sites/monument identified by the Archeological sites of India (ASI) are at 10.07m –
Madhavaraya Temple, Gorantla. The development in the region is expected to boost the
tourism industry due to influx of people in the study area. Also the site can be conserved &
maintained from the present condition.

Page 3-44
Chapter 4
Anticipated Environmental
Impacts and Mitigation
Measures
Chapter 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation

Measures
4.1 General
The potential impacts on the environment from the development of AP-ADE Park which is an
upcoming eco-friendly ‘Manufacturing Cluster’ focussed on Aerospace Defence and
Electronics. An area of 259.77 acres has been identified considering the nature and extent of
the activities associated with the project implementation and operation.
In this chapter, likely impacts of these activities on environmental attributes have been
identified, assessed and presented. In order to mitigate likely environmental impacts during
construction and operation phases due to proposed development suitable mitigation
measures are framed and incorporated as a part of planning process. The impacts have
been assessed both quantitatively and qualitatively for various environmental components
and impact specific mitigation measures are proposed.
4.2 Land Environment
4.2.1 Potential Impact due to Location
4.2.1.1 Impacts due to Land Acquisition
The proposed AP-ADE Park will be developed in an area of ~259.77 acres (~105.12 ha).
APIIC had the land transferred from Revenue department and currently AP-ADE Park has
obtained the possession of land. There are no existing settlements in the site and hence
there will be no Resettlement or Rehabilitation (R&R) for development of the industrial park.
4.2.1.2 Impacts on nearby Settlements
Bandameeda Palli Thanda is a hamlet located on the lower Eastern side of AP-ADE Park’s
boundary at a distance of >65m. Figure 4-1 shows the nearness of Bandameeda Palli
Thanda to the project site.
Chapter 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Page 4-1
Figure 4-1: Thanda location with respect to Project Site Boundary

The master plan for the AP-ADE Park is prepared in such a way that compatible land uses
(such as mixed use, R&D offices, Green belt etc.,) in the area near to this Thanda.
The Thanda is having two cart routes (Eastern and Western cart road) for commuting on a
daily basis to reach the National Highway and to Palasamudram village as the destination
which is located south of AP-ADE project site. Non-motorable path (Western Cart Road)
originating from NH-44 service road has lost relevance after the land got acquired by GoAP
and conveyed through APIIC to AP-ADE Park. Due to proposed project, the West cart road
will be blocked and access through the Eastern road which is joining all weather village road
that originates from service road of NH-44 and passes along, but outside the North East
boundary of the project site, shall be continued to be used to reach Palasamudram village.
Hence there is no significant impact on their access.

Page 4-2
4.2.1.3 Impact due to Changes in Land Use Pattern
The land use of the project site is dominated by Wastelands followed by Agriculture Land
(Single Crop). Land Cover of the site is mostly barren and Stony waste (Rocky), land with
and without scrub and portion of cultivable land vegetation, scattered trees, open wells and
green house nursery. The land is uninhabited and major part of the project area is devoid of
large trees. The primary survey reveals that the site consists of few small to medium trees
on the northeast bunds of the site and mostly distributed with shrubs and herbaceous flora
including grasses and seasonal herbs. Also, horticultural crops such as Tomato and Chilli are
being cultivated in some portion of the site. The land use of the existing area will be changed
to industrial area which results in loss of existing vegetation. Planning for the proposed
development is carried out based on the concept of zoning.
Also it will have impact on the existing drainage pattern in the project area as well as in the
adjoining area if the development is not properly planned. The existing and proposed land
use around project site was considered during planning. In order to reduce the impact on the
surrounding settlements, compatible activities are planned and proposed. Topographical
aspects were considered for water, wastewater and storm water management. The
predominant wind direction is considered for the concept of zoning of industries.
4.2.1.4 Mitigation Measures

 The change in land use pattern shall be as per the requirement of the proposed project
development plan which is for industrial use.
 The planning shall be in accordance with the standard landscape planning concepts
adequate provision for green areas.
 The development shall be carried out in such a way to ensure proper drainage by
providing surface drainage systems from the development parcels and connecting to
storm water network
4.2.2 Potential Impact due to Construction
4.2.2.1 Impact due to Site Grading/Levelling
The site has an undulating terrain with levels varying from 691.66m (towards southern side)
to 727.52m (towards northern side). During the construction phase site levelling would be
required which involves site preparation work, the soil and rock debris etc., achieved as cut
material from the higher gradient shall be utilized to elevate the low level areas within project
premises. Excess material if required will be sourced from an approved quarry in the nearby
areas or excess rock debris generated from site levelling may also be utilized in the region
for other developmental activities.
The land disposal of solid wastes such as construction rubble, camp site garbage and
discarded topsoil may impact soil quality. There might be a temporary phase of dumping the
construction materials and wastes in the project site marring the aesthetics of the site. The
landscape changes are expected with the changed land use. Apart from the localized
construction impacts confined to the site, the impact is likely to be insignificant and no long
term adverse impacts on topography are envisaged.
There is Low Voltage (< 11 KV) power distribution line mounted on poles, passing at two
locations. There is no distribution transformer. These power distribution lines – 3 m above
Existing ground level can be rerouted or removed in consultation with relevant department.

Page 4-3

 The earth material will be balanced as much as possible by cut and fill quantities within
the individual industrial plot. Hence the reduction in transportation/conveyance of earth
material to and from the site is envisaged.
 Cut and fill quantities shall be minimised by adopting appropriate engineering design of
facilities based on the elevation requirements
 Proper disposal of construction waste has to be planned with temporary dump storage
near to the site.
4.2.2.3 Impact due to Drilling and Blasting

Drilling and blasting are involved in the project for liberation and splitting of rough stone. The
blasting shall be done by using explosives like Ammonium Nitrate/Fuel Oil (ANFO) based,
ordinary detonators & substitutes. The explosive materials for the blasting operation will be
brought from authorized explosive license holder during blasting. The requirement of
explosives will be made with permission of Chief Controller of Explosives.
Air Pollution
There will be slight increase in particulate matter concentrations in ambient air mostly within
the active operational areas only due to drilling and blasting. Blasting with explosive will
result in increase of nitrogen oxides which get diluted by the wind. Controlled blasting and
optimization of use of explosive energy will help in reducing the above emissions.
Following measures shall be adopted to mitigate air pollution generated due to the blasting
activities:
 No blasting under unfavourable wind and atmospheric conditions
 Drilling machines will be equipped with wet drilling arrangements or dust collector
 Regular sprinkling of water will suppress dust at points/places of generation
 Regular maintenance of vehicles and machinery
 Provision of PPEs such as Dust masks or enclosure to workmen
Noise Impact due to Working Environment
Drilling and blasting poses a major noise hazard to the construction worker. If the magnitude
of noise exceeds the tolerance limits, it is manifested in the form of discomfort leading to
annoyance and in extreme cases to loss of hearing. Detrimental effects of noise pollution are
not only related to sound pressure level and frequency, but also on the total duration of
exposure and the age of the person.
The following control measures will be adopted to keep the ambient noise levels well below
the limits.
 Drilling will be carried out with sharp drill bits which help in reducing noise.
 Secondary blasting will be totally avoided and Hydraulic rock breaker/jack hammer drills
will be used for breaking boulders.
 Controlled blasting with proper spacing, burden, stemming and optimum charge/delay will
be maintained
 The blasting will be carried out during favourable atmospheric condition and between
12.00 Noon to 2.00 PM when there is less human activity.
 Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals will be done to
reduce generation of noise
 Provision of sound insulated chambers for the workers deployed on machines producing
higher levels of noise.
 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

Page 4-4
Impacts due to Ground Vibration and Fly Rocks

Ground vibration in the area is anticipated due to drilling and blasting. Another impact due to
blasting activities is fly rocks. These may fall on the nearby areas and may cause injury to
construction workers or persons.
The measures that are generally followed and currently proposed for abatement of ground
vibration and fly rocks are detailed below:
 Proper quantity of explosive, suitable stemming materials and appropriate delay system
will be adopted to avoid overcharging and for safe blasting.
 Proper blast design will be made to control ground vibration and fly rocks.
 Adequate safe distance from blasting will be maintained.
 The charge per delay will be minimized and preferably more number of delays will be
used per blast
 During blasting, other activities in the immediate vicinity will be temporarily stopped
 Drilling parameters like burden, depth, diameter and spacing will be properly designed to
give proper blast
 Blasting will be carried out only to loosen the strata, thereby reducing the quantity of
explosives used per blast.
4.2.2.4 Impact on Local Infrastructure
Transportation of Construction Material: Transportation of huge quantities of construction

material (quarry material, gravel, stone, aggregate, sand, bricks, cement, steel bitumen, paint
bricks, etc.) during construction phase of the project results in use of public infrastructure like
roads, railways, drainage, water and power supply which in turn results in extra burden on
the existing infrastructure..
Construction Workers Camp: During the construction phase of the project there will be
large-scale short term employment generation in the form of skilled and semi-skilled labours.
It is expected to generate direct employment to 250 – 500 persons other than indirect
employment for a period of ~12 months. The daily wage unskilled labours employed locally
will get job only for less than half of the construction period. Also, majority of the works will be
sub-contracted. As the construction period is anticipated to span nearly 12 months,
temporary workers camps are planned to be set up for semi-skilled labourers in the project
area. This level of short-term employment opportunities would have a positive impact on the
local economy and on regional unemployment.

 Existing roads will be strengthened wherever necessary, to reduce the impact from
transportation of construction material
 Construction material shall be sourced from nearby approved and licensed quarries
 Temporary approach roads may be developed/strengthened with prior permission from
competent authority
 Trucks with construction material susceptible for fugitive suspension will be covered with
tarpaulin covers during transport of construction materials
 Transportation management will be adopted for movement of dumpers transporting
quarry stones and construction materials and traffic will be regulated
 Vehicles deployed will confirm to emit norms of CPCB and have valid Pollution Under
Control (PUC) certificates
 Very old vehicles (more than 20 years) will not be allowed for use at site
 Dumpers and trucks will comply with standards for exhaust emissions and noise levels

Page 4-5
 To avoid/minimise impact/strain on the existing infrastructure, the worker camps will be

self-sufficient and would not rely on any local resource. This would help to avoid any
conflict with the local population. To mitigate impacts from health hazards, sanitation
facilities will be provided. Further, the worker camp siting will be planned away from
habitations.
Following additional mitigation measures shall be followed:
 The camps will be adequately equipped with all the necessary facilities such as water
supply, LPG supply, power supply, wastewater collection, solid waste collection and
sanitation.
 The domestic wastes generated from the camps will be disposed at approved disposal
sites.
 Periodic health check-ups will be undertaken for early detection and control of
communicable diseases.
 Medical facilities including first aid will be available in the workers camps for injured
workers.
4.2.3 Potential Impact due to Operation
4.2.3.1 Discharge on Land
The wastewater generated at AP-ADE Park will be collected and treated in Common Sewage
Treatment Plant and Common Effluent Treatment Plant. The wastewater generated in each
industry will be treated up to the CETP inlet standards before sending to the Zero Liquid
Discharge (ZLD) CETP. Similarly, the sewage from the sanitary and domestic blocks at the
industrial units of the clusters, mixed use & residential and common facilities will be sent to
the CSTP. The treated wastewater from CETP and CSTP will be recycled and used within
the AP-ADE Park for maintaining the greenbelt and for non-potable water applications. There
will not be any significant impacts due to contamination of soil, ground and surface waters in
and around the project site as the Project is designed to follow recycle and reuse options.
4.2.3.1.1 Mitigation Measures

 Periodic maintenance and check of wastewater conveyance pipelines
 Attempt to restore by replacing a part or putting together the torn or broken parts of the
conveyance pipeline in case of any leakage is detected.
 Necessary preventive measures for spillage from pipelines, such as surface RCC
channels along the pipelines shall be adopted
 Lining of all treatment units tanks
 Treated wastewater quality shall be ensured as per standards before using for greenbelt
or any other application.
4.2.3.2 Soil Contamination
Potential impacts on land environment are envisaged due to hazardous and non-hazardous
wastes generated due to operations of various industries in the project area. Process waste
including sludge and residues, chemical waste including toxic waste, used/waste oil, oil
slurry, spent solvents, CETP sludge etc., are the source of hazardous waste. Poor
management of such wastes from the operations is a potential risk of soil contamination.

Page 4-6
4.2.3.2.1 Mitigation Measures

 Excavated soil will be stockpiled in a corner of the site in bunded area to avoid run off
with storm water.
 Excavated stock piled top soil will be reused for horticultural/agricultural/Greenbelt
purposes.
 Good housekeeping and best practices of waste handling shall be adopted to
eliminate/minimise the risks of soil contamination.
 The wastes generated will be stored in temporary storage facility for a period of 90 days
 The municipal waste shall be disposed to local municipality and industrial waste to
nearby Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF) and also to approved/authorized
vendors of Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board (APPCB). However, waste
minimisation techniques will be adopted in order to minimise the generation of wastes.
4.3 Water Environment
4.3.1 Potential impact due to Location
4.3.1.1 Impacts on Existing Water Resources
During construction phase, the water requirement during the construction phase is 250 KLD
and will be sourced from Gollapalli Reservoir and authorized water suppliers.
The water demand during the operation phase is given below:
Net Fresh Water Requirement from External Water Source (Gollapalli Reservoir) 3.928 MLD
Gross Fresh Water Requirement from External Water Source (Gollapalli Reservoir) considering 10%
4.365 MLD
losses in Transmission and Distribution
Gross Available Recycled/Reclaimed Water (From CSTP and CETP) 2.283MLD
Net Available Recycled Water (90% of Gross) 2.055MLD
Net Water Demand (Sum of Gross Fresh Water Requirement and Net Available Recycled Water) 6.42MLD
The total one time raw water requirement for the proposed AP-ADE Park will be about 6.42
MLD for different purposes specifically industrial, commercial, institutional, residential, district
cooling, fire fighting and green area maintenance. It is proposed to treat the wastewater
generated to tertiary level (discussed in subsequent section) thus enabling its reuse and
recycle at the site for non-potable water demand. Considering the treated water
reuse/recycle of 2.055 MLD, the Net total daily raw requirement or make up water will be
about 4.365 MLD and will be sourced from Gollapalli reservoir. APIIC is developing a 15
MLD Industrial water supply scheme with Gollapalli Reservoir as water source to meet the
water demand for the KIA Motors India, IP Ammavaripalli, IP Gudipalli I.P and other industrial
developments in Penukonda and Hindupur region. Hence the site has advantage of
uninterrupted water supply. Approval for 0.045 TMC (3.5MLD) has already been obtained as
start-up requirements from Water Resources Department, GoAP and is provided as
Appendix D (i).
Groundwater will not be withdrawn during construction and operation phases of the project.

Page 4-7

Though the withdrawal of groundwater is not envisaged as a part of proposed development,
the following measures are proposed as a part of development to improve the ground water
scenario.
 Strategic plans such as implementing following structures for rainfall harvesting and
ground water recharging purposes in Project site-
o Recharge pits
o Roof-top rain water harvesting
o Rainwater storage ponds/tanks
o Storage cum recharge ponds
o Recharge Shafts
 To step up the present level of rain water harvesting and conservation in the study area,
the measures such as renovation/revamping of existing rain water harvesting structure
 Proposed to create awareness among farmers in the study area on advanced
management methods in utilizing the ground water for irrigation and other purposes
 Monitoring of water quality and ground water level variations in and around the Project
site
4.3.2 Potential Impact during Construction
4.3.2.1 Impacts due to Wastewater Generation
During Construction phase of the proposed project, sewage will be generated from
construction workers camp and from the Project site. Wastewater generation at construction
site includes surface runoff also which may contain pollutants and traces of solvents, paints,
metal compounds etc. which may impact the groundwater and nearby surface water
resources if not managed properly. The impact is short term until the Construction phase is
completed as infrastructure for wastewater conveying network and treatment plants will be
available.

 Water quality of nearby villages will be monitored during construction phase
 An adequate drainage system will be provided at the site with separate collection streams
to segregate the storm run-off from roads, open areas, material storage areas, vehicle
wash water and other wastewater streams. Suitable measures will also be taken to
prevent the washing away of construction materials into the drainage system.
 Sewage generated at site and at construction workers camp will be collected in holding
tank and periodically transferred to temporary Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) or mobile
STP or septic tank with soak pits shall be provided.
 No wastewater shall be disposed directly on land or on existing surface water resources
without appropriate treatment
4.3.2.3 Impact on Existing Drainage Pattern
The existing drainage pattern in and around proposed project site is shown in Figure 3-14.
Total of three watersheds are in the study area of which one watershed PEU23 covers the
maximum Project area and partially by watershed PEU07. In the study area Chitravati river is
observed at 7.7 km SE and the impact on this river due to the proposed development is

Page 4-8
insignificant. Also it can be observed that there are natural drains of lower order which is
originating from the site area. These lower order natural drains are connected to other drains
in a dendritic pattern and to nearby village ponds/cheruvu/tanks. These ponds/tanks are rain
fed and no direct dependency for irrigation and drinking use. The map showing the drainage
pattern around the site is given in Figure 4-2.
Figure 4-2: Drainage pattern around the Project site

Due to the proposed Project, there will be minor change/ disturbance to the natural drainage
pattern and chances of flooding is not significant in the areas abutting project site as the
natural drains are originating from site. However, flooding within the site can be witnessed if
any of the Construction debris hinders the flow during rainy seasons.

 Storm water drainage arrangement/network is proposed to ensure the adequate drainage
system within the site.
 Strom water Outfall locations are proposed outside the boundary based on the natural
slope where the natural lower order drains are found which will ensure the continuity.
 Grading within the project site will be planned in such a way that there shall be negligible
impacts on the existing natural drainage system/pattern
 The development within the designated Park area shall be carried out in such a way to
ensure proper drainage by providing surface drainage systems including storm water
network, etc. and all the altered drainage in the footprint area need to be properly
connected to the existing natural drainage system of the region
 Strategic plans such as implementing following structures for rainfall harvesting and
ground water recharging purposes in Project site
o Recharge pits
o Roof-top rain water harvesting

Page 4-9
o Rainwater storage ponds/tanks

o Storage cum recharge ponds
o Recharge Shafts
 To step up the present level of rain water harvesting and conservation in the study area,
the measures such as renovation/revamping of existing rain water harvesting structure
 Monitoring of water quality and ground water level variations in and around the Project
site
 Other reduction methods by choosing manufacturers who follow government waste
regulations, purify their waste water, capture and reuse solvents, and choose wise
disposal methods
4.3.2.5 Storm Water Management
Storm water drainage arrangement is proposed along road side to cater water from the road
surface and adjoining land area of project site. Accordingly each road side drain runoff is
arrived and connected to road side drain on downstream side, forming as grid type
arrangement based on the natural slope (gravity flow) which finally has to be discharged into
natural lower order drain located eastern side of the project site. The surface and sub-
surface drainage system is designed as per IRC guidelines. A minimum longitudinal gradient
of 0.3% is maintained in such a way that it attains the minimum self-cleaning velocity of
storm water drains. Closed box, Open box and trapezoidal type storm water drain are being
explored along both side of the new construction road in project site.
In addition, rooftop runoff will be collected and used to negate the dependency on externally
sourced water during Monsoon. Altogether a hybrid storm management system integrating
LID (low impact development) and conventional drain system is planned for the Project.
4.3.3 Potential Impact during Operation
4.3.3.1 Impact due to Wastewater Generation
Following are the industrial clusters proposed as a part of development of AP-ADE Park:
 Microelectronics
 Automobile Ancillary
 Aero & Defence Strategy
The industries related to Microelectronics, Automobile Ancillary and Aero & Defence
Strategic will fall mostly under Focus Engineering Industrial Sector. The facilities in this kind
of industrial sector can be considered of a series of unit process such as Melting and die
casting, Cutting, Shearing, Forming, Welding and soldering, Heat treatment, Forging,
Dressing/grinding, Machining, Non-destructive testing, Surface preparation and surface
coating etc.
The types of industries are Engineering and fabrication units (dry process without any heat
treatment / metal surface finishing operations / painting); Ferrous and Non - ferrous metal
extraction involving different furnaces through melting, refining, re-processing, casting and
alloy making; Forging of ferrous and non- ferrous metals (using oil and gas fired furnaces);
Industry or processes involving foundry operations; Rolling mill (oil or coal fired) and cold
rolling mill; Spray painting, paint baking, paint shipping; Steel and steel products using
various furnaces like blast furnace /open hearth furnace/induction furnace/arc

Page 4-10
Also, sewage from the sanitary and domestic blocks at the industrial units of the clusters,
mixed use & residential and common facilities such as amenities & utilities.
The estimated quantities of wastewater generation from various sources are given in Table
4-1. Other than the following rain washed roads and roof tops containing particulates will also
be generated which shall be taken care by storm water management systems/rainwater
harvesting systems.
Table 4-1: Wastewater Generation
Quantity (KLD)
Source
Sewage Effluent
1930 608
The estimated wastewater generation from the proposed APADE Park is about 2538 KLD
considering both industrial and domestic wastewater. Letting this wastewater (both domestic
and industrial effluents) in to nearby water body will impact the water quality.
4.3.3.2 Mitigation Measures/Wastewater Management

 Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) wastewater treatment plant is planned for treatment of
wastewater. The wastewater generated at AP-ADE Park will be collected and treated in
Common Sewage Treatment Plant and Common Effluent Treatment Plant. The
wastewater shall be received at the CSTP & CETP and its pathway of treatment have
been arrived at, based on the nature of the characteristics of the wastewater. It is
proposed to develop a CSTP of 2.0 MLD and a CETP of 0.7 MLD on a Modular basis
under wastewater treatment system considering inflows from different industrial clusters
in the park. Details of treatment schemes are discussed in Section 2.6.7 of Chapter 2.
The proposed treatment systems will cater to most of the proposed industry needs in AP-
ADE Park and flexible to accommodate all types of effluent anticipated to be generated.
 Minimise the consumption of water used in the process and equipment cleaning.
 Ensure untreated wastewater is not discharged in to the surrounding water bodies/drains.
 Water Quality Monitoring in and around the project site shall be carried out. Storm water
runoff will be directed as per the storm water drainage network planned considering the
existing drainage pattern.
4.4 Air Environment

The construction phase will involve movement of construction materials to the project area,
site clearing, vehicular emissions, emissions from the construction machinery, etc. which in
turn could influence the ambient air quality in the region through build-up of dust levels and
gaseous emission levels. The build-up of pollutants in the ambient air during the construction
phase is temporary in nature and will be localised. DG sets used during construction and
operation phase of the project, emissions from DG sets which likely impact the air quality.

Page 4-11
4.4.1.1 Impact due to Transportation of Construction Material
Transportation of construction material results in use of public infrastructure like roads and
during material transportation, there is a possibility of impact on air quality along the route
due to exhaust emissions, fugitive dust suspension and traffic congestion. The windblown
dust during the material movement could impact the road users and also habitations en-
route. Fugitive dust could arise during material unloading. This can contribute towards slight
build-up of pollutant concentration over the baseline levels. In case of requirement of quarry
material, same will be sourced from approved/licensed quarries; the environmental
management at the quarry site will be taken care by the quarry agencies.
4.4.1.2 Emissions during Construction at Site
During the construction activities, the sources of potential impacts on the air quality at the
construction site can be categorised as:
 Exhaust emissions from diesel run engines, construction machinery and vehicles
 Dust suspension during site preparation, construction, trenching and material transport
 Soil grading and compaction will be involved as part of site preparation by using
mechanical shovels and earthmovers for site clearance, cut & fill and other site levelling
activities.
These activities could generate dust particles and affect the ambient air and noise quality.
Area development will involve developing the internal roads, utilities, services and buildings,
etc. Fugitive dust is expected particularly during dry weather conditions due to the site
preparation and movement of transport vehicles for materials and personnel. Emissions from
diesel power generators, construction equipment and transport vehicles will affect the air
quality within the work areas, if not adequately managed. Movement of materials such as
cement, steel, sand, etc. will cause disturbance to the adjoining communities/communities
en-route.
The baseline concentrations of Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5), SO2, NO2 and CO are
within the limits of NAAQS stipulated by CPCB. With the present background concentrations
of air quality parameters, it is expected that there will only be a mild build-up of air pollutants.
The impacts during construction are short-term in nature and will cease on completion of the
construction. Further, adoption of suitable mitigation measures will ensure that these impacts
are rendered insignificant.

 Equipment and vehicles will be regularly maintained in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations to maximise fuel efficiency and help minimise
emissions and also will use fuel that has low sulphur content of 0.1%.
 A strict Project speed limit of 30 km/hr will be enforced for vehicles using un-metalled
tracks and the RoW.
 Water spraying the running track within the ROW and/or the surface of the access road
with water

Page 4-12
 Vehicles transporting soil and aggregate to be covered (example: using tarpaulins or

covers) that prevent the escape of dust, and prohibiting such vehicles from stopping near
settlements
 Keeping site roads and approaches to watercourse crossings free from deposits of mud
and silty material
 Using windbreaks, netting screens or semi-permeable fences to reduce dust emissions
from working areas close to sensitive, residential or agricultural locations or natural
habitats.
 In order to ameliorate the fugitive dust suspension, the surfaces near the proposed site
and transport roads will be sprinkled with water to reduce dust generation.
 The earth material generated during excavation will be used in levelling, making
embankments and landscaping the area.
 On-site vehicle speeds will be controlled to reduce excessive dust suspension in air and
dispersion by traffic. However, such an impact can be minimized by restricting entry only
to PUC certified vehicles. The construction equipment and transport vehicles will be
periodically washed to remove accumulated dirt.
 Alignment connecting the construction material procurement site and the project site shall
be selected to ensure that the impacts on the receptors en-route the material movement
are minimised to a large extent.
 The baseline data will be used as reference to aid in selection of the least
environmentally damaging alignment.
 To reduce impacts from exhausts, emission control norms will be enforced/ adhered.
 Adequately sized construction yard will be identified at the site for storage of construction
materials, equipment tools, earthmoving equipment, etc.
 Fuel tanks adequately designed to minimize fugitive emissions and welding gas cylinders
will be stored in a secluded area within project site.
 Welding personnel will be properly trained and will wear necessary Personal Protection
Equipment
The impact on air environment due to the operation of AP-ADE Park has been predicted
based on air quality modelling studies. Cumulative Impact Assessment due to AP-ADE Park,
Gudipalli I.P, M/s Bharat Electronics Limited (BEL) and the traffic generated on roads due to
these industrial developments and normal traffic have also been carried out.
The AAQ model studies carried out cover the following:
 Cumulative impacts covering the process emissions of AP-ADE Park & nearby proposed
Gudipalli I.P and increased traffic generated on roads due to these industrial
developments and normal traffic
 Cumulative impacts covering the emissions from DG sets of AP-ADE Park, nearby
proposed Gudipalli I.P and BEL
4.4.2.1 Sources of Emission considered for Air Quality Modelling
Following sources of emission are identified as a part of proposed development and

considered in the air quality modelling study.
4.4.2.1.1 AP-ADE Park Process Emission Sources


Page 4-13
 Aero & Defence Strategy
The main emissions of concern generated by microelectronics industry include greenhouse
gases, toxic, reactive, and corrosive substances (for example: acid fumes, dopant, cleaning
gases, and volatile organic compounds [VOCs]), resulting from diffusion, cleaning, and wet-
etching processes.
The following are the possible source of air emission from the Microelectronics industrial
area.
Table 4-2: Possible Sources of Air Emissions
S.
Name of the Microelectronics Industrial Area/Source of Emission Possible Air Emissions
No.
Emissions from Semiconductor Manufacturing from the process such as
1. Crystal Preparation, Wafer Fabrication, Final Layering and Cleaning, Acid fumes, VOCs, dopant gases
Assembly
Emissions from Printed Circuit Board Manufacture from the process
Particulates, acid fumes, and VOCs,
2. such as Board Preparation, Imaging, Electroplating, Soldering and PCB
Organic vapours and ammonia fumes
Assembly and Wiring
Emissions Generated from Cathode Ray Tube Manufacture from the
Solvent vapours , Vapours from
3. process such as Panel and Shadow Mask, Application of Coating to
lacquer area, VOCs
Panel Interior and finishing
There are three types of abatement systems for toxic and hazardous gases:
 Point-of-use (POU) systems that is relatively small and typically dedicated to a single
process tool. These systems can remove up to 99.99% of effluent gases. Six basic
technology types are used for POU abatement of gaseous and particulate pollutants,
including per-fluorocarbon compounds (PFCs), as follows:
o Wet scrubbing in semiconductor manufacturing, although it has a limited treatment
range. Wet scrubbers are also used to treat acid gases and by-products of
combustion/oxidation treatment;
o Hot chemical beds in semiconductor manufacturing
o Combustion / oxidation through fuel burners or electrically heated chambers, often
combined with wet scrubbers (semiconductor and PCBA manufacturing);
o Plasma reactors in semiconductor manufacturing, although they have a limited
treatment range and require additional downstream abatement units;
o Cold adsorbers in PCBA industry;
o Traps, filters, cyclones, and precipitators in PCBA industry for removing solids and
condensing vapours from exhaust stream.
 House systems that are relatively much larger and placed outside a fab (semiconductors
foundry) and can handle high flow rates of effluents from many different sources;
 Emergency release scrubbers suitable for handling a large and sudden release of toxic
gases are usually dedicated to the exhaust ventilation of gas cylinder storage areas.
 Emergency release scrubbers are aimed at preventing uncontrolled releases. However,
most toxic gases can be controlled in special cabinets that are scrubbed or scrammed to
atmosphere after careful monitoring of gas concentration to ensure that the gases are
safely released with no impact on health and environment.

Page 4-14
Most of the industries related to Microelectronics, Automobile Ancillary and Aero & Defence
Strategic will fall under Focus Engineering Industrial Sector. The facilities in this kind of
industrial sector can be considered of a series of unit process such as Melting and die
casting, Cutting, Shearing, Forming, Welding and soldering, Heat treatment, Forging,
Dressing/grinding, Machining, Non-destructive testing, Surface preparation and surface
coating etc.
The types of industries are Engineering and fabrication units (dry process without any heat
treatment / metal surface finishing operations / painting); Ferrous and Non - ferrous metal
extraction involving different furnaces through melting, refining, re-processing, casting and
alloy making; Forging of ferrous and non-ferrous metals (using oil and gas fired furnaces);
Industry or processes involving foundry operations; Rolling mill (oil or coal fired) and cold
rolling mill; Spray painting, paint baking, paint shipping; Steel and steel products using
various furnaces like blast furnace /open hearth furnace/induction furnace/arc
The following assumptions were made while estimating emissions from proposed
individual/member units of AP-ADE Park:
 Emissions of individual industrial units of the proposed sectors were estimated based on
its products by referring the literature review of similar type of industry’s emission and
Consultant’s experience with Air Pollution Control (APC) Measures and the land area
occupied through available secondary data. Emissions estimated from the similar type of
industrial units are transferred in terms of Emission per acre and used for emission
estimations of the proposed plots as given in the Conceptual Master Plan.
The process point sources from AP-ADE Park are given in Table 4-3.
Table 4-3: Point Source Emissions Details of AP-ADE Park
Stack Stack
Stack Dia. Exit Temp PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2
Stack No. Height Velocity
(m) K (g/s) (g/s) (g/s) (g/s)
(m) (m/s)
S1 30 14.4 2 434.15 0.0047 0.0019 0.0063 0.0081

S2 30 14.4 2 434.15 0.0040 0.0016 0.0054 0.0070
S3 30 14.4 2 434.15 0.0040 0.0016 0.0053 0.0069
S4 30 14.4 2 434.15 0.0039 0.0016 0.0053 0.0069
S5 30 14.4 2 434.15 0.0039 0.0016 0.0053 0.0068
S6 30 14.4 2 434.15 0.0039 0.0016 0.0052 0.0068
S7 30 14.4 2 434.15 0.0039 0.0015 0.0052 0.0067
S8 30 14.4 2 434.15 0.0056 0.0022 0.0075 0.0098
S9 30 14.4 2 434.15 0.0064 0.0025 0.0086 0.0111
S10 30 14.4 2 434.15 0.0064 0.0025 0.0086 0.0111
S11 30 14.4 2 434.15 0.0068 0.0027 0.0091 0.0118
S12 30 14.4 2 434.15 0.0056 0.0022 0.0075 0.0098
S13 30 14.4 2 434.15 0.0064 0.0025 0.0086 0.0111
S14 30 14.4 2 434.15 0.0064 0.0025 0.0086 0.0111
S15 30 18 2 403 0.2316 0.0926 0.5708 0.3067
S16 30 18 2 403 0.1763 0.0705 0.4346 0.2335
S17 30 18 2 403 0.0938 0.0375 0.2311 0.1242

Page 4-15
Stack Stack
(m) K (g/s) (g/s) (g/s) (g/s)
(m) (m/s)
S18 30 18 2 403 0.0903 0.0361 0.2225 0.1195

S19 30 18 2 403 0.0868 0.0347 0.2138 0.1149
S20 30 18 2 403 0.0875 0.0350 0.2156 0.1158
S21 30 18 2 403 0.0896 0.0358 0.2207 0.1186
S22 30 18 2 403 0.1539 0.0616 0.3794 0.2039
S23 30 18 2 403 0.0854 0.0341 0.2104 0.1131
S24 30 18 2 403 0.0854 0.0341 0.2104 0.1131
S25 30 18 2 403 0.0854 0.0342 0.2105 0.1129
S26 30 18 2 403 0.0854 0.0342 0.2105 0.1129
S27 30 18 2 403 0.0854 0.0342 0.2105 0.1129
S28 30 18 2 403 0.0854 0.0342 0.2105 0.1129
S29 30 18 2 403 0.0854 0.0342 0.2105 0.1129
S30 30 18 2 403 0.0854 0.0342 0.2105 0.1129
S31 30 18 2 403 0.0854 0.0342 0.2105 0.1129
S32 30 18 2 403 0.0854 0.0342 0.2105 0.1129
S33 30 18 2 403 0.0854 0.0342 0.2105 0.1129
S34 30 18 2 403 0.1960 0.0784 0.4830 0.2590
S35 30 18 2 403 0.1911 0.0764 0.4709 0.2525
S36 30 18 2 403 0.6762 0.2705 1.6664 0.8936
S37 30 18 2 403 0.5383 0.2153 1.3265 0.7113
S38 30 18 2 403 0.5278 0.2111 1.3007 0.6975
S39 30 18 2 403 0.4212 0.1685 1.0382 0.5579
S40 30 18 2 403 0.4877 0.1951 1.2020 0.6459
S41 30 14.4 2 434.15 0.0125 0.0050 0.0168 0.0218
S42 30 14.4 2 434.15 0.0092 0.0037 0.0123 0.0160
S43 30 14.4 2 434.15 0.0092 0.0037 0.0123 0.0160
S44 30 18 2 403 0.2589 0.1035 0.6381 0.3429
S45 30 18 2 403 0.2659 0.1063 0.6553 0.3522
S46 30 18 2 403 0.2589 0.1035 0.6381 0.3429
S47 30 18 2 403 0.2380 0.0952 0.5865 0.3145
All the above emissions are assumed to be continuous in nature; these are considered
for Air Quality Modelling for prediction of impacts.
4.4.2.1.2 Nearby Proposed Gudipalli I.P’s Process Emissions Sources

The process point sources from the Gudipalli I.P are given in Table 4-4.
Table 4-4: Point Source Emission Details of Gudipalli IP
Stack Stack
(m) K (g/s) (g/s) (g/s) (g/s)
(m) (m/s)
A1 30 18 2 403 0.222 0.089 0.88 0.48

A2 30 18 2 403 0.303 0.121 1.21 0.66
A3 30 18 2 403 0.317 0.127 1.26 0.69
A4 30 18 2 403 0.308 0.123 1.23 0.67
A5 30 18 2 403 0.144 0.058 0.57 0.31
A6 30 18 2 403 0.276 0.110 1.10 0.60
A7 30 18 2 403 0.264 0.106 1.05 0.58

Page 4-16
Stack Stack
(m) K (g/s) (g/s) (g/s) (g/s)
(m) (m/s)
A8 30 18 2 403 0.266 0.106 1.06 0.58

A9 30 18 2 403 0.251 0.100 1.00 0.55
A10 30 18 2 403 0.220 0.088 0.88 0.48
A11 30 18 2 403 0.220 0.088 0.88 0.48
A12 30 18 2 403 0.326 0.130 1.30 0.71
A13 30 18 2 403 0.220 0.088 0.88 0.48
A14 30 18 2 403 0.220 0.088 0.88 0.48
A15 30 18 2 403 0.220 0.088 0.88 0.48
A16 30 18 2 403 0.220 0.088 0.88 0.48
A17 30 18 2 403 0.220 0.088 0.88 0.48
A18 30 18 2 403 0.220 0.088 0.88 0.48
A19 30 18 2 403 0.308 0.123 1.23 0.67
A20 30 18 2 403 0.206 0.082 0.82 0.45
A21 30 18 2 403 0.352 0.141 1.40 0.77
A22 30 18 2 403 0.352 0.141 1.40 0.77
A23 30 18 2 403 0.352 0.141 1.40 0.77
A24 30 18 2 403 0.352 0.141 1.40 0.77
A25 30 18 2 403 0.272 0.109 1.08 0.59
A26 30 18 2 403 0.264 0.106 1.05 0.58
A27 30 18 2 403 0.303 0.121 1.20 0.66
A28 30 18 2 403 0.403 0.161 1.60 0.88
A29 30 18 2 403 0.435 0.174 1.73 0.95
A30 30 18 2 403 0.435 0.174 1.73 0.95
A31 30 18 2 403 0.323 0.129 1.28 0.70
A32 30 18 2 403 0.268 0.107 1.07 0.59
A33 30 18 2 403 0.220 0.088 0.88 0.48
A34 30 18 2 403 0.220 0.088 0.88 0.48
A35 30 18 2 403 0.378 0.151 1.50 0.82
A36 30 18 2 403 0.378 0.151 1.50 0.82
A37 30 18 2 403 0.378 0.151 1.50 0.82
A38 30 18 2 403 0.220 0.088 0.88 0.48
A39 30 18 2 403 0.233 0.093 0.93 0.51
A40 30 18 2 403 0.209 0.083 0.83 0.45
A41 30 18 2 403 0.220 0.088 0.88 0.48
A42 30 18 2 403 0.210 0.084 0.84 0.46
A43 30 18 2 403 0.199 0.080 0.79 0.43
A44 30 18 2 403 0.220 0.088 0.88 0.48
A45 30 18 2 403 0.219 0.088 0.87 0.48
A46 30 18 2 403 0.275 0.110 1.10 0.60
A47 30 18 2 403 0.275 0.110 1.10 0.60
A48 30 18 2 403 0.333 0.133 1.32 0.73
A49 30 18 2 403 0.333 0.133 1.32 0.73
A50 30 18 2 403 0.290 0.116 1.16 0.63
A51 30 18 2 403 0.290 0.116 1.16 0.63
A52 30 18 2 403 0.276 0.110 1.10 0.60
A53 30 18 2 403 0.276 0.110 1.10 0.60
A54 30 18 2 403 0.269 0.107 1.07 0.59
A55 30 18 2 403 0.280 0.112 1.12 0.61

Page 4-17
4.4.2.1.3 Emissions from DG Sets of AP-ADE Park

The emissions detail from DG sets of AP-ADE Park is given in Table 4-5
Table 4-5: DG Set Emissions from AP-ADE Park
Stack Details Emissions Details
Stack Stack Exit
Stack Velocity PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2
Stack Code Height Diameter Temp.
(m/sec) (g/s) (g/s) (g/s) (g/s)
(m) (m) (0K)
DS1 15 15 0.2 523 0.0013 0.0005 0.0750 0.4163
DS2 15 15 0.2 523 0.0013 0.0005 0.0750 0.4163
DS3 15 15 0.2 523 0.0013 0.0005 0.0750 0.4163
DS4 15 15 0.2 523 0.0013 0.0005 0.0750 0.4163
DS5 15 15 0.2 523 0.0013 0.0005 0.0750 0.4163
DS6 15 15 0.2 523 0.0013 0.0005 0.0750 0.4163
DS7 15 15 0.2 523 0.0013 0.0005 0.0750 0.4163
DS8 15 15 0.2 523 0.0013 0.0005 0.0750 0.4163
DS9 15 15 0.2 523 0.0013 0.0005 0.0750 0.4163
DS10 15 15 0.2 523 0.0013 0.0005 0.0750 0.4163
DS11 15 15 0.2 523 0.0013 0.0005 0.0750 0.4163
DS12 15 15 0.2 523 0.0013 0.0005 0.0750 0.4163
DS13 15 15 0.2 523 0.0013 0.0005 0.0750 0.4163
DS14 15 15 0.2 523 0.0013 0.0005 0.0750 0.4163
DS15 15 15 0.2 523 0.0013 0.0005 0.0750 0.4163
DS16 15 15 0.2 523 0.0013 0.0005 0.0750 0.4163
DS17 15 15 0.2 523 0.0013 0.0005 0.0750 0.4163
DS18 15 15 0.2 523 0.0013 0.0005 0.0750 0.4163
DS19 15 15 0.2 523 0.0013 0.0005 0.0750 0.4163
DS20 15 15 0.2 523 0.0013 0.0005 0.0750 0.4163
DS21 30 18 0.3 623 0.0031 0.0012 0.1173 0.6504
DS22 30 18 0.3 623 0.0031 0.0012 0.1173 0.6504
4.4.2.1.4 Emissions from DG Sets of M/s BEL

The emissions detail from DG sets of M/s. BEL Park is given in Table 4-6
Table 4-6: DG Set Emissions from M/s BEL
Stack Stack Exit
(m/sec) (g/s) (g/s) (g/s) (g/s)
(m) (m) (0K)
BEL DG1 30 22 0.4 754 0.0496 0.0198 0.469 2.602
BEL DG2 30 22 0.4 754 0.0496 0.0198 0.469 2.602
BEL DG3 30 22 0.4 754 0.0496 0.0198 0.469 2.602
4.4.2.1.5 Emissions from DG sets of Gudipalli IP

The estimated emission details for Gudipalli IP DG Sets are given in Table 4-7.

Page 4-18
Table 4-7: Gudipalli IP’s DG sets emission details

Stack Stack Exit
(m/sec) (g/s) (g/s) (g/s) (g/s)
(m) (m) (0K)
DG1 15 15 0.2 523 0.0018 0.001 0.089 0.494
DG2 30 18 0.3 623 0.0031 0.001 0.117 0.650
DG3 30 18 0.3 623 0.0031 0.001 0.117 0.650
DG4 30 18 0.3 623 0.0031 0.001 0.117 0.650
DG5 15 15 0.2 423 0.0008 0.0003 0.059 0.325
DG6 15 15 0.2 523 0.0025 0.001 0.106 0.585
DG7 15 15 0.2 523 0.0025 0.001 0.106 0.585
DG8 15 15 0.2 523 0.0025 0.001 0.106 0.585
DG9 15 15 0.2 523 0.0025 0.001 0.106 0.585
DG10 15 15 0.2 523 0.0018 0.001 0.089 0.494
DG11 15 15 0.2 523 0.0018 0.001 0.089 0.494
DG12 30 18 0.3 623 0.0038 0.002 0.129 0.715
DG13 15 15 0.2 523 0.0018 0.001 0.089 0.494
DG14 15 15 0.2 523 0.0018 0.001 0.089 0.494
DG15 15 15 0.2 523 0.0018 0.001 0.089 0.494
DG16 15 15 0.2 523 0.0018 0.001 0.089 0.494
DG17 15 15 0.2 523 0.0018 0.001 0.089 0.494
DG18 15 15 0.2 523 0.0018 0.001 0.089 0.494
DG19 30 18 0.3 623 0.0031 0.001 0.117 0.650
DG20 15 15 0.2 523 0.0015 0.001 0.082 0.455
DG21 30 18 0.3 623 0.0045 0.002 0.141 0.780
DG22 30 18 0.3 623 0.0045 0.002 0.141 0.780
DG23 30 18 0.3 623 0.0045 0.002 0.141 0.780
DG24 30 18 0.3 623 0.0045 0.002 0.141 0.780
DG25 15 15 0.2 523 0.0025 0.001 0.106 0.585
DG26 15 15 0.2 523 0.0025 0.001 0.106 0.585
DG27 30 18 0.3 623 0.0031 0.001 0.117 0.650
DG28 30 18 0.3 623 0.0048 0.002 0.147 0.813
DG29 30 19 0.3 623 0.0061 0.002 0.164 0.911
DG30 30 19 0.3 623 0.0061 0.002 0.164 0.911
DG31 30 18 0.3 623 0.0038 0.002 0.129 0.715
DG32 15 15 0.2 523 0.0025 0.001 0.106 0.585
DG33 15 15 0.2 523 0.0018 0.001 0.089 0.494
DG34 15 15 0.2 523 0.0018 0.001 0.089 0.494
DG35 30 18 0.3 623 0.0048 0.002 0.147 0.813
DG36 30 18 0.3 623 0.0048 0.002 0.147 0.813
DG37 30 18 0.3 623 0.0048 0.002 0.147 0.813
DG38 15 15 0.2 523 0.0018 0.001 0.089 0.494
DG39 15 15 0.2 523 0.0018 0.001 0.089 0.494
DG40 15 15 0.2 523 0.0015 0.001 0.082 0.455
DG41 15 15 0.2 523 0.0018 0.001 0.089 0.494
DG42 15 15 0.2 523 0.0015 0.001 0.082 0.455
DG43 15 15 0.2 523 0.0015 0.001 0.082 0.455
DG44 15 15 0.2 523 0.0018 0.001 0.089 0.494
DG45 15 15 0.2 523 0.0018 0.001 0.089 0.494
DG46 15 15 0.2 523 0.0025 0.001 0.106 0.585
DG47 15 15 0.2 523 0.0025 0.001 0.106 0.585
DG48 30 18 0.3 623 0.0038 0.002 0.129 0.715
DG49 30 18 0.3 623 0.0038 0.002 0.129 0.715
DG50 30 18 0.3 623 0.0031 0.001 0.117 0.650
DG51 30 18 0.3 623 0.0031 0.001 0.117 0.650

Page 4-19

Stack Stack Exit
(m/sec) (g/s) (g/s) (g/s) (g/s)
(m) (m) (0K)
DG52 15 15 0.2 523 0.0025 0.001 0.106 0.585
DG53 15 15 0.2 523 0.0025 0.001 0.106 0.585
DG54 15 15 0.2 523 0.0025 0.001 0.106 0.585
DG55 15 15 0.2 523 0.0025 0.001 0.106 0.585
4.4.2.1.6 Line Sources

Vehicular traffic generated on National Highway (NH-44) due to the existing traffic and the
proposed industrial development of AP-ADE Park, Gudipalli I.P and M/s BEL has been
considered for Air Quality Modelling. The traffic estimated for the proposed development is
for the fully developed scenarios. The cargo (Raw Materials/ Products/ Finished goods etc.)
will be transported through the existing road network.
The number of vehicle trips per day due to Heavy Vehicles, Light Commercial vehicles and
two/three wheelers on the adjacent NH-44 is estimated based on the direction and
movement of vehicles i.e. towards Hyderabad and towards Bangalore. It is assumed that
vehicular movement from the proposed development of AP-ADE Park (No. of vehicles
movements per day) towards Bangalore is 70% of and towards Hyderabad is 30%.
The details of the emissions from the heavy, light vehicles and two/three wheelers estimated
on both the directions are given in Table 4-8 and Table 4-9 respectively.
Table 4-8: Emission Details of Vehicles on NH44 towards Hyderabad
NH44
Parameter
Heavy Vehicle Light Vehicle Two/Three Wheeler
Vehicle Trips per Day 2565 4921 5020
Emission factor of SO2 (g/km) 0.0043 0.00267 0.0006
Emission rate of SO2 (g/s) 0.001787188 0.002129016 0.000488056
Emission factor of PM (g/km) 0.03 0.0008 0.0096
Emission rate of PM10 (g/s) 0.00748125 0.000382744 0.004685333
Emission rate of PM2.5 (g/s) 0.0029925 0.000153098 0.001874133
Emission factor of NOx (g/km) 0.6887 0.0454 0.134
Emission rate of NOx (g/s) 0.286240938 0.036201245 0.108999074
Table 4-9: Emission Details of Vehicles on NH44 towards Bangalore

NH44
Parameter
Heavy Vehicle Light Vehicle Two/Three Wheeler
Vehicle Trips per Day 3748 7650 8925
Emission factor of SO2 (g/km) 0.0043 0.00267 0.0006
Emission rate of SO2 (g/s) 0.002033203 0.002576828 0.000675573
Emission factor of PM (g/km) 0.03 0.0008 0.0096
Emission rate of PM10 (g/s) 0.008511083 0.00046325 0.0064855
Emission rate of PM2.5 (g/s) 0.003404 1.85E-04 0.0025942
Emission factor of NOx (g/km) 0.6887 0.0454 0.134
Emission rate of NOx (g/s) 0.325643505 0.043815729 0.150877951
As these emissions are assumed as continuous in nature and this line source is
considered as a string of volume source for Air Quality modelling for prediction of
impacts.
Other Emissions

Page 4-20
Other emissions include process fugitive emissions from chemical handling, storage and
transfer operations etc. Fugitive emissions can be controlled by selecting suitable
equipment/Storage, appropriate handling methods etc., and hence no emissions were
considered.
4.4.2.2 AERMOD Model
AERMOD is a ‘near-field, steady-state’ Gaussian model. It uses boundary-layer similarity

theory to define turbulence and dispersion coefficients as a continuum, rather than as a
discrete set of stability classes. Variation of turbulence with height allows a better treatment
of dispersion from different release heights. AERMOD requires Surface as well as Upper Air
data as meteorological input.
4.4.2.2.1 Model Assumptions

The following are the assumptions for the air quality modelling:
 Uses rural dispersion
 Stack-tip downwash
 Model assumes receptor on flat terrain
 Uses calms processing routine
 Uses missing data processing routine
 No exponential decay
 No Dry and Wet Depletion
Input Data: The following technical details are considered for Air Quality Modelling studies:
 Point Source: The Point source inputs are given in Table 4-3 to Table 4-7.
 Line Source: The Line source inputs (Vehicular Emissions) are given in Table 4-8 and
Table 4-9.
4.4.2.2.2 Meteorological Data Considered

For the purpose of carrying out the air quality modelling study, site specific meteorological
data (pre-processed from MM5) for the complete year of 2016 (January to December)
obtained from Lakes Environment was used. The raw met data have been processed in
AERMET view to create surface and upper air data which can be used as inputs to
AERMOD.
4.4.2.2.3 Wind Speed and Wind Direction

The wind roses were drawn for the met files obtained on a sixteen-point compass (N, NNE,
NE, ENE; E, ESE, SE, SSE; S, SSW, SW, WSW; W, WNW, NW, and NNW). Wind pattern
representing 24 hours for the entire year of 2016 is discussed. The frequency occurrence of
wind at various speeds was calculated on the basis of total number of observations recorded
in the respective wind speed category. The overall wind pattern recorded for 24 hours during
the year 2016 is given in Figure 4-3. The predominant wind directions observed were from
West, West South West followed by North East; calm conditions prevailed for 4.69% of the
total time. The average wind speed was observed to be 3.15 m/s.

Page 4-21
Figure 4-3: Annual Wind Rose Diagram (January – December 2016)
4.4.2.3 Receptors Locations
The details of the receptors which are monitored for the baseline data as a part of EIA Study
and other Sensitive Receptors within 10.0 km radius of the boundary of AP-ADE Park are
given in Table 4-10.
Table 4-10: Receptor Details
Location No. Receptors Distance (km) Azimuth Directions
I Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations
AQ1 Project Site - -
AQ2 Motrapalli 1.1 E
AQ3 Bussayyagaripalli 1.1 N
AQ4 Kallageri Thanda 1.6 E
AQ5 Chinnababayyapalli 3.6 SW
AQ6 Gudipalli 4.4 W
AQ7 Bhoganapalli 5.1 E
II Other Sensitive Receptors in the Study Area Considered for AQM

Page 4-22
Location No. Receptors Distance (km) Azimuth Directions

AQ8 Somandepalli R.F. 3.9 NW
AQ9 Penukonda R.F. 7.4 NW
AQ10 Kaligera R.F. 1.1 N
AQ11 Errakonda R.F. 6.2 SW
Note: Distances and Directions have been taken from the project boundary
4.4.2.4 Model Results
The 1st highest 24 hour and annual average incremental and the resultant concentration for
PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NO2 for AAQ monitoring locations for Cumulative impacts covering the
process emissions of AP-ADE Park & Gudipalli I.P and increased traffic generated on roads
due to these industrial developments and normal traffic are given in Table 4-11 to Table 4-14
and Cumulative impacts covering the emissions from DG sets of AP-ADE Park, Gudipalli IP
and BEL are given in Table 4-5 to Table 4-7.
Table 4-11: 1st 24-hour Average and Annual Average Incremental and Resultant
Concentration of PM10 (due to Process/Line sources)
1st 24 Hour Resultant
Annual Average NAAQ Standards
Average Baseline Concentration
Incremental (µg/m3)
Location Incremental Concentration (µg/m3)
Concentration
No. Concentration (µg/m3) 1st 24 Annual 24
(µg/m3) Annual
(µg/m3) Hour Average Hour
PM10
AQ1 4.58 1.26 27.20 31.78 28.46
AQ2 3.43 0.70 29.30 32.73 30.00
AQ3 2.50 0.46 30.20 32.70 30.66
AQ4 4.22 0.73 28.00 32.22 28.73 100 60
AQ5 1.20 0.14 29.30 30.50 29.44
AQ6 2.49 0.35 27.00 29.49 27.35
AQ7 2.48 0.48 26.90 29.38 27.38
Concentration of PM2.5 (due to Process/Line sources)
Concentration
No. Concentration (µg/m3) 1st 24 Annual
(µg/m3) 24 Hour Annual
(µg/m3) Hour Average
PM2.5
AQ1 1.83 0.51 15.60 17.43 16.11
AQ2 1.37 0.28 16.80 18.17 17.08
AQ3 1.00 0.18 16.30 17.30 16.48
AQ4 1.69 0.29 15.40 17.09 15.69 60 40
AQ5 0.48 0.06 17.00 17.48 17.06
AQ6 1.00 0.14 15.60 16.60 15.74
AQ7 0.99 0.19 15.00 15.99 15.19
Concentration of SO2 (due to Process/Line sources)
Concentration
SO2
AQ1 15.25 3.80 4.00 19.25 7.80 80 50

Page 4-23

Concentration
SO2
AQ2 13.38 2.55 4.00 17.38 6.55
AQ3 9.42 1.62 4.00 13.42 5.62
AQ4 13.21 2.28 4.00 17.21 6.28
AQ5 4.37 0.46 4.00 8.37 4.46
AQ6 8.95 1.24 4.00 12.95 5.24
AQ7 7.59 1.47 4.00 11.59 5.47
Concentration of NO2 (due to Process/Line sources)
Concentration
NO2
AQ1 8.36 2.29 12.90 21.26 15.19
AQ2 7.40 1.60 12.50 19.90 14.10
AQ3 5.19 0.97 12.20 17.39 13.17
AQ4 7.27 1.39 11.50 18.77 12.89 80 40
AQ5 2.60 0.67 12.70 15.30 13.37
AQ6 5.21 0.89 11.70 16.91 12.59
AQ7 4.18 0.94 11.20 15.38 12.14
Concentration of PM10(due to DG Sets)
Concentration
PM10
AQ1 0.16 0.05 27.20 27.36 27.25
AQ2 0.18 0.04 29.30 29.48 29.34
AQ3 0.12 0.02 30.20 30.32 30.22
AQ4 0.13 0.02 28.00 28.13 28.02 100 60
AQ5 0.11 0.02 29.30 29.41 29.32
AQ6 0.17 0.04 27.00 27.17 27.04
AQ7 0.13 0.01 26.90 27.03 26.91
Concentration of PM2.5(due to DG Sets)
Concentration
PM2.5
AQ1 0.07 0.02 15.60 15.67 15.62
AQ2 0.08 0.02 16.80 16.88 16.82
AQ3 0.05 0.01 16.30 16.35 16.31 60 40
AQ4 0.05 0.01 15.40 15.45 15.41
AQ5 0.05 0.01 17.00 17.05 17.01

Page 4-24

Concentration
PM2.5
AQ6 0.08 0.02 15.60 15.68 15.62
AQ7 0.06 0.01 15.00 15.06 15.01
Concentration of SO2 (due to DG Sets)
Concentration
SO2
AQ1 7.80 2.63 4.00 11.80 6.63
AQ2 7.43 1.54 4.00 11.43 5.54
AQ3 5.01 0.60 4.00 9.01 4.60
AQ4 5.68 1.08 4.00 9.68 5.08 80 50
AQ5 5.17 0.72 4.00 9.17 4.72
AQ6 6.95 1.76 4.00 10.95 5.76
AQ7 5.50 0.58 4.00 9.50 4.58
Concentration of NO2 (due to DG Sets)
Concentration
NO2
AQ1 43.23 14.58 12.90 56.13 27.48
AQ2 41.18 8.51 12.50 53.68 21.01
AQ3 27.76 3.33 12.20 39.96 15.53
AQ4 31.45 5.96 11.50 42.95 17.46 80 40
AQ5 28.66 3.98 12.70 41.36 16.68
AQ6 38.48 9.74 11.70 50.18 21.44
AQ7 30.45 3.23 11.20 41.65 14.43
In addition to above scenarios, cumulative impacts considering all the Industrial sources
emissions simultaneously (Process + Line + DG Sets) is also assessed out and the results
reveals the following (probability of occurrence of this scenario is very unlikely)
 The range 1st highest 24 hour and annual average incremental concentrations among the
receptors considering ALL the sources i.e. AP-ADE Park, Gudipalli IP, M/s Bharat
Electronics Limited (BEL) and the traffic generated on roads due to these industrial
developments and normal traffic growth of NH 44 are
 PM10 (1.30 µg/m3 at Chinnababayyapalli to 4.69 µg/m3 at Project Site for 1st highest
24 hour concentration and 0.16 µg/m3 at Chinnababayyapalli to 1.32 µg/m3 at Project
Site for Annual Average concentration),
 PM2.5 (0.53 µg/m3 at Chinnababayyapalli to 1.88 µg/m3 at Project Site for 1st highest
Site for Annual Average concentration),

Page 4-25
 SO2 (8.42 µg/m3 at Chinnababayyapalli to 19.70 µg/m3 at Project Site for 1st highest
Site for Annual Average concentration) and
 NO2 (29.77 µg/m3 at Chinnababayyapalli to 46.83 µg/m3 at Project Site for 1st highest
24 hour concentration and 4.17 µg/m3 at Bhoganapalli to 16.86 µg/m3 at Project Site
for Annual Average concentration).
The 1st highest 24 hour and annual average incremental concentrations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2
and NO2 for the sensitive receptors for Cumulative impacts covering the process emissions
of AP-ADE Park & Gudipalli I.P and increased traffic generated on roads due to these
industrial developments and normal traffic in the vicinity of the project site are given in Table
4-19.
Table 4-19: 1st 24-hour Average and Annual Average Incremental Concentration of
Sensitive Receptors (due to Process/Line sources)
Annual Average Incremental
1st 24 Hour Average Incremental
Location Concentration
Receptors Concentration (µg/m3)
No. (µg/m3)
PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2 PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2
Somandepalli
AQ7 0.74 0.30 2.86 2.09 0.12 0.05 0.39 0.45
RF
Penukonda
AQ8 0.61 0.24 1.98 1.62 0.09 0.03 0.28 0.41
RF
AQ9 Kaligera RF 2.40 0.96 8.23 4.54 0.33 0.13 1.09 0.68
AQ10 Errakonda RF 1.71 0.68 6.20 3.51 0.05 0.02 0.16 0.20
4.4.2.5 Isopleths
The Isopleths for 1st incremental 24-hour Average Concentration of all the parameters from
Cumulative impacts covering the process emissions of AP-ADE Park & Gudipalli IP and
increased traffic generated on roads due to these industrial developments and normal traffic
are given in Figure 4-4 to Figure 4-7.

Page 4-26
Figure 4-4: Isopleth for 1st 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of PM10

Page 4-27
Figure 4-5: Isopleth for 1st 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of PM2.5

Page 4-28
Figure 4-6: Isopleth for 1st 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of SO2

Page 4-29
Figure 4-7: Isopleth for 1st 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of NO2
4.4.2.6 Observations at Receptors
The 1st highest 24 hour average and annual average resultant concentrations of PM10, PM2.5,
SO2 and NO2 for AAQ monitoring receptors locations are found to be well within the National
Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), 2009 for the entire scenarios considered.
Also, incremental concentration at the sensitive receptors is well below the National Ambient
Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), 2009.

 Ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out regularly at selected locations in the
predicted maximum impact zone in order to check and compare the predicted
concentrations with the measured concentrations
 Provision of avenue plantation along the roads and greenbelt development along the
layout boundary
 Provisions of adequate green buffers between treatment facilities and industries/public
utilities/common areas
 In addition, AP-ADE Park shall ensure that all the individual units shall be with essential
pollution control measures.

Page 4-30
 All the vehicles and other equipment will be periodically checked to ensure compliance to
the emission standards
 Emissions of VOCs have to be controlled due to their effect on the environment and
human health
 Manufacturers can reduce their carbon footprints by ensuring processes are efficient and
energy consumption is kept at the minimum operating level; Careful consideration in
product selection and use can also assist in improved efficiency
4.5 Noise Environment

Generally, the activities which tend to impact the air environment also equally impact the
noise levels.
Construction activities increase ambient noise levels. There would be impact on noise levels
due to the following:
 Vehicles transporting construction material
 Handling of construction material
 Diesel run engines of construction machinery
 Welding and cutting operation of metal
 Pile driving activities during construction of heavy structure
Noise is an inherent part of construction activity and response of species / communities
would be either attracted or diverted away from the region. Noise generated from diesel
engines etc. could result in movement of mobile faunal species away from area of operation.
Noise generated from construction activities will be predominantly confined within the project
site area and will impact construction workers at site. Impacts due to these activities would
be short-term in nature and localised.
The following mitigation measures will be followed to minimise the noise generation and the
associated impacts.
 Exercise of route selection as well as measures such as traffic regulation, timings of
transportation, etc. will be followed to avoid congested built up areas.
 During construction, noise levels will be maintained below threshold levels stipulated by
Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) by selecting appropriate equipment, machinery
and using enclosures. Procurement of machinery/construction equipment will be done in
accordance with specifications conforming to source noise levels less than 75 dB (A).
 Only well-maintained construction equipment; which meets the regulatory standards for
source noise levels, will be used. Any equipment producing high noise, wherever
possible, will be oriented so that the noise is directed away from sensitive receptors.
 Noise attenuation will be practised for noisy equipment by employing suitable techniques
such as acoustic controls, insulation and vibration dampers. The attenuation devices will
be properly maintained throughout the construction period.
 High noise generating activities such as blasting, piling and drilling will not be scheduled
during night time to minimise noise impacts.
 Time bound noisy construction activities will be carried out; so as to avoid concurrent
effect from the construction site.

Page 4-31
 Personnel exposed to noise levels beyond threshold limits will be provided with protective
gears such as earplugs, muffs, etc. especially construction personnel involved in pile
driving operations. Rotation of personnel will also be adopted.
 Temporary noise barriers will be used to break the propagation of sound from the
construction site.
 Periodic maintenance of the equipment to be used in the developmental works will be
carried out. Worn out parts will be replaced and rotating parts will be lubricated to
minimise noise emissions.
 Ambient noise levels will be monitored at regular intervals during construction phase of
the project.
 All haul roads (for truck transport and other vehicles) within the boundary and outside will
be sealed and maintained properly to avoid excessive noise levels from Engine
acceleration and deceleration.
 Drivers need to be captioned or trained to avoid frequent horning unless otherwise it is
required and educated for Silent zones and off hours between midnight and 6 am.
 Poorly trained drivers who have the habit of horning at frequent intervals even if not
required, even in front of Silence zones and even in sleeping hours in the midnight will
not be employed.
 Adequate PPE for noise mitigation need to be used for labours that are exposed to high
noise.
4.5.1.2 Impact due to Vibration
During the construction activities, vibrations may be envisaged. The vibrations could be
result of activities like excavation, piling, blasting movement of heavy equipment, etc.
4.5.1.3 Vibration- Mitigation Measures

 The machinery equipped with latest vibration-reduction technology shall minimise the
vibrations
 The effects of vibrations will be minimised by ensuring construction works take place
during daytime and weekdays
During the operation phase, noise might be generated due to industrial activities involved in
raw material/product handling and transportation and same will be felt upon work personnel
and nearby settlements. Impacts are evaluated qualitatively taking into consideration the
noise generating sources together with environmental conditions and the receptors in the
project influence area.
Major sources of noise generation in the proposed IP are the manufacturing units during
operational phase and are classified into two categories:
 Stationary sources due to operation of heavy duty machinery at the project site like
Boilers, Compressors, Pumps, Hydraulic systems, R&D and Testing facility etc.
 Mobile sources corresponding to mainly vehicular traffic for staff mobilization,
materials/product transportation in and out of project site, etc.
Vibrations are expected to be generated by various activities associated with the proposed
units during operational phase. The impact of vibrations beyond the site would be negligible
during normal operation phase. However, the impacts on workers engaged in the plant area
would be considerable due to occupational exposure.

Page 4-32

 The major noise generating equipment will be enclosed in an acoustic enclosure
designed for an insertion loss of 25 dB (A) and silencers to other equipment etc.
 Major noise generating equipment will be designed with 85 dB (A) ensuring cumulative
noise at 1.0 m remains at 85 dB (A).
 The occupational noise exposure to the workers in the form of eight hourly time weighted
average will be maintained well within the prescribed Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) standard limits.
 Acoustic silencers will be provided in equipment wherever necessary.
 Acoustic design with sound proof glass panelling will be provided for critical operator
cabins / control rooms of individual modules as well as central control facilities.
 Use of personal protective devices such as ear-muffs, ear plugs, etc. will be strictly
enforced for the workers engaged in high noise areas.
 Periodic maintenance of the equipment to be used in the developmental works will be
carried out. Worn out parts will be replaced and rotating parts will be lubricated to
minimise noise emissions.
 Implementation of greenbelt for noise attenuation will be undertaken: shrub plantation;
landscaping with horticulture; and Tree plantation at vehicle parking areas and along
approach roads.
 Ambient noise levels will be monitored at regular intervals during operational phase of the
project.
 Low vibration generating machines/equipment will be selected to meet international
standards and foundations will be so designed to minimise vibrations and secured
properly
 Vibration generating sources and their platforms should be maintained properly to
minimize vibrations and related impacts.
 Various standards pertaining to vibrations are formulated by statutory bodies like Bureau
of Indian Standards (BIS), which is being practiced would be continued to mitigate the
workers’ health effects due to vibrations.
 Vibration dampers shall be provided around the source of generation
 Transportation Management Plan will be prepared and the transportation of construction
materials will be planned in line with the same
4.6 Solid Waste Management
4.6.1.1 Impact due to Solid Waste Generation
Solid waste is likely to be generated in significant amount during the construction phase of
the development. Appropriate measures therefore need to be taken to cater for the adequate
disposal of such solid wastes. Improper solid waste disposal may also lead to skin diseases.
Moreover solid waste will attract vermins, rats and deteriorate the general aspect of the site
and its surroundings. Organic wastes will comprise mainly of domestic refuse like food and
garden debris such as fallen leaves. During the construction phase, the inorganic waste likely
to be generated will include:
 Concrete rubbles and blocks  Blocks, rocks, boulders
 Cement sheets  Broken tiles, glass debris

Page 4-33
 Wooden and metallic beams  Metal debris, cans and tins

 Paper, plastic, cartons  Wood, straw and timber remains
Organic waste generated during the construction stage will be minimal and shall include
leaves, branches, food consumed by workers on site.
Poor construction procedures that generate excessive wastes increase construction costs
and results in disposal of otherwise valuable resources. The solid waste generated during
construction phase may impact soil quality, water quality and public health if not regulated
properly. Appropriate measures therefore need to be taken to cater for the adequate disposal
of solid wastes generated during construction phase of the project.

 Construction waste shall be collected and segregated between concreted, soil and others
 Construction waste shall not be mixed with other waste (such as solid waste) and is
stored and disposed separately
 No littering or deposition of Construction waste so as to prevent obstruction to the traffic
or the public or drains
 Construction waste will be re-used within Project site for filling of low lying areas. Other
wastes which can be re-cycled will be sold. Recyclable wastes will be disposed through
approved APPCB vendors.
 Excavated soil will be stockpiled in a corner of the site in bunded area to avoid run off
with storm water.
 Excavated stock piled top soil will be reused for horticultural/ agricultural purposes
 General refuse generated on-site will be collected in waste skips and separated from
construction waste.
 A local authorised waste handler will be employed to remove general refuse from the site,
separately from construction waste and municipal wastes, on regular basis to minimise
odour, pest and litter impacts.
 The burning of refuse at construction sites will be prohibited. Appropriate fence should be
used to prevent propagation of the debris via strong winds
4.6.1.3 Hazardous Material Management

 Hazardous materials such as lubricants, paints, compressed gases, and varnishes etc.,
will be stored as per the prescribed/approved safety norms.
 Hazardous wastes will be disposed through approved APPCB vendors.
 Hazardous materials will be stored as per prescribed safety norms in locations with
restricted entry and with fire-fighting facilities.
 Medical facilities including first aid will be available for attending injured workers
4.6.2.1 Impact due to Solid Waste Generation
During operation phase of AP-ADE Park it is likely to generate various types of solid waste
which can be broadly categorized as Municipal Waste, Hazardous Wastes and Non-
hazardous Wastes. Further the generated solid waste generated may include Biodegradable,
Recyclable, Reusable and inert compounds from municipal and non-industrial occupants and
industrial occupants. Apart from those listed, E-waste from both domestic and industrial
segments is also expected to be generated in AP-ADE Park area.

Page 4-34
If the solid waste generated is not properly managed and disposed in unauthorised manner,
it will impact the air quality, soil quality and groundwater quality. The details of Solid Waste
expected to be generated from AP-ADE Park is given in Section-2.6.9.
4.6.2.2 Solid Waste Management during Operation Phase
Strict guidelines will be put in place in order to manage the solid waste generation during the
operational phase of the development. The main goals of the guidelines will be to ensure
adopting recycling techniques and encouraging sorting of solid waste at source into organic
and inorganic wastes. The waste management hierarchy is the broadly accepted approach
that is used to develop waste management strategies; the Hierarchy is commonly
characterized as:
The Standard Operating Procedure (SOPs) for different types of waste is given below:
Municipal Solid Waste:
 Municipal solid waste shall be managed as per the Solid Waste Management Rules,
2016
 Temporary storage or Waste Management Centre be appropriately designed to protect
from direct sunlight and rain
 Segregate and store the waste generated into separate streams for bio-degradable and
non-biodegradable wastes in suitable bins and handover segregated wastes to
authorised waste pickers or waste collectors as per the direction or notification by the
local authorities
 Store horticulture waste and garden waste generated from the premises separately and
handover to authorised waste pickers or waste collectors as per the direction or
notification by the local authorities
 No solid waste generated shall be thrown, burn or burry on streets, open public spaces
outside the premises or in the drain or water bodies
Plastic Waste
 Minimize generation of plastic waste and segregate plastic waste at source in
accordance with the Plastic Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2016 and Solid
Waste Management Rules, 2016

Page 4-35
 Not to litter the plastic waste and ensure segregated storage of waste at source and
handover segregated waste to authorised waste pickers or waste collectors as per the
direction or notification by the local authorities
Figure 4-8: Flow Sheet for Municipal Solid Waste Management

Batteries Waste
Storage:
Even used batteries can have some electric energy remaining. A short-circuit could cause a
fire; the battery could fall over and crack resulting in an electrolyte leak; or an open flame
could ignite the gas remaining inside the storage battery and cause an explosion. To prevent
these incidents, batteries should be stored where they cannot be tampered with and care
should be taken to prevent their falling.
Particularly when the batteries are stacked, do not place the batteries or the pallet directly on
the items sticking out of the top of the batteries such as the terminals, vent plugs and catalyst
plugs to protect the batteries from short-circuit and damage. To prevent soil contamination,
the floor should be waterproof construction and the batteries should be protected from the
rain. If storage batteries are already broken and are expected to leak electrolyte, they should
be stored in a container to prevent the electrolyte from escaping.
Information regarding the handling in case of accidents:
All personnel must be informed in advance about what to do in the event that electrolyte gets
in the eyes or on the skin or spills on the road or on a vehicle (have neutralising agents on
hand etc.)
Used batteries will be collected, stored and transported to authorised recyclers to ensure that
used batteries are disposed in a proper manner.
Hazardous and Other Waste
 Temporary storage facility shall be provided within the Premises
 Storage period of not more than 90 days and records of the same shall be maintained
 Necessary measures in the Temporary Storage Areas:

Page 4-36
o Storage area shall be designed to withstand the load of material stocked and any
damage from the material spillage.
o Storage area shall be provided with flameproof electrical fittings and it will be strictly
adhered to.
o Automatic smoke, heat detection system shall be provided in the sheds. Adequate fire
fighting systems shall be provided for the storage area, along with the areas in the
facility.
o Loading and unloading of wastes in storage sheds will only be done under the
supervision of the well trained and experienced staff.
o Fire break of at least 4 meter between two blocks of stacked drums shall be provided
in the storage shed. One block of drum should not exceed 300 MT of waste.
o Minimum of 1 meter clear space shall be left between two adjacent rows of pallets in
pair for inspection.
o The storage and handling shall have at least two routes to escape in the event of any
fire in the area.
o Doors and approaches of the storage area shall be of suitable sizes for entry of fork lift
and fire fighting equipment
o The exhaust of the vehicles- used for the purpose of handling, lifting and transportation
within the facility such as forklifts or trucks, will be fitted with the approved type of
spark arrester
o In order to have appropriate measures to prevent percolation of spills, leaks etc. to the
soil and ground water, the storage area will be provided with concrete floor or steel
sheet depending on the characteristics of waste handled and the floor must be
structurally sound and chemically compatible with wastes
o Measures will be taken to prevent entry of runoff into the storage area. The Storage
area shall be designed in such a way that the floor level is at least 150 mm above the
maximum flood level
o The storage area floor will be provided with secondary containment such as proper
slopes as well as collection pit so as to collect wash water and the leakages/spills etc.
o All the storage yards will be provided with proper peripheral drainage system
connected with the sump so as to collect any accidental spills in roads or within the
storage yards as well as accidental flow due to fire fighting.
 Necessary measures for the Storage Drums /Containers:
o The container shall be made or lined with the suitable material, which will not react
with, or in other words compatible with the hazardous wastes proposed to be stored.
o The stacking of drums in the storage area shall be restricted to three high on pallets
(wooden frames). Necessary precautionary measures will be taken so as to avoid
stack collapse. However, for waste having flash point less than 65.50 C, the drums will
not be stacked more than one height
o No drums shall be opened in the storage sheds for sampling etc. and such activity will
be done in designated places outside the storage areas
o Drums containing wastes stored in the storage area will be labelled properly indicating
mainly type, quantity, characteristics, source and date of storing etc.
 Transportation to the TSDF Site - The loading of collection vehicles shall take place in
either of the following ways:
o Waste stored in large-capacity tanks are either drained or pumped into collection
vehicles
o Waste stored in sealed drums or sealed containers are loaded by hand or by
mechanical equipment onto trucks
o Loading and unloading operation to ensure no waste spill

Page 4-37
o In case of accidental spill all transport vehicles will be equipped with suitable materials
or equipment to contain, manage and remove accidental spillages
The process flow sheet for the management of Industrial Hazardous and Non-hazardous
waste management is shown in Figure 4-9.
Figure 4-9: Flow Sheet for Industrial Hazardous and Non-hazardous Waste
Management
E-waste
 It shall be ensured that e-waste generated is channelized through collection center or
dealer of authorized producer or dismantler or recycler or through the designated take
back service provider of the producer to authorized dismantler or recycler
 It shall be ensured to keep the records of e-waste generated and sending out to
authorized agencies
4.7 Biological Environment
4.7.1 Potential Impact due to Location

There are no Wildlife Sanctuaries, National Parks, Ecologically Sensitive Areas (ESA) or
biosphere reserves or nesting or breeding grounds for any of the rare species or other
protected areas within the project area as well as in the study area except few reserve
forests of dense scrub and Open scrub. The project site is not situated within or adjacent to
any cultural heritage sites, protected areas, buffer zones of protected areas, or special areas
for protecting biodiversity. As such the area identified for the project is not ecologically
sensitive.
The direct impact of construction activity for any project is generally limited within the vicinity
of the construction sites only. The vegetation, including small trees, shrubs and grasslands,
existing in the project area is likely to get disturbed due to the construction activity. The

Page 4-38
movement of vehicles for carrying the construction material in the dry season will create dust
and noise pollution may affect the flora and fauna in the nearby agricultural lands and forest
tracks. The impacts caused by construction activities include the following:
 Exhaust emissions from diesel run engines, construction machinery and vehicles
 Dust suspension during site preparation, construction and material transport
 Noise caused by vehicles transporting construction material
 Noise caused by handling of construction materials
 Noise and Exhaust emissions from diesel run engines of construction machinery
During construction the transport of construction material will cause dust emission, emission
of exhaust gases from vehicles such as CO2, CO and NOx. The fugitive dust may coat the
leaves of plants and trees. Fauna that occur in the project area and surroundings may be
disturbed by the sound of vehicles, construction and construction equipment.
Preservation of top fertile soil of 20 cm width is to be done which can be used in future green
belt development plan to the extent possible. Tree species of evergreen, dust suppression,
wind break, noise attenuation in Green belt development is effective in controlling the
microclimate and act as heat sink of the core zone/project site.
Spraying of water during handling of construction materials like sand and gravel will minimise
dust emission. Properly maintained vehicles will produce reduced noxious emission. And the
temporary labour camps must have proper sanitation facilities. The impacts caused by
construction to fauna are temporary and not long term and most (if not all) the observed and
documented flora and fauna of the project area will adapt to these impacts.
4.7.2.2 Impacts on Flora
The field investigation and satellite imagery data show, that the study area is a mixture of
agricultural and wasteland. The core area is mostly open, flat exposed with rocky outcrops,
few trees on the bunds of the fields and mostly distributed with shrubs and herbaceous flora
including grasses and seasonal herbs. Trees such as Phoenix sylvestris, Pongamia pinnata,
Acacia nilotica are distributed along the bunds Northeast corner of the site. Trees such as
Azadirachta indica and Tamarindus indica are isolated here there along with few shrubs. In
the remaining portion rain fed horticultural crops such as Tomato and Chilli are being
cultivated.
The proposed project construction activities may involve removal or thinning of some
vegetation. Under the Greenbelt development plan suitable species of herbs and trees will be
used for plantations based on “Guidelines for Developing Greenbelt” published by Central
Pollution Control Board (CPCB) by involving local forest department or local community
people. Tree species of evergreen, dust suppression, wind break, noise attenuation in Green
belt development will be effective in controlling the microclimate and act as heat sink of the
core zone.
Since few patches of forest areas are located in the buffer area, it will be taken utmost
precautions not to degrade these areas by constructing temporary roads, dumping materials,
solid wastes, garbage or any other form of material in to the surrounding grasslands. Project
activities may not have any significant impacts on the vegetation of the surrounding forest
tracks. Threatened species such as two tree species namely Chloroxylon swietenia D.C
(Billudu), Decalepis hamiltonii Wight & Arn, are noticed in the Somandepalli Reserve forest

Page 4-39
which is on the northwest direction at 3.9 km distance from the site area. No direct impact is
envisaged due to proposed project.
4.7.2.3 Impacts on Fauna
The large scale construction activities in the proposed core area and related roads and
transmission lines would involve movement of vehicle and people, digging of soil, material
loading, and erection of towers and stringing of conductors, etc.
During the survey, mammals namely Common Indian Mongoose and Black-naped Hare and
Little Indian Field mouse were recorded and common species of birds such as Red vented
bulbul, Plain prinia, Common Babbler and Small Green Bee-eater etc., were also recorded.
Power lines are often known to be the main reason for bird collision and death. The bird
collision incidences are normally species specific and vary seasonally. It is therefore
recommended that power transmission lines shall be laid carefully. It is suggested that
maximum precautions should be taken during construction phase and as well as during
operational phases. Threatened species such as two fauna species namely Indian rock
Python (Python molurus) and Indian peafowl (Pavo cristatus) are noticed in the Somandepalli
Reserve forest which is on the northwest direction at 3.9 km distance from the site area. No
direct impact is envisaged due to proposed project.
It is pertinent to mention that all the reserve forest in the study area are already
experiencing/acclimatized with the traffic movements in the NH-44 where the construction
materials is planned to be transported. However, the following are the measures proposed to
minimize the impact on Flora and Fauna in the study area.
4.7.2.4 Mitigation measures

 Ensure no pollutants discharged into water bodies, No power lines be laid near or over
water bodies.
 Do not cause any direct or indirect disturbances to forest plantation and water bodies
located in study area
 Discharge of waste/wastewater without treatment into the water bodies during the
construction and operation would not be allowed
 Awareness will be given to workers about the importance and conservation of terrestrial
ecology and biodiversity
 Strong regulations controlling timing and traffic volume need to be built in the roads
through reserve forest
 Speed reduction is must to reduce wild animal mortality which can be achieved through
imposing speed limits and speed breaks.
 No use of horns within roads passing through protected areas
 Establishment of forest check posts by the forest department at entry and exit points
 The dust pollution must be reduced by sprinkling of water on the roads used for vehicular
movement for construction activity.
 On the periphery of the reserve forest native plantation shall be raised to improve the
green cover and act as barrier to reduce the impact of sound pollution. Native perennial
shrubs and soil binders such as perennial grasses shall be planted.
The project area and the adjoining areas shares similar habitat and thus clearing of ground
will not eliminate habitat of any species permanently. Ecological restoration is about a broad
set of activities (enhancing, repairing, or reconstructing degraded ecosystems and optimizing
biodiversity returns). In essence, the restoration of the habitat loss due to the present project

Page 4-40
activity is based on ecosystem reconstruction at the project site. In this view, it is proposed to
plant the native trees and undertake development of green belt in the project area at all
possible places. This will also enhance the native faunal population.
During the Operation phase, activities like emissions, handling hazardous chemicals, noise
and vibrations from moulding operations of engineering goods, waste/wastewater generation
may tend to alter the microclimatic changes. Movement of vehicles may cause the fauna to
flee because of the noise. In addition to the above; dust from vehicles may be respired by the
fauna, if not handled properly.
It is proposed that all the vehicles in handling the goods will conform to Pollution Under
Control (PUC) norms and vehicles will be driven on paved surface throughout the access
road.
The activities associated with the proposed activity will have very less impacts on terrestrial
flora and fauna of the core area and buffer zone area.

Page 4-41
Chapter 5
Analysis of Alternatives
Chapter 5 Analysis of Alternatives

ADE Park has obtained the possession of land.
5.1 Criteria for Site Selection

The factors considered for selection of Palasamudram site for development of AP-ADE Park
are as follows:
 Availability of land
 Suitability of land in terms of topographical and geological aspects.
 Land shall be free from habitation, forest land, least agricultural activity and
archaeological/historical monuments
 No or Minimum Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R)
 Scope for future development
 Suitability for phased and integrated development
 Proximity to state/National highway/railway line
 Evaluation in accordance with project objectives and compliance with country laws,
policies and legal requirements
5.2 Salient Features of Identified Site

Some of the important features of the site are presented below:
 Strategically located near to Bangalore, origin of India’s aerospace industry. AP-ADE
Park would functionally become Urban / Industrial node of Bangalore; being within 113.0
km North of Bangalore International Airport will facilitate ease of operations.
 Site is located around ~90 km North from Anantapuramu with well-endowed Social and
educational infrastructure.
 Site has good access to logistic facilities. The site is well connected by road network in
the region by Bangalore-Hyderabad National Highway (NH – 44) nearer to the site apart
from which it is also connected through Bangalore-Hindupur State Highway in south-
western direction.
 Proposed region stands to be a promising spot to become the largest manufacturing hub
of Southern India. The advantages are numerous, with availability of land in abundance
and geographic placement between the happening metros in the South.
 Water and Power supply can be assured for the proposed AP-ADE Park by sourcing
branch line from Gollapalli reservoir and Power will be taken from APTRANSCO.
 No Resettlement and Rehabilitation (R&R)
 No Ecological Sensitive areas such as National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary within 10 km
radius from the proposed Site.
 Land Cover of the site is mostly barren and Stony waste (Rocky), land with and without
scrub and portion of cultivable land vegetation, scattered trees, open wells and green
house nursery.

Page 5-1
 Site is not located in any of the declared polluted zones or no major polluting industries
exist till date within 10 km radius from the proposed site.
The site meets the requirement of all critical factors that are important for success of
development of Aerospace & Defence and Electronics Park in the state and could be a pre-
eminent location.

Page 5-2
Chapter 6
Environmental Monitoring
Programme
Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Programme

In this chapter, environmental monitoring programme for the proposed AP-ADE Park is
formulated. Environmental Monitoring Programme is an important component during
environmental management of the project. The institutional mechanism to implement the
planned mitigation and monitoring measures during all stages of the project is discussed in
Chapter 9. The project management especially the Environmental Management Cell (EMC)
(described in Chapter 9) should always go for a rational approach with regards to
environmental monitoring. This includes judicious decision making in consultation with
institutional stakeholders e.g. Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board (APPCB) or reputed
environmental consultants for appropriate changes in the monitoring strategy, i.e., changes
in the sampling frequency, sampling location, monitoring parameters and any new/additional
requirements.
6.1 Environmental Monitoring Programme

The following are the main objectives of the environmental monitoring program:
 Ensure complete recycle/ reuse of treated wastewater from CSTP and CETP
 Provide information for documentation of monitoring of mitigation measures and impacts
 Tool for the statutory authority of unanticipated adverse impacts or sudden changes in
the environmental condition due to the proposed project
 Provides information that could be used for evaluating the effectiveness of implemented
mitigation measures
 Provides information that could be used to verify predicted impacts and thus validate
impact prediction techniques
 The efficacy of the mitigation measures being followed during construction and
operational phases can be assessed and the measures can be revised, made more
stringent and reinforced based on the monitoring results
 Environmental Monitoring can also serve a basic component of a periodic environmental
regulatory auditing program for the proposed project
 Coordination with local bodies with regards to solid waste management
The following programme as detailed in the Table 6-1 for construction as well as operation
phases shall be implemented by AP-ADE Park authority. Besides the monitoring, the
compliances to all environmental clearance conditions and regular permits from
APPCB/SEIAA shall be monitored and reported periodically. The likely significant impacts
and mitigation measures will also be monitored.
The environmental attributes to be monitored during construction and operational phases of
the project, specific description along with technical details of environmental monitoring
including the monitoring parameters, methodology, sampling locations and frequency of
monitoring are presented in section below.
The environmental monitoring programme proposed to be followed by AP-ADE Park
authority has been formulated in Section 6.1. Member industry shall monitor all
environmental parameters such as air quality, noise levels, treated wastewater, water quality,
etc., within their industry premises as per the stipulations laid by APPCB/SEIAA in their
respective Environmental Clearance (as applicable) /Consent for Establishment (CFE)/
Consent For Operation (CFO).

Page 6-1
Table 6-1: Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Parameters to be Frequency of
No. of Sampling Locations Standards Methods for Sampling & Analysis Compliance
Attributes monitored Monitoring
Construction Phase
Five (05)
PM10, PM2.5, SO2,  Project site National Ambient Air Quality
NO2, CO, O3, Pb,  Motrapallii Village Once a month As per standard methods of measurement as Standards released during
Air Quality
NH3, C6H6, BaP,  Chinnababayyapalli Village during construction suggested in NAAQS (2009). November, 2009 is given as
As, Ni, and VOCs  Kallageri Thanda Appendix K
 Gudipalli Village
Four (04)
 Project site National Ambient Noise
Day and night noise Once a month
Noise Levels  Motrapallii Village Portable hand-held noise level meter. Standards is given as Appendix
levels during construction
 Chinnababayyapalli Village L
IS10500:2012 drinking water
Groundwater (04) standards for Groundwater is
 Project site given as Appendix M
Physical, Chemical  Motrapallii Village
Once a month Sampling and analysis by using standard Designated Best Use
Water Quality and Biological  Chinnababayyapalli Village
during construction methods. Classification of Inland Surface
Surface water (02)
Water of National Rivers
 Palasamudram Tank Conservation Directorate,
 Devulacheruvu Tank MoEF&CC for Surface Water is
given as Appendix N
Soil texture, type, Four (04)
electrical  Project site Baseline data, Soil standards by
Once a year during Collection and analysis of samples as per IS
Soil conductivity, pH,  Motrapallii Village Indian Council of Agricultural
construction 2720
infiltration, porosity,  Chinnababayyapalli Village Research is given as Appendix O
etc.,  Gudipalli Village
Wind speed, wind
Hourly
direction, rainfall,
Meteorology Project Site measurement IMD/CPCB manual -
temperature,
during construction
humidity.
Drinking Water supply Source
Drinking Water Physical, Chemical IS10500:2012 drinking water
within Project Site (at Construction Periodic Grab Sampling and Analysis
Supply and Biological standards
Site if any)
Page 6-2

Two (02)
Groundwater  Motrapallii Village Once a year during
Ground water level Standard methods -
Table  Chinnababayyapalli Village construction

Operation Phase
Five (05)
PM10, PM2.5, SO2,  Project site
National Ambient Air Quality
NO2, CO, O3, Pb,  Motrapallii Village As per standard methods of measurement as
Air Quality Once a month Standards released during
NH3,C6H6, BaP,  Chinnababayyapalli Village suggested in NAAQS (2009).
November, 2009
As, Ni, and VOCs  Kallageri Thanda
PM10, PM2.5, SO2, Industrial Stacks to be monitored Standard Stack emission monitoring and Industrial Specific Standards as
Stack Emissions Periodic/Continuous
NO2, CO and VOCs by respective industries analysis methods prescribed by APPCB/CPCB
Emission limits for new diesel
PM10, PM2.5, SO2,
Standard Stack emission monitoring and engine up to and more than 800
Stack Monitoring NO2, NMHC (as C) At Emergency DG sets Stack Periodic
analysis methods kW for generator set is give as
and CO
Appendix P.
Four (04)
 Project site
Day and night noise National Ambient Noise
Noise Levels  Motrapallii Village Once a month Portable hand-held noise level meter.
levels Standards
 Chinnababayyapalli Village
Groundwater (04) IS10500, 2012 drinking water
 Project site standards for Groundwater
Physical, Chemical
 Motrapallii Village
and Biological Sampling and analysis by using standard Designated Best Use
Water Quality  Chinnababayyapalli Village Once a month
methods. Classification of Inland Surface
Surface water (02)
Water of National Rivers
 Palasamudram Tank Conservation Directorate,
 Devulacheruvu Tank MoEF&CC for Surface Water
Soil texture, type, Four (04)
electrical  Project site
Collection and analysis of samples as per IS
Soil conductivity, pH,  Motrapallii Village Once a year Baseline data
2720
infiltration, porosity,  Chinnababayyapalli Village
etc.,  Gudipalli Village

Page 6-3

Wind speed, wind
direction, rainfall, Hourly
Meteorology Project Site IMD/CPCB manual -
temperature, measurement
humidity.
 CETP Inlet
CETP inlet and outlet standards,
Treated Wastewater Physical, Chemical  CETP outlet Sampling and analysis by using standard
Daily 2016 and CSTP outlet standards,
Quality and Biological  CSTP inlet methods.
2017 given as Appendix Q
 CSTP outlet
Drinking Water Physical, Chemical Drinking Water supply Source IS10500:2012 drinking water
Periodic Grab Sampling and Analysis
Supply and Biological within Project Site standards
Two (02)
Groundwater
GW level monitoring  Motrapallii Village Once a year Standard methods -
level
 Chinnababayyapalli Village

Page 6-4
6.2 Wastewater Treatment and Disposal - Monitoring Mechanism

Considering the heterogeneous effluent characteristics from various sectors of AP-ADE Park
and in order to achieve most effective treatment of wastewater from all industrial zones,
CETP will be developed. The CETP will be designed to reuse the treated wastewater in the
system and thereby reduce the fresh water requirement. In order to have an effective
functioning of CETP, the following monitoring mechanism was proposed to be adopted for
the industries which plan to utilise the CETP facility.
In order to have an effective functioning of CETP, the following Figure 6-1 monitoring
mechanism was proposed to be adopted.
Effluent
Treatment Holding Tank
at Member CETP
at Member
Industry Industry
Holding Tank
Monitoring by CETP at CETP
Monitoring by EMP Cell
Reuse System Common

Guard Pond
Figure 6-1: Wastewater Monitoring Mechanism
6.2.1 Monitoring Mechanism at Industry Level

 The member industry will treat the wastewater to pre-treatment standards i.e., CETP
influent standards given as Appendix Q.
 Member industry will have a holding tank with three compartments for Three days
storage capacity of pre treated wastewater in industry premises.
 The wastewater outlet of each industry is connected from holding tank to respective
CETP, holding tank will be having online monitoring facility for parameters like pH, TDS,
COD, TOC and results will be displayed at respective industry premises and CETP
monitoring room.
 The parameters such as heavy metals shall be monitored by manual sampling and
results shall be recorded by CETP authority.
 Once the inlet effluent from industry is meeting the desired CETP inlet characteristics,
valve will be opened and wastewater will be released to CETP for treatment.
 The lock and key operation of the valve will be totally controlled by respective CETP
authority.
 Each industry shall maintain a log sheet of effluent quality/quantity on daily basis and
same shall be maintained for future inspections by PCB and CETP authority.

Page 6-5
 In case of non-compliance to meet the inlet characteristics of CETP found by CETP

authority during the monitoring, member industry shall treat the wastewater until it meets
inlet characteristics of CETP
6.2.2 Monitoring at CETP Level

 A monitoring point at inlet of CETP is also suggested to ensure the compliance of CETP
inlet characteristics
 Each CETP will have a holding tank with 3 compartments for 3 days storage capacity of
treated wastewater.
 Holding tank will be having online monitoring facility for parameters like pH, TDS, COD,
TOC and results will be displayed at respective CETP.
 The parameters such as heavy metals shall be monitored by manual sampling and
results shall be recorded by respective AP-ADE Park EMP cell.
 If the treated wastewater is meeting the reuse standards, valve will be opened and
treated wastewater will be released to common guard pond.
 The lock and key operation of the valve at CETP holding tank will be totally controlled by
EMP Cell.
 The CETP shall maintain a log sheet of inlet/outlet wastewater quality/quantity on daily
basis and same shall be maintained for future inspections by PCB and EMP cell.
In case of non-compliance to meet the reuse standards at CETP found by AP-ADE Park
EMP cell during the monitoring, CETP shall treat the wastewater until it meets reuse
standards.
6.3 Monitoring by Member Industry

The environmental monitoring shall be carried out by member industry as applicable within
the industry premises.
 Stack monitoring
 Boiler/Cooling tower blow down, if any
 Industry specific pollutants
The plot allotment guidelines should clearly indicate the conditions of discharge and the
consequences with regards to the penal action and the impact to ground water resources of
the region. The member industries should not only limit the environmental monitoring as
stated above, environmental monitoring programme in terms of parameters, location and
frequency shall be formulated as per the stipulations laid in their respective Environmental
Clearance (as applicable) /Consent For Establishment (CFE)/Consent For Operation (CFO).
6.4 Compliance Reports

As a part of environmental monitoring programme, following compliance reports shall be
submitted to APPCB and SEIAA:
COMPLIANCE REPORTS SCHEDULE
Half yearly compliance

st st
On 1 June and 1 December of every calendar year
report
Environmental statement  For the financial year ending 31
st
March to APPCB on or before
th
30 September every year
Annual Returns of  In Form 4 as per Hazardous and Other Wastes
Hazardous waste (Management and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2016

Page 6-6
th
on or before 30 June
Format for maintaining  In Form 3 as per Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management
records of hazardous waste and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2016.
Safety data sheet  For hazardous chemicals shall be maintained as per schedule 9
of MSIHC rules, 1989 (amended 2000)
Format for maintaining  Of major accident in schedule 6 as per MISHC rules, 1989
notification (amended 2000)
Half yearly return of used  In Form VIII as per Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules,
Batteries
2001 and amendment
Format for maintaining  In Form 2 as per E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016
records of e-waste
6.5 Plantation Monitoring Programme

Environmental Management team will monitor the following activities of greenbelt and
landscape development:
• Development of nursery • Fencing of plantation area
• Treatment and sowing of seeds • Weeding and soil working
• Watering • Pruning (trimming of plant)
• Transport of seedlings • Replacement/Inter planting
• Planting of seedlings • Watch and ward of plantation
During operation phase periodic monitoring of plantation growth, manuring, watering,

pruning, and replacement will be performed in order to properly maintain vegetation,
greenbelt, landscape and green cover.
6.6 On-site Mock Drills requirement

On-site mock drills are very important as it helps employees to be aware of the safety
procedures and how to react during the time of crisis. Conducting mock drills at regular
intervals enhances preparedness and checks the viability of environmental/disaster
management plan. Mock drills are essential for the following reasons:
 Helps in revising/improving the environmental/disaster management plan
 Helps to evaluate whether the responsible officials are trained efficiently for the
unforeseen event
 Helps in evaluating whether the emergency equipment are being maintained at AP-ADE
Park premises
To ensure efficient environmental/disaster management, AP-ADE Park authority/EHS
department/EMP cell shall conduct periodic on-site mock drills in case of occurrence of the
following activities:
 Fire, Natural calamities (cyclones, floods, earthquakes)
 Power break down
 Accidents/Spill of Hazardous materials if any
 Bomb threats; War alerts/terrorist attacks
Mock drills should also involve fire department, police, municipal authorities, hospitals and
other department/agencies that are mandated to provide emergency support. Documenting
the outcome of mock drills is an important aspect as this helps in revising the existing plan
more efficiently. In all safety programmes the right personnel need to be employed and this is
of utmost importance.

Page 6-7
Chapter 7
Additional Studies
Chapter 7 Additional Studies
7.1 Public Consultation

In line with the requirements of EIA Notification, 2006 (as amended) development of
proposed Andhra Pradesh Aerospace & Defence Electronics Park Private Limited (AP-ADE
Park) near Palasamudram (V), Gorantla (M), Anantapuram District in an area of about
259.77 acres (~105.12 ha) shall be appraised as Category B project by SEAC/SEIAA, A.P
under 7 (c) Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/ areas. As a part of compliance to SEIAA
suggested ToR, Public Hearing was conducted at Sy. No.29 & 30 Palasamudram Village,
Gorantla Mandal, Anantapuramu District, Andhra Pradesh.
For conducting Public Hearing, Draft EIA Report was prepared in accordance to SEIAA
approved ToR and Executive summaries in English and Local (Telugu) languages were
submitted to Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board (APPCB). The Public Hearing was
conducted on February 26, 2019 by APPCB. The meeting was conducted by the panel
consisting of District Revenue Officer and Additional district magistrate, Anantapuramu
District and Environmental Engineer, Regional office, Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh Pollution
Control Board. It was attended by the local public and public representatives in large number.
The proceedings of Public Hearing issued by APPCB is given as Appendix R and detailed
point wise response to each issue raised during Public Hearing and replies for written
representations are given in Table 7-1.
Display of Layout and other Details Participants/Stakeholders at the Public Hearing
Public Hearing Conducted by the DRO & Representative of LNTIEL Explaining about the
Additional District Magistrate and R.O. APPCB Proposed Development
Stakeholders – offering their views Stakeholders – offering their views
Exhibit 7-1: Public Hearing

Page 7-1
Table 7-1: Response for Public Hearing Minutes of Meeting and Representations
Date of Public Hearing: February 26, 2019
Place of Public Hearing: at Sy. No. 29 & 30 Palasamudram Village, Gorantla Mandal, Anantapuramu District, Andhra Pradesh
Name and Place
S. No Public View or Comments Response of APADE Park
of Speaker
He informed that Govt. of Andhra Pradesh has acquired major land holdings from
 Local people will be given preference in employment based on skill
Palasamudram villagers for establishing various industries in the area and they are in
sets. Skill development training will be developed to provide
a state of dilemma as to looking forward for the future development over their current
training for the local people which enables them for eligibility in
livelihood source-agriculture. He has informed that villagers are happy with the
employment
development of the area due to the industrialisation and requested the authorities to
 Storm water drainage arrangement/network is proposed to ensure
provide employment opportunities to the villagers based on their qualifications and
Sri. Narasimhulu, the adequate drainage system within the site. Strom water Outfall
eligibility in the industries. He then opined that earlier from their ancestral times there
1. Ex-Sarpanch, locations are proposed outside the boundary based on the natural
was surplus water available in Palasamudram Lake even when tanks of the region
Palasamudram (V) slope where the natural lower order drains are found which will
went dry and now he feels that due to the proposed M/s. BEL Company project the
ensure the continuity.
Lake has gone dry due to obstructions to the natural drainage flow. He has requested
 Land acquisition and compensation matters have to be dealt with
the authorities to take steps for removal obstructions to the water flow channels into
District administration and revenue department.
the Palasamudram lake and also appealed the authorities to take steps for the
payment of compensation to the farmers at the earliest who have given their  The said cases are not relevant to the AP-ADE Park
agriculture lands to M/s. NACENT & also to M/s. BEL Company.
She has informed that the villagers are facing severe scarcity for drinking water and
also informed that there is no water available in the area even for their livestock and
requested the authorities to provide water supply to their village. She has requested
the authorities to provide road connectivity to Bandamida Palli Thanda from their
village so as to approach their agricultural lands for farming. She informed that there is  As per Companies Act, 2013 and CSR rules, 2014, industries shall
a social rift among her siblings regarding the sharing of compensation received from take up CSR activities in the nearby villages. CSR activities such
Smt.Chandribai,
the government for their agriculture lands. as development of school, drainage system, health care and
Mision Thanda
2. DRO response: drinking water facility, roads etc., will be taken up through district
(Hamlet),
The District Revenue Officer & Addl. Dist. Magistrate, Anantapuramu District has administration.
Palasamudram (V)
informed that the concersn of villagers regarding obstructions to the natural flow in to  Land compensation matters have to be dealt with District
the Palasamudram Lake due to proposed constructions in the catchment area of lake administration and revenue department
will be investigated by the minor irrigation department and based on which required
mitigation measures will be taken up by the Government. He has assured that they will
explore laying of road from BandamidaPalli thanda to Mission thanda as per the
revenue records.
Sri. Sitaram Nayak, He informed that they are having 50 acres of agriculture land on the other side of the  During the PH, DRO has indicated that laying of road from
3.
Mission Thanda Bandamida Palli Thanda and requested authorities to provide approach roads to their BandamidaPalli thanda to Mission thanda as per the revenue

Page 7-0
Name and Place

of Speaker
(hamlet), agriculture lands. records shall be explored
Palasamudram (V)  As per Companies Act, 2013 and CSR rules, 2014, industries shall
take up CSR activities in the nearby villages. CSR activities such
as development of school, drainage system, health care and
drinking water facility, roads etc., will be taken up through district
administration.
In addition, The Thanda is having two cart routes (Eastern and
Western cart road) for commuting on a daily basis to reach the
National Highway and to Palasamudram village as the
destination which is located south of AP-ADE project site. Non-
motorable path (Western Cart Road) originating from NH-44
service road has lost relevance after the land got acquired by
GoAP and conveyed through APIIC to AP-ADE Park. Due to
proposed project, the West cart road will be blocked and access
through the Eastern road which is joining all weather village road
that originates from service road of NH-44 and passes along, but
outside the North East boundary of the project site, shall be
continued to be used to reach Palasamudram village. Hence
there is no significant impact on their access.
He informed that residual state of Andhra Pradesh is facing financial crisis due to
recent bifurcation and informed that Government is encouraging the industries in the
state to impart the development of the state. He has informed the gathering that there
is rapid industrialisation in the area due to establishment of MIs. KIA Motors and its
employment
associated industries in the area. He has extended his support for the proposed
 As per Companies Act, 2013 and CSR rules, 2014, industries shall
development of AP- ADE Park in the area as it will provide employment opportunities
to the surrounding villagers and also requested the management of AP - ADE Park to
Sri.Ramesh Naidu, spend the allocated CSR funds only for the development of the surrounding villages.
Prakruthi He has suggested management of AP - ADE park for developing the greenbelt to
4. authority
Development about 40% of the total area rather than statutory requirement of 33% of the total area.
(N.G.O) He also appreciated the initiative of AP – ADE park for drawing water from the  Greenbelt of 15 m width is proposed along the entire boundary.
Gollapalli Reservoir rather using the ground water resources in the area. He informed This accounts to 34.65 acres (13.3%). Large Green pockets are
that the Anantapuram district is having water scarcity and suggested the management proposed as green node along with amenities and Green
to fill the water in Palasamudrarn lake as it will be helpful to the villagers and also to connectors are proposed to connect the peripheral green belt to
livestock in the area. He has suggested the management of the AP — ADE park to green nodes. In addition to this, all the industrial units shall
provide drinking water facilities in the surrounding villages under CSR activities. He develop green areas within their premises as per the prevailing law
also suggested the management of AP - ADE Park to provide approach road to (25% of Plot area as Green Area). The total Green areas in the
farmers and requested the authorities to recommend to MoEF&CC, Govt of India for project land use will be 88.26 acres i.e., 33.98%.
Page 7-1
Name and Place

of Speaker
sanction of approvals to the proposed development of AP - ADE industrial park in the  Storm water drainage arrangement/network is proposed to ensure
area. the adequate drainage system within the site. Strom water Outfall
locations are proposed outside the boundary based on the natural
slope where the natural lower order drains are found which will
He informed that Anantapuram District is drought prone area in the state and opined
that the establishment of AP- ADE industrial park in the region will develop the area by
providing employment opportunities to the surrounding villagers. He has requested the
authorities to recommend to MoEF&CC, Govt. of India for sanction of Environmental
Clearance to proposed AP- ADE industrial park. He suggested the management of AP
— ADE park to (i) spend the CSR and CER funds in the effected villages in the
Sri.Y.Chennakesha as development of school, drainage system, health care and
surrounding area for upliftment of weaker sections of society (ii) provide employment
va Reddy, drinking water facility, roads etc., will be taken up through district
opportunities to the educated youth in the surrounding villages and more particularly to
5. DandaKondamma administration
farmers who given their agriculture lands to industrial park. He has appreciated the
Charitable Trust,  Local people will be given preference in employment based on skill
management for drawing water from nearby Gollapalli Reservoir rather than using the
Cuddapah sets. Skill development training will be developed to provide
ground water resources in the area and also appreciated the efforts of the Government
for filling of Tanks, Cheruvus in the Rayalaseema region with river Krishna water. He
employment
has informed that proposed AP - ADE park is joint venture between the APIIC, Govt of
Andhra Pradesh & Vittal Innovation City and requested the authorities to provide
assurance from APIIC or from Vittal Innovation City with regard to the direct and
indirect employment opportunities to the surrounding villagers.
He has welcomed the development of the proposed AP- ADE industrial park in the
region and has requested authorities to recommend to State Govt as well as to Central
Govt for sanction of the approvals to the AP- ADE industrial park. He informed that
 Land compensation matters have to be dealt with District
about 259.77 acres of land had been acquired for the development of the project from
administration and revenue department
farmers in the area and has requested the Government to release compensation and
other assistances to the farmers who have given their agricultural lands to the
industrial park. He has also requested authorities for providing approach roads to their
Sri.Subba Reddy, as development of school, drainage system, health care and
agriculture lands and also appreciated the efforts of the Government more particularly
6. AP NGO State drinking water facility, roads, lake renovation/upgradation etc., will
Hon’ble Chief Minister of Andhra Pradesh in establishing four major industries in the
Vice-President be taken up through district administration
region. He requested the authorities for providing employment opportunities to
surrounding villagers in the industries in the area. He also requested the authorities to  Local people will be given preference in employment based on skill
recommend to government for providing the water to cheruvu, lakes in the area as it sets. Skill development training will be developed to provide
will helpful to the industries and farmers in the area. He also suggested the authorities training for the local people which enables them for eligibility in
to regularise dotted lands as per instructions of the Govt and to provide patta and other employment
land documents to the dotted land farmers for obtaining full rights of their agricultural
lands.
Page 7-2
Name and Place

of Speaker
 Greenbelt of 15 m width is proposed along the entire boundary.
This accounts to 34.65 acres (13.3%). Large Green pockets are
proposed as green node along with amenities and Green
connectors are proposed to connect the peripheral green belt to
He has requested the management of the AP-ADE Park to protect the Environment in green nodes. In addition to this, all the industrial units shall
the area and requested them to take the consideration of the views, suggestions of develop green areas within their premises as per the prevailing
public representatives while carrying out developmental activities in the region. He has law (25% of Plot area as Green Area). The total Green areas in
suggested the management to develop green belt in the park to about 40% of the total the project land use will be 88.26 acres i.e., 33.98%.
area rather than restricting to statuary requirement of 33% of the total area. He has  Local people will be given preference in employment based on
also requested the management to provide employment to the local villagers to at least skill sets. Skill development training will be developed to provide
Sri.T.C.Jaya
of about 70% of the employment opportunities in the park based on their qualifications. training for the local people which enables them for eligibility in
7. Chandra Reddy,
He has appreciated the initiative of the government for industrialization of the region employment
Ex-Army Officer
and suggested the government to use solar power for lift irrigation projects. He has  Storm water drainage arrangement/network is proposed to ensure
also suggested the government to fill the Palasamudram Lake with water as it will the adequate drainage system within the site. Strom water Outfall
attract tourism to the region apart from providing water to the surrounding villages and locations are proposed outside the boundary based on the natural
industries in the area. He has welcomed the initiative of the Vittal Innovation for setting slope where the natural lower order drains are found which will
up of the industrial park in the area and opined that the proposed park will impart ensure the continuity.
development of the surrounding villages.  As per Companies Act, 2013 and CSR rules, 2014, industries
shall take up CSR activities in the nearby villages. CSR activities
such as development of school, drainage system, health care and
administration
He has extended the support for establishment of AP-ADE Park in the region and
opined that the industrialization plays a vital role in the development of the nation.  As per Companies Act, 2013 and CSR rules, 2014, industries shall
Sri H. Madhu Babu, Keeping view on this, India is also focussing on development of industrial parks for take up CSR activities in the nearby villages. CSR activities such
8. Social- promoting the industrialization. He has requested the management of AP-ADE Park to as development of school, drainage system, health care and
Environmentalist provide basic infrastructure facilities in the surrounding villages and requested the drinking water facility, roads etc., will be taken up through district
authorities to recommend to MoEF&CC, Govt., of India for issue of Environmental administration
Clearance to the AP-ADE Park.
He informed that they are dependent on agriculture and they have lost about 45 acres
 Land compensation and other issues have to be dealt with District
of their agriculture land in the land acquisition carried out in the area for the industries
administration and revenue department
Sri Ramalinga Viz., BEL, AP-ADE Park, NACENT Company. He informed that his siblings have taken
9. Reddy, Farmer, compensation from the Government and informed the gathering that he has struggled  Local people will be given preference in employment based on skill
Palasamudram for daughter’s marriage and his son education. He has requested the management of
AP - ADE Park to provide employment to his son as well other educated youth in the
employment
surrounding villages. He has informed that the Palasamudram lake in the region is

Page 7-3
Name and Place

of Speaker
completely dry due to the drought conditions prevailing for the last four years and
requested the government to fill the Palasamudram Lake with Krishna water through
HNSS irrigation Canal as it will be helpful to the farmers as well as livestock in the
surrounding villages.
He has also informed that M/s.BEL, M/s.NACENT & other industries have constructed
compound wall thereby making them difficult for grazing of the livestock in the area
and requested the authorities to provide approach roads. He has also informed that
the villagers are drawing water from the bore wells in the Sy.No.264 and this land was
acquired by the M/s.NACENT Company which is constructing compound wall making
them difficult for drawing water from the borewells. He requested the authorities to
intervene and to permit them for utilizing these bore wells.
 M/s. APADE Park Private Limited has proposed an overall
investment of Rs.450 crore in the cluster. It has projected to bring
an investment of Rs.125 crore staggered equally over 5 years i.e.
He thanked the panel members and requested the management to clarify the Rs.25 crore every year and the manufacturing units in the cluster
investment proposed by them on the development of AP-ADE Park as it was bringing in an investment of about Rs.325 crore – out of which Rs.
mentioned as Rs. 125 Crores in the Public hearing notification and whereas it was 25 crore will be brought in the first year itself and the remaining
reported as minimum investment envisaged as Rs.450 Crores in the executive Rs.300 crore staggered equally over 4 years i.e. Rs.75 crore per
summary. He informed that there are many villages Viz., Mallapalle, Palasamudram, year. Thus, a total investment of about Rs.450 crore is committed
Sri B.V.Reddy, Katepalli, etc., with in the 10 Kms radius of the industrial park and requested the over a period of 5 years.
Shakti Environment management to inform the environmental impacts of the proposed park on the  During the construction phase, proposed project is expected to
10.
Rural Development surrounding villages. He has requested the management to provide the details of the generate 250-500 employment.
Society direct and indirect employment opportunities to the local villagers due to the proposed  During the operation phase the Industrial Park is expected to bring
industrial park and also requested the management to provide the details of the a direct employment of 2500 personnel.
developmental activities proposed by them in the surrounding villages for spending the  Around 2.5 times the direct employment may be in the form of
allocated amount of Rs.3.0 Crores under CER/CSR activities. He also requested the indirect employment in the area.
management of the AP-ADE Park to adopt the surrounding villages and to carryout  As per Companies Act, 2013 and CSR rules, 2014, industries shall
developmental activities and to provide education facilities in the surrounding villages. take up CSR activities in the nearby villages. CSR activities such
administration
Written representations received during Public Hearing

Y. Mahananda Reddy, In view of AP-ADE Public hearing happy to hear that industries are coming to  Local people will be given preference in employment based on skill
11. Vice Chairman Anantapuramu second least rain fed district of India. But we heard that jobs sets. Skill development training will be developed to provide
Danda Kondamma are not given to local communities in previously established industries. We training for the local people which enables them for eligibility in
Page 7-4
Name and Place

of Speaker
Charitable Trust, wish that such situation will not occur here. Officials need to monitor the employment
T. Sunkesula (Vi & Po)-5 implementation of CER commitments as committed in executive summary  As per Companies Act, 2013 and CSR rules, 2014, industries shall
16309. Yerraguntla R.S. Employment must be provided to all educated persons in 10 km Radius take up CSR activities in the nearby villages. CER budget and
(mandai), Y.S.R. Dist. activities earmarked and CSR activities such as development of
school, drainage system, health care and drinking water facility,
roads etc., will be taken up through district administration
I have lands in Palasamudram village panchayat, Gornatla Mandal. Govt. has
taken those lands for Industrial development. My Motor bore and Pipes are in
Narayanappa those lands BEL company is not allowing me to collect those from my lands. I  Land compensation and other issues have to be dealt with District
12. s/o Narayanappa have motor bore in survey no. is 291-5; land of 19 cents and I got the administration and revenue department.
Palasamudram village compensation for my land but BEL company is not allowing me to collect my  The said case is not relevant to AP-ADE Park
motor bore and pipes. Hence I am requesting you to permit me to collect my
bore and pipes.
GOPALA. K.N.
The feasibility report of this project (m/s) Andhra Pradesh Aerospace and  As per Companies Act, 2013 and CSR rules, 2014, industries shall
G.K. Education and Rural
Defence Electronics Park at Palasamudram village, Gorantla Mandal, take up CSR activities in the nearby villages. CSR activities such
Urban Development
13. Anantapuramu district. The project benefits in terms of improvements in the as development of school, drainage system, health care and
Society (R) Barageri Beedi,
physical infrastructure and social infrastructure, employment potential and it is drinking water facility, roads etc., will be taken up through district
1st Cross, Holalkere Road,
more useful in nearby villages. All the best for entire project crew. administration
Chitradurga - 577 501
Lands around Palasamudram village were acquired for establishment of
industrial Park by Govt. because of that we lost our income. people in the
People of Palasamudram sets. Skill development training will be developed to provide
14. surrounding are struggling for livelihood. Here with requesting the honourable
Panchayat training for the local people which enables them for eligibility in
DRO to provide the employment to local people and also to the educated youth
employment
in the upcoming industries in AP-ADE Park
Y. Chennakesava Reddy employment
Danda Kondamma I’m recommending for sanction of Environmental Clearance to MoEF&CC,  As per Companies Act, 2013 and CSR rules, 2014, industries shall
Charitable Trust, Govt. of India. My suggestions are (1) employment for locals (2) CSR & CER take up CSR activities in the nearby villages. CER budget and
15.
T. Sunkesula (Vi & Po)-5 funds shall be used for effected villages (3) water bodies shall be conserved activities earmarked and CSR activities such as development of
16309. Yerraguntla R.S. (4) employment shall be provided for below poverty level school, drainage system, health care and drinking water facility,
(mandai), Y.S.R. Dist roads etc., will be taken up through district administration
 Storm water drainage arrangement/network is proposed to ensure
the adequate drainage system within the site. Strom water Outfall
locations are proposed outside the boundary based on the natural

Page 7-5
Name and Place

of Speaker
slope where the natural lower order drains are found which will
We are happy to know that Andhra Pradesh Aerospace and Defence
Electronics Park Private Ltd., (AP-ADE Park) is a joint Venture of Andhra
Pradesh industrial infrastructural Development Corporation (APIIC)
Government of Andhra Pradesh. It is an upcoming eco-friendly “Manufacturing
B. V. Reddy Cluster” focused on Aerospace, Defence and Electronics. The project is
President located near Palasamudram Village, Gorantia Mandai and it is spread over an
Shakti Environment Rural area of 259.77 acres with an estimated cost of Rs. 450/- crores. The industrial
Development Society park is expected to bring direct employment for 2500 personnel and indirect
 APAPDE Park Private Limited is thankful to Shakti Environment
(Regd. No. 403/20 1 8) employment for 2 ½ times more than the direct employment. The project is
16. Rural Development Society for their support for the development
Area of Operation: South proposed to spend Rs. 3 crores per year towards conservation, restoration and
of APADE Park project.
INDIA redevelopment of eco system and environmental conditions in the vicinity. The
Non Governmental Project will take care of vocational training for skill development, infrastructure
Organization (NGO) development such as street lights, schools, hospitals and sanitation. They
Palasamudram have allotted sufficient funds for environmental management plan and green
belt development plan. Since it is a joint venture along with APIIC they will
follow all precautionary measures in saving environment pollution.
We welcome this project and we support the project for issue of environmental
clearance by MoEF&CC, New Delhi.
Andhra Pradesh Aerospace & Defence Electronics Park Private limited (AP-
ADE Park) is a joint venture of Andhra Pradesh Industrial Infrastructure
Development Corporation (APIIC). Government of Andhra Pradesh and Vittal
Innovation City (VIC). Government of Andhra Pradesh has identified
S.Venkateshwarlu
Aerospace and Defence Manufacturing as thrust sector for industrial
NEETHAA SWACHANDA
development. The Sector has tremendous potential to generate upstream &
SEVA SOCIETY
downstream investment opportunities and foster innovation & growth. Andhra
(Environmental
Pradesh’s Aerospace and Defence Manufacturing Policy 2015-20 aims In APAPDE Park Private Limited is thankful to NEETHAA SWACHANDA
Management Development
17. generate at least 5,000 additional highly skilled employment opportunities and SEVA SOCIETY for their support for the development of APADE Park
Organization)
attract new investments of at least INR 20,000 crore in this sector by 2020. AP- project and also for the overall state development.
#40/321-6-AI, Sanjeeva
ADE Park is an upcoming eco-friendly Manufacturing Cluster’ focussed on
Sadan, Abdulla Khan
Aerospace Defence and Electronics. Abutting NH-44, AP-ADE Park is spread
Street, Kurnool 518 001,
over an area of 250.77 acres and is strategically located in the designated
AP
Aerospace & Defence Zone identified by the Government of Andhra Pradesh
in Anantapuramu district of Andhra Pradesh. At an hour’s drive from Bangalore
International Airport it provides an advantage of its proximity to Bangalore - the
Silicon Valley of India, home to the largest skilled workforce in Aerospace,
Page 7-6
Name and Place

of Speaker
Defence and Electronics. Keeping in mind the emerging trends & future growth
prospects of India, AP-ADE Park proposed to offer a world-class infrastructure
and a platform that integrates industry, research, academia, government and
other supporting institutions promoting innovation, entrepreneurship and world-
class manufacturing. Backed by a group of eminent industry professionals and
Government of Andhra Pradesh, the key drivers that sets apart AP-ADE Park
is its ability in enabling as manufacturing and growing business to surmount
the existing roadblocks in setting-up of a habitable eco-system. The project will
help in attracting prospective industrial houses, to establish sector specific
industries in Anantapuramu District of Andhra Pradesh. Minimum investment
envisaged from the proposed Industrial Park is approximately INR 450 Crores
depending upon the product to be manufactured/assembled. Project Benefits
the development of the AP-ADE Park at Palasamudram is being envisaged
taking into consideration the overall development of Industries in the state.
Similar such initiatives are undertaken across the state. The Nation, the State
and the region will have impetuous benefits from such development such as:
Skill development and Training In the local population. Localizing the
global/domestic value chain. Technology transfer. Foreign Direct Investment.
Improved working condition. Shifting of manpower resources from low
productivity to high productive activities. Augmentation of existing clusters.
Diversifying the local industrial base. Shifting activities from unorganized to
organized sector. Convergence of population and thereby enhanced local
consumption and spending. Project development will also attract hotel
business, banking sector, small eateries, construction, transport and other
supply services Better quality of educational and medical facilities to the local
people. Improved Local Infrastructure. Improved socio-economic conditions.
Health facilities, Education Facilities, Skill Development Activities, Employment
Opportunities. Increase in Per Capita Income. Revenue Generation. AP-ADE
Park Area 250.77 acres. Greenbelt/Green Area 88.28 (33.08% of total area
including Green Belt in Industrial Plots and others) Capital Cost for
Environmental Management is INR 186 Million (INR 18.6 crores) and the
annual recurring cost is INR 28 Million (INR 2.8 crores). During the operation
phase the Industrial Park is expected to bring a direct employment of 2500
personnel. Around 2.5 times the direct employment may be in the form of
indirect employment in the area. Proposed project is expected to generate a
total of 250-500 employment. Proposed project will result in considerable
growth and upliftment of local community in the nearby villages by providing
Page 7-7
Name and Place

of Speaker
the employment The project will generate direct and indirect employment to the
nearby villages and the unavailable technical persons will be recruited from
outside, The project can definitely improve the regional, state and national
economy. Industrial growth is an indication of all-round Socio-Economic
Development — by generating local Employment and Business Opportunities.
The implementation of this project will definitely improve the physical and
social infrastructure of the surrounding area.
 To take up plantation in the surrounding villages with variety of trees,
species and herbal, fruit bearing types and to develop avenue plantation.
 Greenbelt will be developed within the premises of the project.
 To take Water sprinkling to reduce the PM emission level.
 To take CPCB & CREP guidelines will be followed.
 To incorporate public health status and ground water status of the area.
 To providing the nearby villages in the employment.
 To take CSR Activities will be carried out in the local area which will
improve the social-economic status of the local people.
 Welcome to the proposed project to issue environmental clearance (EC)
by MoEF&CC.
We are happy to know that Andhra Pradesh Aerospace and Defence
Electronics Park Private Ltd., (AP-ADE Park) is a joint Venture of Andhra
Pradesh industrial infrastructural Development Corporation (APIIC)
Government of Andhra Pradesh. It is an upcoming eco-friendly “Manufacturing
Cluster” focused on Aerospace, Defence and Electronics. The project is
I. Madhusudana, M.A. BL., located near Palasamudram Village, Gorantla Mandai and it is spread over an
Aashraya Rural area of 259.77 acres with an estimated cost of Rs. 450/- crores. The industrial
Development Society park is expected to bring direct employment for 2500 personnel and indirect
APAPDE Park Private Limited is thankful to Aashraya Rural
(NGO) employment for 2 ½ times more than the direct employment. The project is
18. Development Society for their support for the development of APADE
Govt. Regd. No. 638/2O4 proposed to spend Rs. 3 crores per year towards conservation, restoration and
Park project.
Kambadur, redevelopment of eco system and environmental conditions in the vicinity. The
Ananthapuramu District Project will take care of vocational training for skill development, infrastructure
(A.P) development such as street lights, schools, hospitals and sanitation. They
have allotted sufficient funds for environmental management plan and green
belt development plan. Since it is a joint venture along with APIIC they will
follow all precautionary measures in saving environment pollution.
We welcome this project and we support the project for issue of environmental
clearance by MoEF&CC, New Delhi.

Page 7-8
Name and Place

of Speaker
We are from Environmental Protection Society, State General Secretory
(NGO) organization. We mostly welcomes review on Manufacturing of M/s the
(AP), Aerospace Defence Electronics Park (APADE).
I am giving as an Environmental Social worker as in few suggestions
(1) Skill development and Training to the Locals
A. Sivakumar employment
(2) Improved Socio-economic conditions
19. Environmental Protection  As per Companies Act, 2013 and CSR rules, 2014, industries shall
(i) Health facilities
Society take up CSR activities in the nearby villages. CSR activities such
(ii) Education
(3) On the behalf of the Corporate Social Responsibility CSIR (funds) to
improve man power
administration
(4) To give employment to local people
(5) Construct the water plant

Page 7-9
7.2 Risk Analysis

 Aero & Defence Strategic
Microelectronics Industry
The microelectronics or electronics industry includes the manufacture of a) passive
components (Resistors, Capacitors, inductors) b) Semiconductor components (discrete,
integrated circuits) c) Printed circuit boards (Single and multilayer boards) and d) Printed
wiring assemblies. The manufacture of passive components is similar to that of
semiconductors (A difference is that passive component manufacturing uses less of the toxic
chemicals employed in doping semiconductor components and more organic solvents,
epoxies, plating metals, coatings, and lead).
Semiconductors are produced by treating semiconductor substances with dopants such as
boron or phosphorus atoms to give them electrical properties. Important semiconductor
substances are silicon and gallium arsenide. Manufacturing stages include crystal growth,
acid etch and epitaxy formation, doping and oxidation, diffusion and ion implantation,
metallization, chemical vapour deposition, die separation, die attachment, post solder
cleaning, wire bonding, encapsulation packaging, and final testing, marking, and packaging.
Several of these process steps are repeated several times, so the actual length of the
production chain may well exceed 100 processing steps. Between the repetitions, a cleaning
step that contributes to the amount of effluent produced by the process is often necessary.
Production involves carcinogenic and mutagenic substances and should therefore be carried
out in closed systems.
Printed circuit board (PCB) manufacturing: There are three types of boards, single sided
(circuits on one side only), double sided (circuits on both sides), and multilayer (three or
more circuit layers). Board manufacturing is accomplished by producing patterns of
conductive material on a nonconductive substrate by subtractive or additive processes. (The
conductor is usually copper, the base can be pressed epoxy, Teflon, or glass). In the
subtractive process, which is the preferred route, the steps include cleaning and surface
preparation of the base, electro less copper plating, pattern printing and masking,
electroplating, and etching.
Printed wiring assemblies: Printed wiring assemblies consist of components attached to one
or both sides of the printed circuit board. The attachment may be by through-hole
technology, in which the ”legs” of the components are inserted through holes in the board
and are soldered in place from underneath, or by Surface Mount Technology (SMT), in which
components are attached to the surface by solder or conductive adhesive (The solder is
generally a tin-lead alloy). In printed circuit boards of all types, drilled holes may have to be
copper-plated to ensure interconnections between the different copper layers. SMT, which
eliminates the drilled holes, allows much denser packing of components, especially when
components are mounted on both sides. It also offers higher-speed performance and is
gaining over through-hole technology.
The semiconductors and electronics manufacturing process may include the use of
numerous potentially hazardous chemicals. Metallic powders also may be present in the
manufacture of passive components and magnetic devices.

Page 7-10
A sample list includes: acetone, ammonia, ammonium hydroxide, arsine, boron trifluoride,
carbon dioxide chlorine, chlorine trifluoride, diborane, dichlorosilane, disilane, fluorine,
gallium arsenide, germane, hydrochloric acid, hydrofluoric acid, hydrogen, indium phosphide,
methane, nitric acid, nitric oxide, nitrogen fluoride, nitrous oxide, ozone, phosphorus
oxychloride, phosphine, phosphoric acid, silane, sulfuric acid, tetrafluoro methane,
trichlorosilane, trimethyl arsenic, and trimethyl Indium etc.
Automobile Ancillary and Aero & Defence Strategic
The industries related to Automobile Ancillary and Aero & Defence Strategic will fall under
Focus Engineering Industrial Sector. The major hazards associated with the Engineering
Industries are discussed below:
 Mechanical Hazards: Machinery and equipment have moving parts. The action of moving
parts may have sufficient force in motion to cause injury to people such as machinery and
equipment with moving parts that can be reached by people; machinery and equipment
that can eject objects (parts, components, products or waste items) that may strike a
person with sufficient force to cause harm; machinery and equipment with moving parts
that can reach people, such as booms or mechanical appendages (arms); mobile
machinery and equipment, such as forklifts, pallet jacks, earthmoving equipment,
operated in areas where people may gain access
 Non-mechanical Hazards: Non-mechanical hazards associated with machinery and
equipment can include harmful emissions, contained fluids or gas under pressure,
chemicals and chemical by-products, electricity and noise, all of which can cause serious
injury if not adequately controlled. In some cases, people exposed to these hazards may
not show signs of injury or illness for years. Where people are at risk of injury due to
harmful emissions from machinery and equipment, the emissions should be controlled at
their source.
 Access Hazards: These are associated with the task such as operation, maintenance,
repair, installation, service or cleaning of the machinery and equipment in the workplace
either continually or occasionally. For example, Installation or Removal like complete
access from every area may be required and involve disconnection or connection of
services, such as water, air, pipes, installation of electrical cable to switch board;
Operation like access for set up, operation and adjustment; Maintenance, Repair,
Cleaning, Alteration or Adaptation like access to remote areas may be required.
Apart from the above storage of hazardous chemicals and other materials and its inadequate
control or accidental releases on site or in transit may result in significant environmental and
occupational health and safety hazards.
A systematic Risk Analysis will help in identification of the hazards and associated risk. This
study assesses risks associated with the construction and operation of the proposed AP-
ADE Park. Member industries or units coming up in the AP-ADE Park has to carry out risk
analysis by considering the hazards associated with handling of different chemicals or
hazardous materials which will be used as per requirement of production/manufacturing
process which may include the use of numerous potentially hazardous chemicals. Material
specific chemical protection programs shall be developed and implemented. Worker shall be
protected from exposure to process chemicals including but not limited to acids, bases,
solvents and metal sludge etc. Risks associated with handling storage of
paints/chemical/equipment at proposed AP-ADE Park are considered and accordingly
mitigation measures are suggested in this DMP. This study provides inputs for formulating

Page 7-11
the onsite Disaster Management Plan (DMP) at AP-ADE Park level. The Risk Analysis has
been broadly divided into three categories.
 Hazard Identification
 Failure Frequency
 Risk Reducing Measures
7.2.1 Hazard Identification
A classical definition of hazard states “hazard is in fact the characteristic of system/plant/

process that presents potential for an accident.” Hence, all the components of a system such
as process, storage of chemicals, handling, etc., need to be thoroughly examined to assess
their potential for initiating or propagating an unplanned event/ sequence of events, which
can be termed as an accident.
Identification of hazards is of primary significance in the analysis, quantification and cost
effective control of accidents. Potential Hazards identified in the proposed AP-ADE Park
have been broadly classified as below:
 Hazards during Construction Phase
o Mechanical Hazards
o Transportation Hazards
o Physical Hazards
o Storage and Handling of Hazardous Materials
 Hazards during Operation Phase
o Material Hazards
o Mechanical Hazards
o Handling, Storage and Transportation Hazards
o Plant Hazards
 Hazards due to Natural Calamities
o Earthquake
o Flood
7.2.1.1 Hazards during Construction Phase
The hazards associated during construction phase of the project are given below:
 Mechanical hazards during the construction phase arise due to the moving
parts in the machinery, especially the belts and bolts of the construction
equipment, which are heavy and pose a threat to the work personnel.
Mechanical Hazards
 Other hazards include falling (during working at heights), falling objects like
hand held tools, etc., failure of slips and traps created for scaffolding, and
due to faulting of electrical equipment.
 Vehicles collision
Transportation Hazards
 Congested access to construction site
 Noise and vibrations generated during the construction phase may affect
the worker’s health, hinder effective communication and may jeopardise
Physical Hazards
sensitive organs.
 Handling of hot metal poses a potentially lethal hazard
Storage and handling of  Storage of hazardous materials like fuel for the engines, lubricants, paints
hazardous materials and other flammable materials are likely to pose a fire and explosion risk
 Poor wiring of the electrical appliances like lights, exhausts, etc., which
Electrical hazards
causes short circuit.

Page 7-12
7.2.1.2 Hazards during Operation
The hazards associated during operation phase of the project are given below:
 Falls from ladders, stairs, elevated platforms etc., and falls into inspection
pits
 Falls on the level, esp. on wet, slippery or greasy garage floors
 Injuries due to collapse of jacking, lifting or hoisting equipment, and
vehicles falling from lifting equipment
 Crushed toes resulting from falls of heavy objects
 Eye injury from splinters and flying objects from grinding, and machining
operations, while operating compressed-air equipment and during cleaning
and similar operations
 Injuries as a result of being caught in or between moving and stationary
objects
 Injuries caused by rotating parts of machine tools
 Acute musculoskeletal injuries (intervertebral disk rupture, hernia etc.) due
to overexertion while lifting or otherwise handling heavy vehicle parts, etc.,
and due to awkward work postures (underneath vehicle, etc.)
 Burns due to contact with hot surfaces, exhaust pipes or hot-melt
Accidental Hazards
chemicals; sudden release of hot water and steam lines, radiator and
cooling system pipes; soldering, brazing and welding operations, etc.
 Electrocution as a result of defects, short circuits or improper use of
electromechanical equipment, or contact with live wires, e.g., electric
shocks from portable power tools
 Carbon monoxide poisoning
 Fires and explosions of spilled or leaked flammable/explosive substances,
or by ignition of from batteries, or during flame cutting and welding
operations, etc.
 Increased rate of road accidents during test driving
 Punctures and cuts caused by sharp edges of hand tools, vehicle parts and
sheet materials
 Bursting of compressed-air lines or containers
 Bursting of tires
 Accidents due to improperly installed and maintained steam/water pressure
cleaners
 Exposure to direct and reflected ultraviolet and infrared radiation (esp. from
welding operations)
 Exposure to microwave and radiofrequency radiation (esp. in heat-sealing
of panels and upholstery, drying of trim base panels, etc.)
 Exposure to hand-arm vibration from power-driven hand tools, resulting in
Physical Hazards
development of White Finger Syndrome, etc.
 Exposure to excessive noise (> 85 dBA), esp. in car body work, during
engine testing, etc.
 Exposure to excessive heat or cold, esp. in open garages or during
roadwork (the use of improvised heating may cause fire and CO poisoning)
 Exposure to a wide range of industrial chemicals including heavy metals,
contained in brake fluids, degreasers, detergents, lubricants, metal
cleaners, paints, fuel, solvents, etc., resulting in various forms of chronic
poisoning
Chemical Hazards
 Skin diseases and conditions (various types of dermatitis, skin
sensitization, eczema, oil acne, etc.) caused by various chemicals, e.g.:
adhesives, antifreeze and brake fluids, epoxy resins, gasoline, oils, nickel,
colophon etc.

Page 7-13
 Eye irritation, dizziness, nausea, breathing problems, headaches, etc.,

caused by contact with irritating chemicals and their dusts and fumes, e.g.:
antiknock agents
 Asbestosis and mesothelioma caused by asbestos dust from brake drum
cleaning and processing operation
 Chronic poisoning resulting from exposure to lead and its dust and fumes
(esp. while repairing radiators, handling storage batteries, welding, using
paints and lubricants, etc.)
 Increased risk of cancer due to inhalation of diesel exhaust fumes or
contact with certain heavy metals and their compounds, asbestos, benzene
etc.
 Increased risk of organic brain damage due to inhalation of diesel exhaust
fumes
 Acute eye and mucous membrane irritation, headaches, breathing
difficulties, chest tightness etc., caused by inhalation of NOx and respirable
particulates
 Gastrointestinal disturbances as a result of accidental or chronic ingestion
of adhesives
Ergonomic, Acute
 Ergonomic, Acute musculoskeletal injuries (intervertebral disk rupture,
musculoskeletal injuries
tendon rupture, hernia etc.) caused by physical psychosocial and
(intervertebral disk
organizational factors overexertion and incorrect combination of weight and
rupture, tendon rupture,
posture during lifting and moving of heavy loads
hernia etc.) caused by
 Cumulative trauma disorders, including carpal tunnel syndrome, caused by
physical psychosocial
long-time repetitive work
and organizational
factors  Psychological stress when working under time pressure
Plant/Industry Hazards:
The various types of hazards in the plant/industries are as follows
 Fire Hazard: Flammable chemicals are used in the manufacturing process of the
chemicals. So it is susceptible to catch fire either at the place of storage, transportation
and processing if source of ignition is available. These chemical fires may cause
catastrophic effects. The sudden development of pressure ruptures the container and
causes shock waves which cause the structure damage and outburst of reaction vessel.
Fire is considered very dangerous if occurs in uncontrolled manner. It should be clearly
understood that when a liquid is used having flash point below the normal ambient
temperature, it could, in suitable circumstances, liberate a sufficient quantity of vapour to
give rise to flammable mixtures with air
 Explosion Hazard: Release of energy in a rapid and uncontrolled manner gives rise to
explosion. Extra care shall be taken by providing rupture disc, pressure release valve and
temperature controller
 Corrosion Hazard: Most corrosive substances will produce chemical burns, while certain
chemical produce deep ulceration. Other has detailing effect on skin and may cause
dermatitis. This has adverse effects on weakening the strength of material in contact.
 Electric Hazard: Electrical power is the main driving force of the industry. There is a
potential hazard in electrical equipment like electric cables, motors, heaters, lights,
electrical major equipment/ machinery, operations, welding, motors, and heavy lift
devices, cabling, human intervention (short circuit possibility), maintenance work (due to
machinery breakdown etc.), plant lighting related electrical hazards etc. there will be a fire
hazard due to sparks and short circuits in the electrical systems. Static electricity may

Page 7-14
develop during the transfer of solvent from one vessel to another vessel and may lead to
sparks, if there is no proper earthling system, the electrical sparks will act as ignition
source for flammable chemicals.
 Other Hazards:
o Other toxic hazards due to acids/other toxic spillages (mainly limited to spillage area).
The spillage if comes in contact with metal parts will produce hydrogen which is highly
flammable gas. Any person moving in area and getting splash will get the injury. In
addition the spillage will cause pollution problem. The spillage is to be collected and
neutralized for toxic contents before disposal.
o Hazards due to individual soft spots like walking casually and not noticing a pit and
falling or colliding/stumbling or slipping (not noticing a wet place, etc.).
The indicative list of major plant/industrial hazards and their details are given in Table 7-2.
Table 7-2: Details of Indicative Major Plant/Industrial Hazards
Plant/Industrial Hazards Details
Fracture: Breaking open of a containment system by the propagation of a crack
Puncture: a perforation or hole in a containment system as a result of impact
Relief device stuck open
Leaks/ruptures
Seal/gasket/flange failure
Corrosion/erosion
Flow surge or hydraulic hammer
Incorrect actions or inactions by people Operator opens a valve, etc.
Over/under pressuring
Over heating
Exceeding process limits
Over cooling
Over filling
Sensors
Logic solver
Final elements
Control system failure
Communication interface
Field wiring
Power source
Runaway reactions
Reactivity Air ingress
Inadvertent mixing of chemicals
Equipment support
Foundations/floor
Structural Failure
Cyclic loading
Pressure fluctuations
Electricity
Instrument air
Utility failure
Plant nitrogen
Cooling water
Vehicle impacts
Human external events
Dropped objects from lifting devices
Incident in adjacent processes
Knock-on effects
Incident with process
Combinations of equipment failures
Combinations of human failure
Multiple failure
Combinations of external events
Combination of any of these

Page 7-15
7.2.1.3 Hazards due to Natural Calamities
In case of natural disasters such as earthquake, flood etc., occurring at the proposed AP-
ADE PARK, may result in fire and explosions/toxic gas release due to failure of equipment.
The damage consequences will be similar whether the damage is because of man-made
disaster or natural calamity for the worst cases.
7.2.2 Typical Failure Frequencies
The hazardous material release scenarios can be broadly divided into two categories (i)
catastrophic failures which are of low frequency and (ii) ruptures and leaks which are of
relatively high frequency. Vapour or liquid releases from failure of gasket, seal and rupture in
pipe lines and storage tanks fall in second category whereas catastrophic failure of storage
tanks and full bore rupture of pipelines, etc. fall into first category. Typical failure frequencies
are given in Table 7-3.
Table 7-3: General failure frequencies
Item Mode of failure Failure Frequencies
1x10-4/ yr
Atmospheric vessel Serious leak catastrophic
5x10-6/ yr
Pressure vessel Serious leak 1.0 x 10-5/yr
Catastrophic 3x10-6/yr
Process pipe lines
=50 mm dia Full bore rupture 8.8 x 10-7/m.yr
Significant leak 8.8 x10-6/m.yr
> 50 mm = 150 mm dia Full bore rupture 2.6 x 10-7/m.yr
Significant leak 6x10-5 /m.yr
> 150 mm dia Full bore rupture 8.8 x10-8 /m.yr
Significant leak 6x10-6 /m.yr
Hoses Rupture 3.5 x10-2/yr
Check valve Failure on demand 1x10-4/demand
Motor operated valve Failure on demand 1x10-3/demand
Flange Leak 3 x10-4/yr
Gasket failure Failure 5 x 10-5/yr
Pump seal Leak 5 x10-3/yr
Process Safety Valve Lifts heavily 4 x10-3/yr
Blocked 1 x10-3/yr
Lifts lightly 2 x10-2/yr
Ref: 1) Loss Prevention in the Process Industries -Frank P.lees.Vol.2 & 3, 2nd edition.
2) TNO communication
7.2.3 Typical Hazards and Mitigation Measures
Following are some likely hazards and mitigation measures shall be taken into account by
individual industries coming up in AP-ADE Park.
S. No Likely Hazard Recommended Mitigation Measures
 Proper design, maintenance of laboratories is necessary.
Electromagnetic and Particulate Magnitude of the dose, wavelength and time lapse between
1. Radiation in electronics exposures to be maintained to avoid more exposure by working
manufacturing industry people.
 Compliance inspections shall be conducted regularly
 Employees must be well trained, well oriented. Responsibilities
Ergonomic stress in manufacturing
2. and job description are well defined. Employees shall be given
industry
positive reinforcement. Interest is shown in employees task etc.

Page 7-16
Chemicals involved in the motor

vehicle assembly may have a wide
range of hazardous effects,
including being toxins, carcinogens
or highly corrosive upon skin  Provide personal protective equipment (PPE) that is fit for the
contact. Direct skin and eye task to prevent injury and maintain hygiene standards. Train
exposure to and/or inhalation of staff in the correct selection, use and maintenance of PPE, and
3.
hazardous chemicals can result in put in place measures to encourage/ mandate its use.
health impacts for workers.  Implement a programme of assessment of routine monitoring of
Prolonged exposure over years worker health
can induce chronic health effects.
Particular substances to be aware
is Coating powder, Curing agents
and Organic solvents
Vehicle assembly plants can be  Conduct a noise survey and mark out dedicated areas with
noisy work places due to the high signage where there are elevated noise levels and PPE is
level of use of machinery. required.
Transport of products by road may
 Enclose noisy machines to isolate people from the noise where
also generate noise. Those at risk
4. practicable.
include machine operators and
those working nearby, e.g.  Reduce vibration exposure times and provide PPE where
maintenance staff, cleaners, forklift people may be exposed to vibration.
truck drivers and shop floor  Limit scrap handling and transport during unsocial hours to
supervisors reduce noise.
 Train staff in correct selection, use and maintenance of PPE.
 Train workers in correct use of machinery and safety devices.
Moving parts of machinery can
 Avoid direct handling of sharp edged items and/or remove
5. result in entanglement and
entrapment sharp edges by machining.
 Engineer out sharp edges and access to dangerous parts of
machinery through a hierarchy of controls
Lifting and carrying heavy or  Redesign manual processes and rotate work tasks to reduce
awkwardly shaped objects, such as heavy lifting/repetitive activities, and where possible install
6.
bags, can result in manual handling mechanical lifting aids.
injuries  Train workers in correct lifting technique
These are primarily caused by
uneven surfaces, inappropriate
footwear, poor lighting, weather
 Ensure that walkways are constructed of non-slip materials and
7. conditions, trailing cables and pipe
work, especially during unblocking, route cables and pipework under walkways.
maintenance and cleaning
activities
Long hours or night shifts can lead  Implement a programme of routine monitoring of worker health.
8. to fatigue, decrease wellbeing and Implement a grievance/dispute resolution mechanism for
ability to concentrate workers
PCBs are a group of substances
which are good electrical
insulators. Typically, PCBs may be  Remove friable asbestos and PCBs using licensed contractors.
present as constituents of hydraulic
This should be carried out in controlled conditions to ensure
9. oils or dielectric fluids in electrical
switchgear, transformers and that there is no release of substances or materials to the
fluorescent light starters. Asbestos environment
(a carcinogen when in the form of
inhalable dust) has been used on a

Page 7-17
large scale for many years as a fire

proofing and insulation material.
7.2.4 Risk Mitigation Measures

 Consider feasibility of substitution of hazardous chemicals such as solvent based paints
with less hazardous alternatives. Label chemicals with appropriate, internationally
recognised, hazard symbols.
 Chemicals with different hazard symbols should not be stored together - clear guidance
on the compatibility of different chemicals can be obtained from the Materials Safety Data
Sheets (MSDS) which should be readily available from the manufacturer and on site.
 Store chemicals in a dedicated, enclosed and secure facility with a roof and a
paved/concrete floor. Chemical tanks should be completely contained within secondary
containment such as bunding.
 Install devices to prevent spills and overfills, e.g. alarms to warn of overfilling and
automatic shut-off devices or secondary spill containment.
 Maintain and inspect storage units regularly.
 Consider installation and use of groundwater monitoring points on site to check for
contamination. Implement a Solvent/Hazardous Materials Management Plan to monitor
and control the use of solvents and hazardous materials on site.
 Necessary arrangement of firefighting facility as per various National and International
codes for the facilities to avoid any major incident.
 To identify the hazards present in the system, a hazard identification study such as a
Hazard and Operability study (HAZOP) should be undertaken. All hazards identified
should be examined and appropriate mitigating measures developed and implemented.
 For all the tanks where there is a single in/outlet line, a Remotely Operated Vehicle
(ROV) (or an equivalent design to allow isolation of the tank from the line in an
emergency) should be provided.
 First aid equipment and manpower resources are at place to deal with emergencies, in
consultation with emergency services to rescue any personnel, trapped or immobilized by
an accident scenario.
 Implement and maintain appropriate safety management systems to control the
managerial and organizational factors that can impact on the overall risk associated with
the hazardous materials.
 Carryout regular checks/maintenance and testing of instruments, valves and flange joints
as per strict schedule. Pipelines, flanges and valves require special attention to minimize
the failure rate.
 Prevention of potential ignition sources such as:
– Proper grounding to avoid static electricity build up and lightening hazards (including
formal procedures for the use and maintenance of grounding connections)
– Use of intrinsically safe electrical installations and non-sparking tools.
– Implementing permit systems and formal procedures for conducting any hot work
during maintenance activities, including proper tank cleaning and venting.
 Facilities should also be equipped with Fire Detection and suppression equipment such
as Fire tenders, all types of fire extinguishers like DCP, CO 2, water CO2 foam types in
adequate numbers, Fire Hydrant and monitor system as per TAC guidelines to take care
of any fire hazard.
 Fire Detection/alarm system to be provided for Control Rooms, cable Galleries,
Transformers area and Administrative building and these may be of ionization, optical
and heat sensing type.

Page 7-18
 All fire systems should be located in a safe area of the proposed facility
 Firefighting equipment shall be provided as per applicable standards and guidelines.
 Consider linking foam and fire water system. Considerations should be given to directly
inject AFFF (Aqueous Film Forming Foam) compound into the respective fire mains (at 6
percent strength), which can act as a vehicle to transport foam solution to user points on
either site for mobile response foam branches / cannons.
 Facilities should be properly equipped with fire suppression equipment that meets
internationally recognized technical specifications for the type and amount of flammable
material stored at the facility.
 Preparation of a fire response plan supported by the necessary resources and training,
including training in the use of fire suppression equipment and evacuation. Procedures
may include coordination activities with local authorities or neighbouring facilities.
 Provision of fire safety training and response as part of workforce health and safety
induction/training, including training the use of fire suppression equipment and
evacuation, with advanced fire safety training provided to a designated fire fighting team.
 It is recommended that all electrical fittings in the system should confirm to
flame/explosion proof regulations.
 It is recommended to carryout regular maintenance and testing of instruments, valves
and flange joints as per strict schedule. Pipelines, hoses require special attention to
minimise the failure rate.
 Pipeline should be protected against external / internal corrosion
 Do’s and Don’ts shall be displayed prominently in the site near the pipelines and at all
workplaces. Regular maintenance shall be carried out under the supervision of an
authorized person.
 Important telephone numbers of emergency shall be displayed prominently in bold letters
in the plant site and administration building.
 Caution boards shall be displayed for all working person.
– No smoking signs
– No flames or pilot lights or electrical gadgets.
– Emergency contact numbers.
 All electrical equipment shall be provided with proper earthing. Earthed electrode should
be calibrated, periodically tested and maintained.
 Emergency lighting shall be available at all critical locations including the operator’s room
to carry out safe shut down of the plant, ready identification of firefighting facilities such
as fire water pumps and fire alarm stations.
 All electrical equipment shall be free from carbon dust, oil deposits, and grease.
 Use of approved insulated tools, rubber mats, shockproof gloves and boots, tester, fuse
tongs, discharge rod, safety belt, hand lamp, wooden or insulated ladder and not wearing
metal ring and chain is insured.
 Flame and shock detectors for fire safety shall be provided.
 Danger from excess current due to overload or short circuit is prevented by providing
fuses, circuit breakers, thermal protection.
 Carbon dioxide or dry chemical fire extinguishers shall be provided for electrical fires
7.3 Disaster Management Plan

The Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of
environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in
this same order of priorities. For effective implementation of DMP, it should be widely
circulated and a personnel training is to be provided through rehearsals/drills. To tackle the

Page 7-19
consequences of a major emergency at the project location or its immediate vicinity, a DMP
has to be formulated.
The objective of the DMP is to make use of the combined resources of the AP - ADE Park
and the outside services to achieve the following:
 Effective rescue and medical treatment of casualties
 Safeguard other people
 Minimize damage to property and the environment
 Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control
 Identify any dead
 Provide for the needs of relatives
 Provide authoritative information to the news media
 Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area
 Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the cause and
circumstances of the emergency
7.3.1 Causes of Disaster

 Natural: Flood, Earth Quakes, Lightning, Cyclonic winds
 System failure, design deficiency, bad operating practice, sabotage resulting in
 Fire
 Explosion
 Release of toxic/ inflammable gases
DMP for proposed AP-ADE PARK shall be formulated with an integrated approach to
address all individual industrial units also. The DMP shall include onsite and offsite
emergency plan for individual industrial units as well as AP-ADE Park as a whole unit. A
broad framework of DMP is presented in this Chapter.The specific industrial team where the
emergency has arisen would be in charge of the situation while the other teams would assist
them as and when required.
7.3.2 Categorisation of Emergency
Any emergency situation has to be first categorised as an onsite emergency or an offsite

emergency, the difference being that the effects of the onsite emergency are confined within
the premises while those of an offsite emergency spill over beyond the AP - ADE Park
premises or even beyond the project site premises. Thus, the onsite and offsite emergency
plans are detailed below:
7.3.2.1 Onsite Emergency Plan
The plan would have the following components:

 Formulation of Disaster Management Plan and Emergency Services
 Organization Structure
 Roles and Responsibilities of Emergency Teams
 Communication
 Emergency Control Centre
 Alarm Systems & Assembly Points
 Mutual Aid Scheme
 Onsite Emergency Plan and Rehearsals
 Spillage & Contingency Plan

Page 7-20
 Formulation of Disaster Management Plan for Cyclones
7.3.2.2 Offsite Emergency Plan
The components of an offsite emergency plan outlined in would include:

 Identification of location of hazardous or dangerous substances, personnel and
emergency control rooms.
 Technical information such as chemical and physical properties, dangers, etc.
Background information, past accidents, control techniques and effects of hazardous
materials of relevance
 Identification of facilities and transport routes for toxic materials
 Contact for further advice such as meteorological information, transport, temporary food
and accommodation, first aid and hospital services, water, etc.
 Establishing communication links including firefighting materials, damage control and
repair items
 Detailing emergency response procedures
 Notification to public at large
 Evacuation arrangements
 Press / media handling
 Addressing longer term environmental clean-up
7.3.3 Onsite Emergency Plan
7.3.3.1 Formulation of Disaster Management Plan and Emergency Services
The assessment of the risks and hazards leads either to improvements being made at the
installation in the form, for example, of additional safeguards or better procedures, or the
decision being taken that the risk is sufficiently small to be accepted.
The Disaster Management Plan must be related to the final assessment and it is the
responsibility of AP-ADE Park management and Industries/units located within AP-ADE Park
to formulate it. The plan will include the following elements.
 Assessment of the magnitude and nature of the events foreseen and the probability of
their occurrence
 Formulation of the plan and liaison with outside authorities, including the emergency
services
 Procedures for raising the alarm and communication both within and outside the AP-ADE
Park
 Appointment of key personnel and their duties and responsibilities (organizational
structure)
 Emergency Control Centre

Page 7-21
 Action on site and Action off site
7.3.3.2 Organization Structure
The first few minutes after the incident / accident are invariably the most critical period in
prevention of escalation. Therefore, the personnel available at or near the incident site (and
often responsible for or carrying out that particular activity) and on a round the clock basis
play a vital role in an emergency. This concept is made use of in nominating the KEY
PERSONS.
In each hazardous location it is necessary to nominate a functionary as the "Incident
Controller" who is invariably in charge of the facility. The Incident Controller tackling the
emergency in real terms requires support from various other services e.g. fire & safety,
medical services, security, engineering, administration, technical services covering
communication, transport and personnel functions, etc. A KEY PERSON for each one of
these services, therefore, should be nominated.
The "SITE MAIN CONTROLLER" (SMC) will be the Unit In-charge. The various controllers
selected to carry out the work will co-ordinate with the SMC through the functional KEY
PERSONS at the incident site. The KEY PERSONS will generally be at the site of incident
and the CONTROLLERS will report at the EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTRE.
The duties and responsibilities of various KEY PERSONS AND CONTROLLERS will be
written down ensuring no grey areas or overlapping responsibilities. Various Controllers will
be drawn from the organisation and clear-cut responsibilities will be spelt out for the following
controllers:
 Operation Controller
 Maintenance Controller
 Fire and Safety Controller
 Communication Controller
 Environment Controller
A Succession chart will be developed as above nominating second-line controller who would
act as controller in the absence of any of the above officials. An emergency organisation
chart is as follows:
EMERGENCY DECLARER
INCIDENT CONTROLLER
OPERATION/MAINTENAN FIRE & SAFETY COMMUNICATION RESCUE COMBAT MEDICAL

CE CONTROLLER CONTROLLER CONTROLLER TEAM TEAM TEAM
7.3.3.3 Roles and Responsibilities of Emergency Team
(i) Site Main Controller (In-charge)

 To assess the extent and magnitude of the damage and by maintaining communication
with the Site Incident Controller (SIC).

Page 7-22
 To determine how far the emergency control plan can be extended

 Prepare action for monitoring and controlling the emergencies
 To decide whether any section / process / area to be shut down / isolated in the event of
any accident
 To finalise the means of evaluation and explore the possibilities of taking help from offsite
sources
 Review the fire fighting operations in consultation with Safety Coordinator
 Co-ordination with the safety officer regarding evacuation and shelter rehabilitation
aspects
 Arrange for restoration and normalcy in consultation with Incident Controller
 Announcement of conclusion of emergency.
 Issuance of authorised statements and ensures that all evidences of the incident are
preserved.
(ii) Site Incident Controller (Shift in-charge/Unit In charge)
 Establish Emergency Control Centre and inform SMC
 Ensure availability of Controllers/Team members
 Priority decisions for strategy for development of resources for incident control
 Periodic assessment of actual disaster zone and resource deployment (own / external)
 Periodic status report of SMC
 Seek help for:
o Fire Fighting
o Medical Aid
o Rescue
o Transport
o Traffic Arrangement
o Law and Order
 Inform the following authorities about the incident through zonal/sector authorities:
o District Collector
o Superintendent of Police
o District Environmental Engineer
o District Health Officer
o Inspector of Factories
o Neighbouring Installations
 Establish contacts with the following, through controllers:
o Superintendents of nearby hospitals
o Chief Fire Officer of nearby fire services
o Insurance Company
o Establish First Aid Centre through Safety Coordinator
 Establish Information Centres
7.3.3.4 Emergency Co-ordinators
Logistics Coordinator: The duties and responsibilities in the event of any emergency
include:
 Report at the affected area to the SMC & SIC
 Arrange to attend all maintenance jobs as instructed by SIC
 Ensure that all essential services like power, water etc. are maintained without
interruption
 Ensure adequate manpower availability at the affected area

Page 7-23
 Reporting all the incidents to SIC

 Arrange for all the tools, materials at the site of emergency
Communication Coordinator: Responsibilities include:
 Report to SMC & SIC
 Removal of non-essential personnel from the emergency area in consultation with SIC
 Contact with SIC and arrange for necessary facilities
 Control over entry and maintain law & order and arrange for police help in consultation
with SMC
 Liaison with external agencies in consultation with SMC
 Co-ordination of transportation requirements for moving personnel for first aid,
evacuation, rehabilitation etc.
 Maintenance of inventory systems in the Emergency Control Centre
Safety Coordinator: Responsibilities include:
 Immediate Reporting to SIC
 Co-ordination with Security officer and security personnel
 Ensure availability of all safety equipment at site
 Co-ordination of all rescue operations
 Co-ordination of availability of first aid to all injured personnel
 Advice to SIC on fire fighting operations
 Ensure availability of necessary antidotes/medicines in case of toxic release
7.3.3.5 Communication
An essential component of any emergency preparedness programme is the communication

links for gathering information needed for overall co-ordination e.g. emergency control centre
with in-house as well as outside emergency services. Too much reliance on the telephone
system, fixed lines/mobile phones is risky as it can soon be overloaded in an emergency
situation. A computer with internet and printer facility and photocopying machine with
scanner, wireless networks, fax and intercom units are recommended for higher reliability.
Help line numbers will be setup for emergency related queries.
The description of the tasks and responsibilities, reporting place, etc. for each key
functionary will be, as far as possible, so drafted as to reduce the communication needs
between the interacting groups and permit good mutual understanding and well-co-ordinated
independent actions to tackle emergency situations.
7.3.3.6 Emergency Control Centre
The emergency control centre shall be established for AP-ADE Park and shall be equipped
with the following:
 An adequate number of external telephones. If possible, one should for outgoing calls
only, in order to bypass jammed switchboards during an emergency.
 An adequate number of internal telephones, Radio equipment/pager system.
 A layout plan of the facility showing.
o Location of possible spillage/fire points.
o Sources of safety equipment and other fire-fighting system elements.
o Escape Routes.
 A nominal role of employees at the facility.
 A list of KEY PERSONNEL with addresses, telephone numbers, etc.

Page 7-24
 An adequate number of personnel protective/safety equipment available on site / back up

in warehouse or with other member groups of mutual aid programme.
 Locations of various firefighting arrangements at the facility.
7.3.3.7 Alarm Systems
The emergency (due to fires or spillages) should be initiated by the first person noticing it by
activating the fire alarm from the nearest call-point or by contacting the fire control room
immediately on the internal telephone in case of any emergency.
If in the opinion of the shift in-charge/In charge in consultation with the fire safety officer, the
severity of the emergency is such that it can primarily be coped with by available own
resources (aided by firefighting appliances from the fire brigade, if required) the siren code
for ONSITE CRISIS will be sounded through the hooter. The siren codes for distinguishing
between an ONSITE & OFFSITE CRISIS will be clearly established. The onsite/ offsite siren
codes should be informed to the neighbouring population of the facility.
7.3.3.8 Mutual Aid Scheme
Assistance in terms of equipment and manpower will be taken from the neighbouring
installations under a Mutual Aid Scheme / Zonal Disaster Management Plan.
7.3.3.9 Onsite Emergency Plan and Rehearsals/Mock Drills/ Training
Once the emergency programme is finalised, it should be made known to all personnel so
that each one knows his or her role in the event of an emergency. The plan will be regularly
tested through the rehearsals, at a regular frequency and updated accordingly.
Mock drills on the overall emergency response plan may be carried out once in 6 months to
ensure continued familiarity of the Key Personnel with the emergency procedure and to
check if the hardware infrastructure provided for emergency management is in good
Emergency Operations centre once in every three months, to familiarize him/herself with the
facilities available.
The key personnel will be required to undergo a special in – plant training programme to
understand clearly their role in On-site emergency management and to develop the skills
required for the purpose.
Most of the employees are to be given “Basic Fire Fighting” training, for operating portable
extinguishers in an emergency. The rest of the employees including supervisory and
management personnel will be required to undergo this course. Also, the emergency
response team members will be required to undergo annual training including refresher
courses on the following areas:
 Use of specialized protection equipment including practical drills
 Emergency communication
 Fire fighting using equipment like fire hydrant, portable pumps, monitors etc.
 Any other specialized training commensurate with the defined role
 Information on the extent of spill of materials
 Measures to contain spill to a limited area
 Measures to remove spilled materials
 Measures to dispose the spilled materials.
 Mock drills will be carried out to test the effectiveness of the contingency plan

Page 7-25
7.3.3.10 Evacuation plan for Emergency and Assembly Points
In order to manage emergencies more effectively, decision makers may benefit from having
in-place evacuation plans for scenarios which are most likely to happen, even though real-
time design or re-evaluation of evacuation plans may be required after the disaster strikes.
Based on the disaster scenarios, pre-warning for sudden/onset of disasters can leave
enough time for evacuations prior to the event. In the case of natural disasters, the
probability of their occurrence and effects is one of the influential factors. Seasonal disasters,
even if sudden, pose lesser problems than non-seasonal disasters so thorough evacuation
plans can be in place for either situation.
Building Evacuation
As soon as the pre-warning is given the first step is to evacuate the buildings. The
Evacuation action plan which includes following steps to follow during a disaster are:
 On the sound of an alarm, begin immediate evacuation
 In case of fire, activate the nearest pull station and call Emergency
 Evacuate via the nearest stairwell or grade level exit
 Go to your pre-determined Evacuation Assembly Point/Shelter Area
 If trapped by smoke, stay low, cover your mouth with wet cloth, stay near a window
 Open it but do not break it, hang something out the window to let fire personnel know you
are there and put something in cracks around the door, phone emergency if possible.
 The layout maps showing exit routes will be placed at all important places also pamphlets
indicating same will be placed with the First Aid Kit.
 Be familiar with the location of first aid kits, fire alarms, and extinguishers, as well as
persons with first aid skills.
 Do not use the elevators.
Site Evacuation
The process involved in the evacuation from the source is as follows,
 Identify the area vulnerable to disasters to which the evacuation plan will be applied
 Identify number of shelters surrounding the source of origin
 Identification and choice of the evacuation routes
A map showing the Emergency Assembly Points and the road network connecting each
Emergency Assembly point is prepared and shown in Figure 7-1 which is based on the
location of industries/units, location of free space in the plan along the nearest main exit
route and some assumptions made based on its criticality. There are three exits including
main entry/exit point which can be used for easy evacuation during emergency situation.

Page 7-26
Figure 7-1: Emergency Evacuation Plan and Assembly Points
7.3.3.11 Spillage and Contingency Plan
The purpose of this plan is to identify, prevent and control all probable spillages in the AP-
ADE PARK area for safe and healthy working of personnel and machinery.
Probable materials for spillage:
 Electrical equipment area (Transformer oil and cable filling compounds)
 Liquid/oil storage areas/liquid wastes
 Oil system area (Lubricant oil, Hydraulic oil and control oil), etc.
 Water and Wastewater treatment chemicals
 Other chemicals to be used in Aerospace and Defence Electronic industry

Page 7-27
Spillages in the plants can lead to:

 Causing loss of property
 Interfaces with safe moving of personnel
 Damage to equipment when left unattended
 Health hazard i.e., toxic when released in air or mixes with town drain
 Fire hazard
Prevention of spillage:
Routine checks of the system have to be made to ensure that no leak or spill starts. Any
minor leakage has to be reported to the concerned person (Shift In-charge, Operation &
Maintenance team member). Leakage has to be arrested in the shortest possible time.
Necessary arrangements have to be made to collect the leakage and to store in proper
place.
In case of spillage the following measures would be adopted:
 Oil spill on the land should be properly cleaned using absorbents, cotton waste, sand,
saw dust, etc.
 The collected oil is disposed to APPCB/CPCB authorized agency
7.3.4 Management Plan for Natural Hazards
AP-ADE Park shall develop a customised Disaster Management Plan (DMP) to cope during
disasters from natural calamities such as cyclones, Floods and earthquakes, etc. Proper
planning can reduce the potential damage from disasters in terms of losses to human lives,
assets, and environmental damage and rehabilitation costs. The proposed AP-ADE Park is
located in Anantapuramu district. As per the Multi Hazard zone Map, project location falls in
wind and cyclone low damage risk zone (33 m/s), Earthquake low damage risk zone and No
flood zone.
Based on the climatological data of Anantapuramu the average annual rainfall of the district
is 549 mm, which ranges from 0.8 mm rainfall in February and March to 136.7 mm in
September. September and October are the wettest months of the year.
7.3.4.1 Disaster Management Plan for Floods/ Cyclones
Though the study area experiences no flood and low cyclone damage zone with the wind
velocity of 33 m/s, the following management plan is proposed for Floods/Cyclones.
Community awareness should be built up so that people respond effectively to the flooding.
Persons living in the low lying parts of floodplains, areas below unsafe. Some aspects of
flood planning and response are:-
 Issuing warnings at the local levels
 Participating in flood fighting by organizing work parties to repair
 Embankments or clear debris from drainage areas, pile sandbags
 Stockpile needed materials
 Facilitating agricultural recovery
 Planning emergency supplies of flood and clean drinking water
 To conduct trainings on search and rescue for Search and Rescue
 Terms formed at District, Taluka and Village level from time to time
The rough weather operations will be controlled in three stages:

Page 7-28
 Green Status – The operations will be carried out as planned.

 Yellow Status – This is an alert stage indicating possibility of rough weather. Still
operations can be continued with all emergency precautions
 Red Status – Emergency situations or rough weather; operation will be suspended.
The main components of the DMP for cyclones will include the following:
 Pre-Disaster (or Pre-Cyclone/Flood) Plan
 On (or During Cyclone/Flood) Disaster Plan
 Post (or After Cyclone/Flood) Disaster Plan
Pre-Cyclone/Flood Plan
Pre-Cyclone/Flood Measures: The proposed AP - ADE Park will maintain and exchange
information continuously with the local IMD authorities for continuous updates of
meteorological conditions in general and emerging / predicted weather phenomenon such as
cyclones and rainfall in particular. Upon issue of a cyclone/flood warning by the IMD, the
management would immediately initiate the Pre-Cyclone/flood Measures.
Pre-Cyclone/Flood Exercise: On signalling of a cyclone alert, the Control Room will be
manned 24 hours a day for disaster management. The ‘Weather Signals’ depending on the
data available about the cyclone and it’s threat perception will be informed to all personnel.
The different personnel of AP - ADE Park would assume their roles and responsibilities as
previously identified for disaster management. The standby arrangement for power supply
will be checked. Pre-identified ‘Rescue Centres’ will be kept ready. A pre-alert will be issued
regarding suspension of all operations in case of emergency and to await instructions
regarding the same. Communication system including standby arrangement will be tested for
working condition. Vehicles involved in rescue operations will be checked for working
condition.
The following Flood warning messages will also be given:
 Flood Alert – Flooding is possible
 Flood Warning – Flooding of homes, businesses and main roads is expected
 Severe Flood Warning – Severe flooding may cause Imminent danger
 All Clear – No Flood Alerts or Warnings are in force
 When a flood warning message is received, an Emergency team In-charge shall alert
relevant agencies. The following advice shall be given to the Public:
 Flood warning: 'GO IN, STAY IN, TUNE IN'
 Stay calm
 Ensure that neighbours know of the warning, and be prepared to help them
 Monitor local radio
 Make a flood kit: medications, warm clothing, sealed food, blankets, matches, candles,
flashlights, portable radio, spare batteries, rubber gloves, personal documents.
During Cyclone/Flood Plan: The emergency alarm siren will be raised as per the ‘Alarm
System’. All personnel will be evacuated except essential operational personnel and
personnel dealing with disaster management. Power supply will be disconnected and
alternative power supply will be restored in essential operational areas. Depending upon the
scale of potential flooding, the following steps shall be taken:
 Care of evacuated, hurt or homeless people
 Protecting of utilities
 Availability of transport
 Flood alleviation e.g. clearing blocked culverts and drains

Page 7-29
 Providing emergency health advice

 Providing road barriers and signs
 Coordinating emergency support
Post Cyclone/Flood Plan: This would be the rescue and rehabilitation stage after passing of
the cyclone/floods. The damages would be assessed and rehabilitation work initiated to
restore operations at the earliest. The records of the events during the cyclone will be
maintained and reviewed for possible enhancements to the DMP.
The important Do’s and Don’ts after Flood
 There is a possibility of spread of water borne diseases after flood, and hence medical
treatment should be taken immediately.
 Do not go near the riverbank even after the floodwater has receded.
 Sprinkle medicines in the stagnant dirty water.
 Check properly all the electric circuits or electric like motor pump etc. Check whether any
inflammable or explosive item has not entered along with the floodwater.
 Switch off the main electric supply, if any damage is noticed to the electric equipment.
 Sewerage system should be checked and any damage should be repaired immediately
so as to curtail spread of diseases.
 Check gas leakage which can be known by smell of gas
 Rescue work should be undertaken immediately after flood situation as per the
instruction. Do not follow any shortcut for rescue work.
7.3.4.2 Earthquakes
Proposed site and entire Anantapuramu district falls under Zone-II (Low Risk Zone), the site
is not highly sensitive to earthquakes. Apart from all design & structural measures following
are important for management of earthquakes:
Before Earthquake:
 All employees shall be familiar with the location of first aid kits, fire alarms, and
extinguishers, as well as personnel with first aid skills.
 Site evacuation plan and emergency assembly points shall be available at all locations.
During Earthquake:
 Do not panic
Inside a Building:
 Take cover immediately under a desk, table, or chair, in a corner away from windows,
along a wall in a hallway, or in a structurally strong location such as a hall by a pillar.
 Watch for falling objects such as light fixtures, bookcases, cabinets, shelves, and other
furniture that might slide or topple. Stay away from windows. Do not run outside.
 Do not dash for exits since they may be damaged and the building's exterior brick, tile,
and decorations may be falling off.
 Do not use the elevators.
 If fire breaks out, drop on the floor and crawl towards the exit
Outside a Building:
 Remain outside, preferably in a vehicle.
 Stay clear of electrical wires, poles, trees, or anything that might fall.
After a MAJOR Earthquake:

Page 7-30
 Listen to radio -TV and other media for Government Announcement

 Examine walls, floors, doors, staircases and windows to make sure that the building is
not in danger of collapsing
 Do not enter into the unsafe or risky houses or buildings
The site emergency controller shall:
 Check for injuries to personnel in your area. Do not attempt to move seriously injured
persons unless they are in immediate danger. Render first aid assistance if required.
 Check for fires or fire hazards, spills of flammable or combustible liquids, or leaks of
flammable gases. These activities must not significantly delay departure from the building
or put the Evacuation Warden in danger.
 For small isolated spills, use spill clean-up procedures as outlined in Standard Operating
Procedures (SOPs). If SOP or chemical spill (if any) clean up kit is not available, then
evacuate personnel and notify authorities. For larger spills, evacuate building and notify
authorities.
 Turn off ignition and heat sources if properly trained and it is safe to do so.
 Shut off all gas sources if trained to do so.
 Exit the building, if possible, and go to the EAP to report on injuries, damages, and
potentially hazardous conditions. Take emergency/first aid kit and personal belongings.
 Switch off all electric lines
7.3.4.3 Thunderstorm and Lightning strikes
Thunderstorm is invariably accompanied by lightning. A single stroke of lightning has

125,000,000 volts of electricity. That’s enough power to light a 100 watt light bulb for more
than three months or enough to seriously hurt or kill someone. Knowing what steps to take in
the event of an oncoming thunderstorm or lightning can save lives. Better management
practices such as turnoff electric transmission, supply etc. shall be followed.
7.3.5 Fire Protection Facilities
7.3.5.1 Fire Protection Facilities
In order to provide the best facilities to fight the hazards related to fire, the following fire
protection services with automated response system are conceived:
 Dedicated fire fighting water network
 Fire stations strategically located within AP-ADE Park
In addition to this, the statutory requirements (as per Development Control Rules) for fire
fighting provisions within individual industrial plots to be enforced as a part of the
development guidelines. As per this, each industrial unit should have storage tank + fire
pumps + hydrants.
Fire mitigation system consists of Fire station, fire fighting facilities, fire water storage and
Distribution system is proposed in AP-ADE Park.
7.3.5.2 Fire Detection and Alarm System
Fire detection and alarm system can be provided for the entire area which will be
microprocessor based Intelligent Analog Addressable type. The system will consist of central
monitoring station located in unit control room. A comprehensive fire detection and protection

Page 7-31
system will be envisaged for the complete power station. This system will generally conform
to the recommendations of TAC and NFPA (latest edition).
7.3.5.3 Automated Response System
An automated fire fighting system for the AP-ADE Park will be conceived to respond to fire
outbreak without any delay in response time. The automated system mainly includes means
of detection, actuation and delivery. The fire detectors could be operated mechanical or
electrical means as explained below:
 Mechanical detection uses fusible-link or thermo bulb detectors that are designed to
separate at specific temperatures and thus actuate alarm system
 Electrical detection uses heat detectors equipped with self-restoring, normally open
contacts which close when a predetermined temperature is reached. These detectors are
connected to alarm systems which activate the delivery system.
The fire detectors along with an alarming system shall continuously monitor facilities
throughout the project site in case of a fire outbreak. The fire detection devices (smoke
detector, thermal detector, infrared flame detector, manual alarm, limit switch, flow switch,
etc.) to be placed at identified locations. Signals are then transferred by local fire control
panels to the main fire control. The main control room/ fire stations are alerted of the need for
fire-fighting or evacuation efforts once the signal has been processed by software in the main
fire control panel.
The delivery system will be accomplished by means of piping and nozzles or sprinkler
system. Though commonly water is used as the exclusive fire suppression agent, it still has
its limitations. Different extinguisher types along with water and fire fighting media are given
in the Table 7-4.
Table 7-4: Fire Extinguishing Agents – Forms and Ranges of Application
Extinguish Agent Extinguish Device Extinguish Effect Typical Application
Water extinguishers Cooling effect Small fires
House steams Cooling effect Small and large fires
Preventing the spread of openings
Water curtains Cooling effect
Water and cooling exposed surfaces
Sprinkler systems Cooling effect Controlling fires at early stage
Where very rapid development and
Deluge systems Cooling effect
spread of fires to be expected
Aqueous film forming Fixed and mobile extinguish Smoothing effect and Flammable liquid fires and covering
agent system cooling effect large fires
Foam - high density Portable extinguishers and Cooling effect and
Flammable liquid fires
foam fixed extinguishers systems smoothing effect
Foam- medium Portable extinguishers and Cooling effect smoothing
Flammable liquid fires
density foam fixed extinguishers systems effect
Smoothing effect minor
High expansion foam Fixed extinguishers systems Fire in storage tanks
cooling effect
Portable extinguishers and
Anti-catalytic effect, I.E,
Dry chemical fixed and mobile extinguishers Small and large fires
oxidation reaction stopped
systems
Fires involving electrical and
Gas Portable extinguishers Displacement of oxygen/ air electronics equipment, flammable
liquid fires
Fires involving electrical and
Fixed and mobile
Co2 Smoothing effect electronics equipment, flammable
extinguishers systems
liquid fires
Halons Portable fixed and mobile Anti-catalytic effect Fires involving electrical and

Page 7-32
Extinguish Agent Extinguish Device Extinguish Effect Typical Application

extinguishers systems electronics equipment, flammable
liquid fires
Portable extinguishers and
Vaporizing liquids fixed and mobile extinguishers Cooling and smoothing Small to large fires
systems
Portable extinguishers, fixed &
Wet chemical agents Cooling and smoothing Small to large fires
mobile extinguishers systems
7.3.6 Offsite Emergency Plan
Under the Environmental Protection Act, the responsibility of preparation of Off-Site

Emergency plan lies with the State Government. The Collector/Deputy Collector is ordinary
nominated by State Government to plan Off-Site Emergency Plan. The District Collector or
his nominated representative would be the team leader of planning team, who shall conduct
the planning task in a systematic manner.
The members of planning team for off-site emergencies are Collector/Deputy Collector,
District Authorities in charge of Fire Services and police and members drawn from Medical
Services, Factory Inspectorate, Pollution Control Board, Industries and Transport. In addition
to these members, there are Co-opted Members also from district authorities concerned, civil
defence, publicity department, Municipal Corporation, and non-official such as elected
representative (MPs, MLAs, voluntary organization, non- governmental organizations, etc.).
Offsite emergency plan for proposed AP - ADE Park shall be prepared based on consultation
with district authorities, district Disaster Management Plan. Off-site emergency plan would
follow the on-site emergency plan. When the consequences of an emergency situation go
beyond the proposed AP - ADE Park boundaries, it becomes an off-site emergency. Off-site
emergency is essentially the responsibility of the District administration. However, the AP -
ADE Park management will provide the District administration with the technical information
relating to the nature, quantum and probable consequences on the neighbouring population.
The components of an offsite emergency plan would include:
 Identification of locations of hazardous or dangerous substances, personnel and
emergency control rooms.
 Technical information such as chemical and physical properties, dangers etc.
Background information, past accidents, control techniques and effects of hazardous
materials of relevance.
 Identification of facilities and transport routes for toxic materials if any.
 Contact for further advice such as meteorological information, transport, temporary food
and accommodation, first aid and hospital services, water, etc.
 Establishing communication links including firefighting materials, damage control and
repair items.
 Detailing emergency response procedures.
 Notification to public at large.
 Evacuation arrangements.
 Press/media handling.
 Addressing longer term environmental clean up
7.3.6.1 District Disaster Management Committee
Under the provisions of the Andhra Pradesh Disaster Management Rules 2007, besides
setting up State Disaster Management Authority (SDMA), district level District Disaster

Page 7-33
Management Authority (DDMA) under the chairmanship of the District Collector is mandated.
The composition of the DDMA is given in Table 7-5.
Table 7-5: Disaster Management Authority – District Level
S. No Personal responsible Designation
1. The Collector and Magistrate of the district Chairperson, ex officio
2. Chairperson of the Zilla Parishad of the district Co-Chairperson
3. Superintendent of Police of the district Ex officio
4. Joint Collector Chief Executive Officer
Project Director, District Rural Development Agency (DRDA) of the
5. Ex officio
district
6. Chief Executive Officer of the Zilla Parishad of the district Ex officio
7. District Medical and Health Officer of the district Ex officio
7.3.7 Conclusion
The Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is prepared in conjunction with and taking into
consideration all technical reviews and suggestions as per acceptable norms. These details
shall be considered as guidelines for preparation of individual DMP by other member
industries based on respective (industry specific) detailed risk analysis.
7.4 Traffic and Transportation Management

Traffic assessment includes both internal traffic and external traffic assessment based on the
traffic generated from the project site. For the external traffic, traffic surveys carried out for
the existing road networks of the project region was reviewed thoroughly and analysed for
present and future traffic scenario. The increase in traffic due to the development of AP-ADE
Park has been assessed and the capability of the existing/proposed road network was
analysed.
7.4.1 Generated Traffic
Generated Traffic is the traffic generated due to production activity by AP-ADE Park project.
It includes both commercial and passenger traffic movements. Type of industries & their
activities and certain assumptions are made to assess the generated traffic.
7.4.1.1 Commercial Traffic
The commercial traffic estimated for the proposed AP-ADE Park is given in Table 7-6. The
number of trips for the commercial traffic is estimated based on the assumption that the
same number of trucks entered will return from AP-ADE Park.
Table 7-6: Estimated Commercial Traffic
S. No. Total Trucks (trips/day) Total Trucks (PCU/day)
1. 1590 4771
7.4.1.2 Passenger Traffic
The passenger traffic for the AP-ADE Park consists of two components i.e. Internal – Internal
and External – Internal or Internal – External. The estimated passenger traffic for Internal –
Internal circulation is given in Table 7-7.

Page 7-34
Table 7-7: Passenger Traffic (Internal – Internal Circulation)

Type of Vehicle Total Trips per day PCU per day
2W 3693 2770
Car 443 443
Taxi 591 591
IPT 133 133
Cycle 2127 1595
Bus 118 354
Total Passenger Traffic for Internal –
7105 5886
Internal Circulation
The estimated passenger traffic for External – Internal or Internal – External is given in Table
7-8.
Table 7-8: Passenger Traffic (External – Internal or Internal – External)
Type of Vehicle Trips per day PCU per day
2W 3338 2504
Car 2003 2003
Taxi 1335 1335
IPT 1001 1001
Cycle 1717 1288
Bus 429 1287
Total Passenger Traffic for External
9823 9418
– Internal or Internal – External
7.4.2 External Traffic Analysis
Traffic surveys carried out for the existing road networks of the project region was reviewed
thoroughly and analysed for present and future traffic scenario. The projections of the total
traffic generated on the external road i.e. NH-44 due to development in the region is given in
Table 7-9.
Table 7-9: Traffic Generated on NH-44 due to Development in the Region
LMV/Good Total Total
2W Auto Car Bus LCV 2A 3A MAV Others
Auto Vehicles PCU
4168 771 5930 881 1709 1031 1456 2444 1191 199 19700 34892
7.4.3 Traffic Projections due to AP-ADE Park
The total traffic generated from AP-ADE Park will join NH-44 to reach any of its destinations
as the project site is located adjacent to it. The forecasted traffic considering the total traffic
(AP-ADE Park Generated Traffic and Normal Traffic) in the year 2022 on NH-44 is given in
Table 7-10.
Table 7-10 Traffic Forecast on NH-44
LMV/Good Total Total
2W Auto Car Bus LCV 2A 3A MAV Others
Auto Vehicles PCU
10844 771 12606 3455 1709 2621 1456 2444 3193 2773 40936 58495
7.4.4 Conclusion
The external road network may get affected by the traffic generated by the proposed
development. Hence, external road capacity analysis is carried out to check whether the
existing roads are sufficient to accommodate the generated traffic apart from the existing

Page 7-35
traffic. The following guidelines were considered for this according to IRC: 64-1990
Guidelines for Capacity of Roads in Rural Areas:
 The design service volume for four lane divided carriageway (i.e. 14 m wide road and 1.5
m wide paved shoulders on either side) with Level of Service (LOS) ‘B’ is 40,000
PCU/day.
Based on the above guideline, it has been concluded that considering the full-fledged
industrial development of the region and proposed development of AP-ADE Park would
require widening of NH44 to 6 lane by NHAI.
7.5 Social Impact Assessment
7.5.1 Social Impacts during Construction Phase
7.5.1.1 Land Acquisition
ADE Park has obtained the possession of land. No R&R is envisaged.
7.5.1.2 Impact on Nearby Settlements
The impact on nearby settlements during construction phase will be due to air pollution and
the noise generating activities.
However, the activities are limited to the construction phase and will cease upon completion
of the construction. Hence, this impact is considered to be negligible and therefore can be
classified as insignificant.
Dust suppression measures such as sprinkling of water and suitable enclosures around the
high noise generating areas within construction area will be provided. Mobile STPs/soak pits
are proposed for domestic effluents.
Ambient noise levels will be monitored at regular intervals. Noise generating equipment will
be provided with suitable enclosures such that cumulative noise will be within the permissible
limits. Operation of vehicles shall be carried out only during non-peak hours and Speed limits
shall be restricted and will be within the limits. Noise and pollution generated from
construction activities will be predominantly confined within the project site. Impacts due to
these activities would be short-term in nature and localised.
Though the Bandameeda Palli Thanda access to Palasamudram through west cart road will
be blocked, they shall be continuing to access through East Cart road and hence no
significant impact.
7.5.1.3 Construction Workers Camp
Construction of AP-ADE Park requires work force. To ensure that there is no strain on the
existing infrastructure, worker camps will be self-sufficient and would not relay on local
resource. This would also ensure that there will be no conflict with the local population.

Page 7-36
Further the worker camp will be located well within the project boundary. The basic
infrastructure facilities like water supply, sanitation, power supply etc., will be provided in the
workers camp.
7.5.1.4 Employment Potential
The Total employment generation due to the proposed project can be primarily divided into
two categories, direct employment and indirect employment.
During the construction phase, proposed project is expected to generate a total of 250-500
employment. This include Skilled (Engineers and other officials), semiskilled and unskilled
labour. The local employment could be higher for semi-skilled and unskilled labour due to the
availability of this category at local level.
7.5.2 Social Impacts during Operation Phase
7.5.2.1 Employment Potential
During the operation phase the Industrial Park is expected to bring a direct employment of
2500 personnel. Around 2.5 times the direct employment may be in the form of indirect
employment in the area.
7.5.2.2 Public Health and Safety
The industries operating within the APADE Park will be belonging to the sectors of Aero-
engine Components, Electric & Electronics, Armaments and Related Equipment, Auto flight
Systems and Equipment, Landing Gear, Standard Parts, Aviation Services, Training Skills
etc. Suitable safety/mitigation measures and procedures will be followed during the operation
of these industries/facilities.
Industrial wastewater shall be treated in the proposed CETP and domestic wastewater
will be treated in the proposed CSTP. Treated water will be recycled/reused within the
industry premises. Air pollution generating industries shall be using the air pollution control
equipment and the pollution level shall be monitored by APPCB authorised agencies.
Compliance report shall be sent to APPCB on a regular basis. The solid waste generated
from the proposed project will be segregated as Municipal waste, Hazardous waste & E-
Waste. Municipal waste generated will be disposed to local bins for further treatment and
disposal. Individual industries generating hazardous waste shall be sent through authorized
waste handler for further treatment and disposal. E-Waste generated will be collected, stored
and transported to authorised recyclers.
An effective Disaster Management Plan (DMP) which includes Onsite and Offsite emergency
plan shall also be prepared and will be followed to minimize the probability of occurrence of
emergency situations and mitigate the impacts.

Page 7-37
Chapter 8
Project Benefits
Chapter 8 Project Benefits

The economy of India is a developing mixed economy. It is the world's sixth largest economy
by nominal GDP and the third largest by purchasing power parity (PPP). The annual GDP
growth for India is 6.67%10. India growth is projected at the rate of 7.4 % in 2018 thus
becoming the fastest growing economy in the world11. Progressively Government has to
setup Industrial Parks/Estates, SEZs, etc. along with encouraging Government and Private
partnerships in order to further progress the growth and provide an internationally
competitive environment for companies. In order to augment the growth, the state of Andhra
Pradesh has planned multitude of development options in industrial sector. The proposed
project is one such development to improve economy and employment generation with
sustainable development.
8.1 Importance of Aerospace and Defence sector in the National

Context12
India has the third largest armed forces and the eighth highest defence expenditure in the
world. With 60-70% of its defence needs met through imports, India is the largest importer of
conventional defence equipment in the world. National security and Geo-Political
requirements present an ever growing need to build additional capability through new capital
acquisition. In addition the civilian aerospace sector is in itself a large evolving industry that
already services many of its requirements from India. All of this presents enormous
opportunities for companies looking to grow in these sectors. With a supply of skilled
engineers, scientists and IT professionals, expectations are high that Indian companies and
the country will play a vital role across the A&D value chain including research, design,
development manufacturing, maintenance, quality control and training. Some estimates state
that defence offsets with approximately $4.53 Billion worth of contractual offset obligations
are to be met in next five to six years. The next decade will undoubtedly see India as an
important part of this sector globally.
Government of India (GoI) has made the development and growth of the indigenous A&D
sector a high priority. Under the over-arching framework of the "Make in India" program,
Government of India announced the Defence Procurement Procedure [DPP) 201,6 which
provides a massive thrust to sector. With the aim of making India a self-reliant nation in
defence production, Government of India has taken farsighted steps that encourage
indigenization and attract global industry players to manufacture in India. Overall, these
initiatives provide a boost to indigenous design, development and manufacturing of defence
equipment, A&D platforms and sub-systems while at the same time removing bottlenecks in
the procurement processes. DPP 2016 also refines the 'Make' procedure to ensure
increased participation from the Indian industry. Enhancing the role of MSMEs in Defence
sector is an important aspect of the new policy. Government of India has increased the
Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) limits for the Defence sector to 49% making it even higher
for those foreign investors who provide state-of-the-art technology to the nation. The
licensing requirements for Defence products have been relaxed making it easier for to enter
into the A&D supply chain. These initiatives will undoubtedly encourage global OEMs and
private sector manufacturers to expand and setup new manufacturing bases in India.
10
https://data.worldbank.org/country/india
11
International Monetary Fund, January 2018
12
Aerospace and defence Policy 2016, Industries and Mines Department , GoG

Page 8-1
With encouraging regulatory enablers, on-going defence modernization plans, the central
Government's thrust on 'Make in India' and keen industry interest, the Indian A&D industry
seems set on the path of higher trajectory growth. Greater indigenization will not only make
India self-reliant in the defence sector, it will also help in creating huge employment
opportunities for young engineers, operators and the workforce in general.
8.2 Market Scenario13

India’s Aerospace & Defence (A&D) sector is at an inflection point. Various estimates put
A&D expenditure on acquisitions at around INR 5 lakh crore (US$ 100 Billion) over the next
10 years. Robust growth potential of the industry is attracting Original Equipment
Manufacturers (OEMs) in A&D sector to setup facilities in India thereby providing tremendous
opportunity for participation of Indian companies.
The Defence Procurement Policy (DPP-2011) has included civil aviation equipment in the list
of direct offsets. This has boosted the Indian aviation market and by 2017, the same is
projected to be among the three largest markets globally. The MRO segment in India is
estimated to reach INR1300 crore by 2020. Given the labour intensive nature of MRO,
several leading MRO companies, OEMs and international airlines have outsourced heavy
maintenance work to India.
8.2.1 Aerospace
Indian aerospace market is one of the fastest-growing in the world. It is driven by India’s
expanding consumer base consisting primarily of airlines, businesses and high net worth
individuals.
 With a size of US$ 16 Billion, the Indian civil aviation industry is ranked amongst the top
10 globally. It also presents a US$ 82 Billion market opportunity in 2010-20 cumulatively.
 The aviation sector is growing rapidly in India, driven by a significant increase in the
passenger traffic that has recorded an annual growth of over 41% during the period
2012-14.
 The Indian space program, run by the Indian Space Research Organization (ISRO) and
its affiliates is among the most advanced in the world. Recent mega-missions such as the
Chandrayaan and Mangalyaan, coupled with one of the most vigorous satellite programs
in the world (Antrix, the commercial arm of ISRO, is tasked with commercialization and
promotion of space products, technical consultancy services and transfer of technologies
developed by ISRO) are expected to invigorate the sector.
8.2.2 Defence
With 1.81% of its GDP (2014-15) spent on defence, India has the 9th highest defence
expenditure in the world (in absolute terms).
 The allocation for defence in the FY 2015-16 budget is approximately US$ 40.4 Billion
(excluding pensions and civil expenditure).
 India spends about 40% of its total defence budget on capital acquisitions, of which 70%
by value is spent on imports, making India the largest importer of defence equipment in
the world.
13
Aerospace and Defence Policy, GoAP

Page 8-2
 However, with the recent push for domestic manufacturing, aided by the ‘Make in India’
program and increased FDI permissible in the sector, this ratio is set to change in favour
of domestically manufactured products.
8.3 Importance of Aerospace and Defence sector in the Andhra Pradesh

Context
Government of Andhra Pradesh has identified Aerospace and Defence Manufacturing as
thrust sector for industrial development. The Sector has tremendous potential to generate
upstream & downstream investment opportunities and foster innovation & growth.
The Aerospace and Defence Manufacturing Policy 2015-20 aims to generate at least 5,000
additional highly skilled employment opportunities and attract new investments of at least
INR 20,000 crore in this sector by 2020. Furthermore, it aims to attract at least 4 anchor units
and at least 10% of all offset obligations discharged by companies in India.
Development of Aerospace and Defence Manufacturing sector in Andhra Pradesh is
predicated on robust infrastructure such as excellent port logistics, industrial corridors, large
land bank, 24x7 power and conducive environment for business & enterprise to thrive.
Cognizant of the need to expand talent pool and deepen industry-specific skills, the Policy
focuses on industry-academia partnerships promoting scalable for-profit vocational training
and capacity building for in-plant training.
The Policy encompasses a holistic package of incentives on infrastructural support,
subsidizing common infrastructure development, aiding marketing, patenting, quality
certification and Research & Development. To develop a healthy ecosystem, special
incentives are formulated for Anchor Units.
8.4 Locational Advantage of AP for A&D Sector

Andhra Pradesh is strategically located on the south eastern coast of India and is a natural
gateway to East and Southeast Asia. The state has a population of 4.93 crore (as per
population census - 2011), accounting for 4% of country’s population, residing in 4.9% of
country’s geographical area. Andhra Pradesh has abundant natural resources (barytes,
limestone, bauxite, and a number of minor minerals), fertile land and river basins, water
resources, extensive canal system and conducive agro-climatic conditions
The State occupies a strategic position in terms of opportunities for the Aerospace and
Defence sector. The State has three functional domestic and one international commercial
airport. This is in addition to a naval airport at Visakhapatnam. The state further plans to
develop eight new airports, which include Greenfield airport at Bhogapuram (near
Visakhapatnam), five Greenfield no frills airports at Kuppam, Dagadarthi, Oravakallu, Ongole
and Tadepalligudem & two brownfield no frills airports at Donakonda and Nagarjuna Sagar.
The state also plans to develop a Greenfield International Aerotropolis infrastructure project
spread over 7500 acres in Visakhapatnam district. The State also has a large naval presence
in Visakhapatnam (which is also the headquarters of the eastern naval command). It hosts
primary spaceport for ISRO at Sriharikota and has National Atmospheric Research
Laboratory at Gadanki near Tirupati.
The other Tactical advantages that Andhra Pradesh offers are
 Excellent Port Logistics

Page 8-3
 Large Land Bank

 Reliable Infrastructure
 Abundant availability of skilled manpower
 Technology Competitiveness
 Ease of Doing Business
 Skill Development initiatives
In addition, the proposed AP-ADE Park location is close to Karnataka State which is home to
several aerospace organizations like HAL, NAL, ISRO, DRDO, ADA, DARE and BEL.
8.5 Induced Development

The proposed AP-ADE Park would bring several benefits in the nearby region and in turn
lead to the faster development of the country. The various developments are as follows.
 Skill development and Training to the local population
 Localizing the global/domestic value chain
 Technology transfer
 Foreign Direct Investment
 Improved working condition
 Shifting of manpower resources from low productivity to high productive activities
 Augmentation of existing clusters
 Diversifying the local industrial base
 Shifting activities from unorganized to organized sector
 Convergence of population and thereby enhanced local consumption and spending
 Project development will also attract hotel business, banking sector, small eateries,
construction, transport and other supply services
 Better quality of educational and medical facilities to the local people
Thus the proposed project is further acting as catalyst to industrialization and urbanization of
the region
8.5.1 Expected Growth Aspects
The proposed project is expected to bring multi-fold growth aspects not only to region but
also at National & International level such as:
 Newer investment opportunities  Improvement of infrastructure facilities
 Newer Income generation resources  Better work environments
 Increase in trade activities  Regular jobs
 Increase in Foreign Direct Investment  Regional business to be diversified
 Technology transfer  Assistance to ancillary Industries
 Generation of employment  Shifting activities from unorganized to organized
 Leveraging of the demand & supply sector
 Increase in the existing economic growth  Fund mobilization
 Development of Entrepreneurship  Increase in saving and expenditure
 Increase of training to the local population  Sustainable development
 Increase in skilled labour  Enhanced local consumption
 Growth of Women & Vulnerable  Increase in living standards
 Increase in demand of Technical personals  Increase in savings and increased purchasing
 Increase in skill development jobs power

Page 8-4
8.6 Economic Impact of the AP-ADE Park

The estimated investment in the proposed AP-ADE Park will be approximately INR 450
Crores depending upon product to be manufactured. After the project is commissioned, it is
expected that this defence related project will fetch many direct and indirect employment
opportunities.
8.6.1 Generation of Employment
The upcoming AP-ADE Park is expected to bring ample of employment opportunities and
business options. It is expected that once the park will be fully operational it will bring direct &
indirect employment. It is expected to generate employment of 250-500 persons during
Construction Phase and 2500 persons of direct employment and 2.5 times of it will be
indirect employment during the Operation phase.. The employment opportunities will be in
highly skilled to unskilled labour category. Many business opportunities such as transport,
courier, petty shops, residential and commercial requirements shops etc. will be required.
Many opportunities could be explored in the region.
8.7 Enhanced Local Infrastructure

The proposed AP-ADE Park is expected to bring an improvement in the local infrastructure of
the region. There will be probable increase in the infrastructure resources due to the project
in the region by the way of additional/improved transport, communication, health facilities and
other basic facilities being created.
8.8 Enhanced Socio-Economic Conditions

The project will have overall positive impact on the socio-economic conditions of the region.
Proposed development will also create several direct and indirect employment opportunities.
People will have higher earning and buying capacities and their standard of living will
increase.
The quality of life in the region is likely to improve due to the creation of direct and indirect
jobs for the local people. This will result in more than one earning member in the family and
reduce the dependency on a single earner and enable them with better economic freedom.
8.8.1 Improvement in Skillset
Establishment of Aerospace & Defence Electronics Park in the region will have a
requirement of skilled personnel jobs of the sector. Youth of the region will receive an
opportunity to have on-job training there by developing the potential skill quotient availability
in the region and to the National level. This improved skills and jobs will mark towards
capacity development of the region and also is a mark of sustainability for this severe
drought region of Andhra Pradesh.
8.8.2 Women Empowerment
The proposed AP-ADE Park project will enhance the status of women as they will be
engaged in different types of employment opportunities. They will be given training for the job
opportunities. Women earning capacity will help them in participating in the decision making
process in the family as well as community level.

Page 8-5
8.9 Revenue Generation

The project construction and operation will generate revenue for the State and Central
Government by way of payment of royalty, tax, etc. In addition to the above, AP-ADE Park
development will attract investments into the region and thereby contribute to economic
growth of Anantapuramu District and the State of Andhra Pradesh and the country as a
whole.
8.10 Target Beneficiaries

The target beneficiaries due to the project are as follows.
 Local Community of the Nearby Region
 Anantapuramu District and State of Andhra Pradesh
 Government of India
 Indian Aerospace & Defence Industry
 MSMEs in Defence sector
 APIIC, AP-ADE Park and other Member Industries
 Financial Investors and Lenders
8.11 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)

As per the OM F. No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated May 01, 2018, Impact Assessment division,
MoEF&CC, GoI, on Corporate Environment Responsibility, the project of Greenfield or
brownfield have to invest in the CER with the investment fund. Table 8-1 shows the cost to
be incurred for Corporate Environment Responsibility as per the OM F. No. 22-65/2017-IA.III
dated May 01, 2018.
Table 8-1: Cost for CER as per OM dated May 01, 2018
Brownfield Project- % of
Capital Investment/ Additional Capital Greenfield Project -% of
S. No Additional Capital
Investment (in INR) Capital Investment
Investment
1. Less than or equal to INR 100 crores 2.0% 1.0%
Greater than 100 crores to less than or equal to
2. 1.5% 0.75%
INR 500 Crores
Greater than INR 500 Crores to Less than or
3. 0.5% 0.25%
equal to 10000 Crores
4. Greater than 10000 Crore 0.25% 0.125%
The CER for the proposed project will fall under the CER category of Serial No. 2. The
budget for the CER will be 1.5% of the project cost as it is a Greenfield project which is
worked out to INR 3.0 Crores.
The following are the areas/activities identified under Corporate Environment Responsibility
and given along with budgetary provision.
Table 8-2: Identified CER activities along with Budgetary Provision
Total Cost
S. No CER Activities Identified
(INR lakhs)
1 Female Literacy Higher Education at Secondary School level - Merit girls to be awarded 50
Toilets as per the requirements to be constructed in 25 schools to Support Swach Bharat
2 20
Abhiyan
3 Merit Candidates to be given aid for higher education in skill development program 40

Page 8-6
Total Cost
S. No CER Activities Identified
(INR lakhs)
Promotion of Sports among youth, at community hall, youth club giving sponsorship for
4 10
purchasing of sports equipment’s and promotion for participating in various competitions
Solid waste Management Programme ( Supply of Bins for Segregation of Solid Waste) and
5 Training for Safe disposal of Solid waste and Distribution of compost bins to the farmer 20
families
Developmental of infrastructure facilities such as installation of solar power equipped lights
6 25
to Schools, Government Offices and Street Lights Etc.,
7 Assistance to Forest Department to Improve Forest Cover in the Study area 20
Improvement of Infrastructure facilities such as refurbishment of medical facilities
8 30
construction of ward in the hospital
9 Desilting of Village Tanks/Cheruvu and Creation of Rain Water Harvesting Structures 20
Infrastructure facility fund for educational institutes, medical facilities, purchasing of
10 30
ambulance, computers in school for children
Training /Awareness to farmers in the nearby Areas to increase Crop Yield, Optimization
11 10
of Water use (drip Irrigation) and Distribution of Organic Manure
12 Contribution to Disaster Management Fund includes assistance to Formers during Drought 25
Total 300
The above identified activities may be revised based on the concerns which will be raised
during the public hearing according to its merits and priority.

Page 8-7
Chapter 9
Environmental Management
Plan (EMP)
Chapter 9 Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

The Environmental management plan assumed special significance in industrial areas
because of the pollution potential especially in terms of Air, Noise, Water and Solid Waste
Management. This chapter presents an overview of Environmental Management Plan.
The main objectives of Environmental Management are to:
 Identify key environmental issues envisaged to be encountered during construction and
operation phases of the project
 Provide guidelines for appropriate mitigation measures
 Establish systems and procedures for implementing mitigation measures
 Ensure the mitigation measures are being implemented
 Monitor the effectiveness of mitigation measures
 Institutional framework includes the responsibilities for environment management as well
as responsibility for implementing environmental measures
 Take necessary prompt action when unforeseen impacts occur
The anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation measures for each likely impact on the
prevailing environment have been discussed in detail at the respective sections in Chapter
4. The Environmental Monitoring Programme for implementation of proposed mitigation
measures have been discussed in Chapter 6. In this chapter the following specific
Environmental Management Plan/measures are discussed:
 Administrative and Technical Setup for Environmental Management
 Greenbelt development plan
 Solar power harnessing potential
 Rainwater harvesting potential
 Occupational Health and Safety
 Institutional arrangements/framework for Environment Management
 Summary of project activities, associated impacts and mitigation measures
 Budgetary provisions for environment management and corporate environment
responsibility & corporate social responsibility
9.1 Administrative and Technical Setup for Environmental Management

Well qualified personnel with minimum qualification of graduation in the respective discipline
with experience in relevant field shall be considered in the organisation setup of
Environmental Management. However the right person for the right job with right attitude
needs to be the focus criteria while selecting such personnel as qualification criteria alone
has the potential to fail because of lack of concerns and negative attitude towards
Environmental Management.
All the member industries shall appoint experienced persons for the position of Manager
(Environment) for management of Environmental aspects within the individual industrial plant
premises and coordination with AP-ADE Park Environmental Management Cell (EMC).
Administrative relationship between AP-ADE Park and other individual industrial unit is given
in Figure 9-1.
The responsibilities of the Environmental Management Team/Cell shall be as follows:

Page 9-1
 Identify Environmental aspects, normal, abnormal and emergency conditions

 Ensure implementation of standard operating procedures as updated from time to time
 Evaluate any non-conformity to the Environmental standards, as stipulated by different
regulatory agencies
 Ensure and implement necessary corrective actions
 Establish procedures for reporting, document and record control
 Establish and implement procedures for incident and near miss reporting, investigation
and root cause analysis and prescribe corrective action
Figure 9-1: Coordination of EMC of AP-ADE Park
9.1.1 Roles and Responsibilities for Environmental Management
The roles and responsibilities of Developer/AP-ADE Park authority and Member Industry
coming up in the AP-ADE Park are brought out in Table 9-1. These roles and responsibilities
can be shared by AP-ADE Park developer as a part of agreement with member industry and
shall have clear terms on Environmental Management responsibilities.
Table 9-1: Roles and Responsibilities of Developer/AP-ADE Park and Member Industry
S.
Component Responsibility of Developer Responsibility of Member Industry
No.
Evolve very specific plot allotment guidelines with proper Strictly adhere to the plot allotment
Environmental impact mitigation clauses. guidelines and agreement.
General
1. Any violations need proper penal clauses with adequate No pollutant shall be released to
agreement
notice. Three time violators need to be taken to PCB and environment without control measures
later judicial process prior to allowing continuation in the that affect the common people and
AP - ADE Park. environment of the region
Required water for the member industry shall be supplied Water requirement shall be met from
by developer. AP-ADE Park water supply scheme.
The bulk water for the AP-ADE Park will be sourced from Groundwater shall not be withdrawn
Gollapalli Reservoir. Water and respective pipelines shall during operation stages of the project.
2. Water supply
be laid. Groundwater shall not be
Groundwater shall not be withdrawn during operation contaminated by discharge of
stages of the project. Groundwater shall not be pollutants on ground and into streams,
contaminated by discharge of pollutants on ground and ponds and other surface water bodies.
into streams, ponds and other surface water bodies.
3. Water Zero discharge CETP and CSTP are proposed as part of Member industry should treat their

Page 9-2
S.
Component Responsibility of Developer Responsibility of Member Industry
No.
recycle/reuse the development, shall ensure recycle and reuse of effluent up to the CETP inlet standards
treated wastewater. before sending it to the respective
CETP. Sewage from the member
industry should be sent to respective
CSTP. Member industry should adopt
recycle/reuse methodologies to the
extent possible.
Wastewater AP-ADE Park Developer will provide the wastewater The wastewater conveyance (pipeline)
4. collection/ conveyance system through pipeline from the member within industry shall be provided by
conveyance industry member industry.
Wastewater AP-ADE Park Developer shall provide the CETP and Member industry shall treat their
5. treatment and CSTP for treatment of wastewater from the member effluents up to the CETP influent
disposal industry. standards.
Treated
CETP authority shall monitor member industry wastewater Member industry have to monitor the
wastewater
6. holding tank. AP-ADE Park EMC cell monitors the treated wastewater on daily basis as per
monitoring
wastewater on daily basis: CETP inlet standards
protocol
Rainwater Rainwater harvesting pits/recharge wells shall be provided Rainwater harvesting within industry
7.
harvesting at identified locations as per development plan. premises shall be adopted.
Member industry shall have their
independent Hazardous/Non-
hazardous waste collection and
segregation system.
Sludge generated from CSTP shall be composted and will Industries shall have a temporary
be used as manure for greenbelt/ green areas storage facility for 90 days detention
development. which will be designed as per the
Waste
8. requirement. Wastes shall be
management
CETP shall have a temporary storage facility for 90 days periodically disposed through
and the sludge from it shall be periodically disposed to authorized waste handler by the
nearby TSDF. member industry.
Industries shall follow latest applicable
rules for the management of municipal,
hazardous, non-hazardous, E-waste
and Bio-medical waste.
AP-ADE Park shall conduct post project environmental
Industry specific critical pollutants shall
monitoring as per the Environmental Monitoring
Post project be monitored at industry level.
programme suggested for construction and operation
9. environmental Specific requirement of monitoring
phases in Chapter 6.
monitoring shall be carried out as a part of
Specific requirement of monitoring shall be carried out as
compliance to CFE/CFO.
a part of compliance to EC/CFE/CFO.
Developer need to ensure that all regulatory measures Stack monitoring of process and DG
Stack are properly incorporated and all institutional sets shall be carried out by member
10.
monitoring arrangements by developer as well as member industries industry.
are in place.
Greenbelt and green areas shall be
Greenbelt Greenbelt development along AP-ADE Park boundary
11. developed in the industry level as per
development and green areas in common areas shall be developed.
APPCB norms.
Strom water collection within the
Strom water Strom water collection along roads, common areas and industry shall be provided and
12.
management utilities shall be provided discharge facility into the common
storm water drains shall be provided.
Member industry shall provide on-site
13. Truck parking AP-ADE Park level truck parking space shall be provided parking spaces for trucks within the
industry premises.

Page 9-3
9.2 Greenbelt Development

Trees play a vital role in the Environment in preventing the horizontal dispersion of the
pollutants to the surrounding areas. Trees are very suitable and effective for detecting,
recognizing, reducing and controlling air pollution, minimising noise pollution and will also
check soil erosion, make the ecosystem more complete and functionally more stable and
conducive. Owing to their large surface area besides their bio-aesthetical values trees are to
be used as indicators of biological effects of pollutant.
During the development of the greenbelt within the project area, it has to be emphasized that
those native plant species should be planted which are having ornamental value and are fast
growing with excellent canopy cover.
9.2.1 Objectives of Greenbelt Plan
The objectives of Greenbelt development are as follows:

 Prevention of land degradation due to activities during construction phase
 Mitigation of Fugitive Emissions and improve ambient air quality
 Provide a shelter belt around the project area for dust absorption and noise reduction
 Enhancement of the overall Environmental quality
 Conserve soil quality and improve moisture level in ambient atmosphere
 Provide adequate shelter and habitat to the local fauna
 Enhancing the ecological equilibrium of the area
 Increase aesthetic value
 Create awareness for Environmental conservation and tree planting.
 Compliance of the conditions stipulated in the Environment clearance
 Protect human health and prevent pollution
 Generate employment for the local people
9.2.2 Greenbelt Development Plan
The Greenbelt development plan for the proposed AP-ADE Park is based on “Guidelines for
Developing Greenbelt” published by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB).
Greenbelt of 15 m width is proposed along the entire boundary. Large Green pockets are
proposed as green nodes along with amenities and Green connectors are proposed to
connect the peripheral green belt to green nodes. In addition to this, all the industrial units
shall develop green areas within their premises as per the prevailing law (25% of Plot area
as Green Area).
Emphasis shall be on native plant species on the basis of air pollution tolerance index of tree.
9.2.2.1 Design of Green Belt
Green belt will be developed as per CPCB guidelines with concept of three tier greenbelt
development with tall, medium and short height in general.
A survey was conducted with respect to existing forest types and vegetation diversity in the
study area for development of greenbelt around project components. The following
guidelines will be considered in green belt development.
 The spacing between the trees will be maintained at 2x2m

Page 9-4
 Planting of trees in each row will be in staggered orientation

 It is to be ensured that in the front row shrubs will be grown.
 The short trees (<10 m height) will be planted in the first two rows (towards plant/park
side) of the green belt. The tall trees (> 10 m height) will be planted in the outer three
rows (near the boundary)
 One line of tall trees and another line of short trees will be planted near the industrial
blocks to control the fugitive emissions and to reduce the noise.
 Expose the manure pits to direct sunlight for about 15 days and
o If the soil at the site is reasonably good, pits will be filled with 80% site-soil + 20%
composted cow-dung. About 200gm Neem-cake and leaf-litter, grass or
agricultural residue will be added
o If the soil at the site is poor, pits will be filled with 35% site-soil + 35% fertile soil
(from an external source) + 30% composted cow-dung. Neem-cake and other
organic matter will be added as in the previous instance
 Saplings will ideally be planted after the annual rains begin. The saplings would need to
be watered once the rains cease.
 Saplings will be suitably nurtured and maintained. Soil conditioning and fertilizer
application shall be undertaken. If required, suitable soil treatment shall be provided to
ensure good growth of tree cover.
 Construction of temporary shelters of locally available materials such as bamboo and
grass around the growing saplings is recommended in the summer, to help the plants
withstand the hot sun.
 During construction period
o Ground-vegetation should be allowed to shed seeds before cutting or moving it for
mulching. This would leave behind a seed-bank to flourish in the next growing
season, providing a natural source of mulch for the following year.
o Open Burning of bushes and other waste on land must be avoided, as it reduces
soil-quality, and harms the ground-vegetation, amphibians, reptiles and ground
nesting birds.
 Development of greenbelt will start with construction phase and will be continued full-
fledged with operation phase of the proposed AP-ADE Park.
 As a part of improving biodiversity, areas need to be ear marked for the growth of
creepers that are always neglected in green belt development category. Creepers are
becoming increasingly threatened due to lack of concern and selective dereliction of this
species.
The indicative sketch of three tier greenbelt development is given in Figure 9-2.

Page 9-5
Figure 9-2: Indicative Sketch of Three Tier Greenbelt Development
9.2.2.2 Cost estimations for Greenbelt Development
An area of 29.91 acres (12.1 ha) is earmarked for green areas and greenbelt development
apart from green belt within the Industrial Plots and other areas (i.e. 56.58 Acres).
Approximately 30,250 numbers of trees are proposed to be planted in entire AP-ADE Park.
The survival of the plantation shall be monitored frequently and survival rate of the plantation
during operational phase shall not be less than 80%.
A capital cost of INR 12.89 million (1.29 Crores) shall be earmarked for this purpose and INR
of 0.64 million (0.06 Crores) shall be allocated for recurring expenses per annum towards
green belt development and maintenance. The lay out plan of the green plant and green
areas in project site is depicted in the Section-2.6.2. In addition to this, all other industrial
units shall develop green areas within their premises as per the prevailing Andhra Pradesh
Pollution Control Board (APPCB) provisions.
9.2.3 Recommended Species for Plantation
Based on climate and soil characteristics of the study area, some species are recommended
for plantation. The climate of the region is extreme where there is rainfall as well as extreme
heat and soil temperature in summer. The pollutants from stack, dust/fugitive emissions
namely sulphur dioxide, smoke and carbon dioxide along with the noise pollution can be
effectively curbed by planting specific floral species. The recommended species for greenbelt
and plantation are given in Table 9-2.
Table 9-2: Recommended Plants for Greenbelt
S. No Botanical name Local name Importance
Trees - Avenue and Block Plantations
1 Cassia fistula Rela Ornamental and flowers source of food for birds
2 Ficus benghalensis Marri Shade and a source of food for birds
3 Ficus racemosa Medi Edible fruits
4 Ficus religiosa Raavi Shade and a source of food for birds
5 Holoptelia integrifolia Nemalinaara Broad leaves and shady
6 Spathodea companulata Flame of the forest Ornamental avenue tree
7 Syzygium cumini Neredu Edible fruits

Page 9-6
S. No Botanical name Local name Importance

Trees - Avenue and Block Plantations
8 Terminalia arjuna Nallamaddi Timber and shade tree
9 Terminalia catappa Baadam Edible nuts
10 Dendrocalamus strictus Bamboo Sound barrier
11 Syzygium cumini Neredu Evergreen & Edible fruits
12 Sapindus emarginatus Kunkudu Soap nut tree
13 Santalum album Chandanamu Flowering and wood has commercial value
14 Pithecellobium dulce Seemachintha Flowering and a source of food for birds
15 Pterocarpus marsupium Peddaegi Broad leaves and shady
16 Soymida febrifuga Somi Broad leaves and shady
17 Tectona grandis Teku Broad leaves & wood has commercial value
18 Gmelina arborea Gummadi teku Broad leaves & wood has commercial value
19 Madhuca longifolia Ippa, Pedda ippa Broad leaves and a source of food for birds
20 Mangifera indica Mamidi Broad leaves & Edible fruits
21 Psidium guava Jama Fruiting bearing
22 Tamarindus indica Chinta Fruiting bearing
23 Anthocephalus cadamba Kadamba Broad leaved & Fast growing
24 Artocarpus heterophyllus Jackfruit Broad leaved, Fast growing & Fruiting bearing
25 Mitragyna parvifolia Kaim Shady, Native & Fast growing
26 Grevillea robusta Silver oak Shady & Fast growing
Shrubs - Avenue and Block Plantations
1 Alstonia scholaris Edakulapala Evergreen, Pollution resistant
2 Caesalpinia pulcherrima Rathna Gandhi Evergreen and ornamental
3 Cycas revoluta Sago cycad Evergreen and ornamental
4 Nerium odoratum Erra ganneru Evergreen and ornamental
5 Plumeria alba Deva ganneru Evergreen and ornamental
6 Tecoma stans Tecoma Evergreen and ornamental
7 Durantha repens Durantha Evergreen and ornamental
8 Vitex negundo Vavili Native with medicinal importance
9 Hamelia patens Hamelia Evergreen and ornamental
10 Hibiscus rosa sinensis Mandara Evergreen and ornamental
11 Erythrina indica Erythrina Native & ornamental
12 Nyctanthes arboritis Parijatham Native & ornamental
All the above trees & shrubs are typical constituents of the vegetation of Southern Indian
States, particularly Andhra Pradesh & Karnataka and they are also pervasive in
Anantapuramu district.
9.3 Rainwater Harvesting Potential

Rainwater Harvesting (RWH) refers to collection of rain falling on earth surface for beneficial
uses before it drains away as run-off. The recent groundwater estimation as in September
2013, by Central Groundwater Board, Govt. of India classified Gorantla mandal of
Anantapuramu district as Semi Critical. To improve groundwater in the region and as
development activity, rainwater harvesting is proposed within the AP-ADE Park. Rainwater
harvesting and conservation practices reduce the soil erosion, increases soil moisture and
enhance recharge to groundwater body.
Concept of rainwater harvesting lies in
 Tapping the rainwater from where it falls
 Techniques of rainwater harvesting involves channeling and catching the rainwater from
localized catchment surfaces such as roof of a building, plain and sloping ground
surfaces etc. It is easy process to collect rainwater and divert into ponds, vessels or

Page 9-7
underground tanks to store for longer periods and to recharge by construction of RWH
Structures in a suitable sites.
Rainwater harvesting is in two ways
 Direct Use: The process of collecting and storing the rainwater by construction of sump
through filters for future productive use
 Artificial recharge to groundwater: Recharge the rainwater in a scientifically planned
way by construction of rain/roof top water harvesting structures to augment the
groundwater.
The objectives of rain water harvesting are as follows:
 Rainfall – runoff management
 Control soil erosion
 Increase the soil moisture
 Prevent rush of surface flow of water
 Recharge to ground water in favorable areas
 Direct use of harvested rainwater
 Saving in pumping costs from storage tanks to larger extents
9.3.1 Estimation of Rainwater Harvesting Potential
Rainwater Harvesting shall be implemented at proposed AP-ADE Park to conserve

rainwater. Roof top area, greenbelt/green area, road/paved area and open areas proposed in
AP-ADE Park are considered as potential contributors for the rainwater which can be
harvested.
The approximate quantities of rainwater that can be harvested at AP-ADE Park are given in
Table 9-3. The equation used for run off estimation is based on CPCB guidelines on
‘Concepts and Practices for Rain water Harvesting’- Oct 2001.The calculations are based on
following:
 Average annual rainfall is 549 mm based on 1971-2000 IMD data
 Average No of rainy days are 34.3
 Run off co-efficient are considered as given by CPCB guidelines
 Assumed rainfall intensity (I) =53 mm/ hr rainfall as 1 hr heaviest rainfall having 100
years frequency (return period)
The total volume of runoff that can be harvested is 24843.62 m3/ day.
Table 9-3: Estimated Volume of run-off can be harvested
Total
Land Use Volume of
S. Area Available for RWH Area Run Off
Distribution run-off can be
No. (Acres) (m2) Coefficient
in AP-ADE Park harvested
m3/Day
Roof top area (Industrial +
1 47.86 213807 0.7 6163.87
Mixed Use + Utilities)
2 Roads 56.79 229806 0.8 8358.26
Green Areas (Green Nodes
+ Master Plan Green +
3 88.26 337217 0.15-0.2 2435.78
Green areas in Industrial
Plots & Utilities)
4 Others (semi-paved, 66.87 270596 05-0.6 7381.37

Page 9-8
Total
Land Use Volume of
S. Area Available for RWH Area Run Off
Distribution run-off can be
No. (Acres) (m2) Coefficient
in AP-ADE Park harvested
m3/Day
services & utilities)
9.3.2 Harvesting Plan and Recharge Structures
Rain water harvesting can be implemented by adopting following measures:

 Roof-top Rainwater Harvesting
 Storage Ponds/Tanks
 Recharge pits
Rainwater which will be harvested from building roof-tops can be stored at higher level
storage tanks below the roof-top level and be directly supplied by gravity flow to the points of
demand without the process of pumping.
Since the rainfall in this study area is less than 550 mm and occurs only in about 34 days per
annum, AP-ADE Park will adopt water recycling process and the recycled water can be used
for miscellaneous purposes like floor-washing, gardening, etc.
9.4 Solar Power Harnessing Potential

Solar Power Harnessing potential within the AP-ADE Park built up areas is particularly
available at roof tops. The available technologies for generating solar power are mainly Solar
Photo Voltaic (PV) Cells and Solar Thermal. Technology of Solar PV Cells is suitable for
solar power generation with proper utilization of the roof top areas available on the roofs of
buildings/structures within the industry premises. The off grid solar PV system shall be used
for the solar power harnessing.
Basic components that are used to build a solar PV system are as follows:
 Flat Roof Solar PV Panel mounting systems  Off-Grid Solar PV Power Inverters
 Solar PV Panels and solar modules  Solar PV Cables & Connectors
 Solar PV Charge Controllers  Solar PV Generation Meters
 Solar Batteries  AC & DC Isolators
 PV Junction Boxes/PV Combiner Boxes  Solar PV System monitoring
For the purpose of installation of off grid solar PV cells, the suitable buildings and structures
are identified and the roof top areas are considered for calculation of total possible capacity
of installed solar PV.
Only minimum of 15% of roof top area is considered for the estimation of solar power
installation capacity. However this may be further vary based on the type of industry and
residential facilities being housed.
The capacity and approximate cost details for solar power harnessing potential in the
proposed AP-ADE Park are as given in Table 9-4.
Table 9-4: Estimated Installation Capacity and Cost for Solar Power Harness
Cost for installation (considering ~ 8 cr/MW) CroresInstallation capacity/Year
Project
(MWp)
AP-ADE Park 22.7

Page 9-9
The above mentioned roof top areas are approximate and can be firmed up after the
concrete design and engineering of the industries. Based on various technology options
considered, it is recommended that the solar PV cells shall be installed in the available area
of roof tops within the industry premises for the purpose of harnessing solar power by means
of utilizing the available roof top area. Once the final designs for the industries are available,
an implementing agency will be hired for the execution of the project at proper time. The
status of implementation and execution will be submitted to MoEF&CC at regular intervals of
six months during the execution phase.
9.5 Occupational Health and Safety

Occupational health and safety are important aspects of any industry which needs attention
during construction, erection, operation and maintenance phases. Broad framework for
Occupational health and safety measures is presented in this section.
9.5.1 Occupational Hazards
The application of prevention and control measures to occupational hazards should be based
on comprehensive job safety or job hazard analyses.
A qualitative risk ranking or analysis matrix to help identify priorities14 is described in Table
9-5.
Table 9-5: Risk Matrix for Worker Scenarios Based on Likelihood and Consequence
Consequences
Likelihood
Insignificant Minor Moderate Major Catastrophic
Almost certain L M E E E
Likely L M H E E
Moderate L M H E E
Unlikely L L M H E
Rare L L M H H
Legend:
 E: extreme risk; immediate action required
 H: high risk; senior management attention needed
 M: moderate risk; management responsibility should be specified
L: low risk; manage by routine procedures
9.5.2 Personal Protective Equipment
The personal protective equipment (PPE) offers adequate protection to worker, co-workers
and visitors. Proper use of PPE shall be part of recurrent training programs for employees.
Table 9-6 provides the list of PPE which shall be provided in industrial premises by the
member industry:
Table 9-6: Personnel Protective Equipment
Protection
Workplace Hazards Protection Equipment
for
Hazardous materials, cuts or lacerations,
 Gloves made of rubber or synthetic materials
Hand vibrations, Heat radiation, Electrical shock,
(Neoprene), leather, steel, insulating materials, etc.
Contact with oil & grease, Falling of hot slag
14
Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND
SAFETY, IFC and World Bank Group

Page 9-10
Protection
Workplace Hazards Protection Equipment
for
etc.  Asbestos gloves
 Electrical resistance gloves
 Hand sleeves
Falling or rolling objects, pointed objects.  Safety shoes and boots for protection against moving &
Corrosive or hot liquids eg. Welding sparks, falling objects, liquids and chemicals such as Leg-
Foot Striking by objects, Heat radiation, stepping guards,
hot or sharp objects and stepping on sharp or  Leather safety boots,
hot objects  Asbestos safety boots etc.
Flying particles, molten metal, liquid  Safety Glasses with side-shields
Eye and
chemicals, gases or vapours, light radiation  Protective shades,
Face
entering eyes and reflected arc rays  Plain shatter proof lens etc.
Falling objects, inadequate height clearance,
Head and overhead power cords during  Plastic Helmets with top and side impact protection
construction, maintenance etc.
Ear Noise, ultra-sound  Ear plugs or muffs
 Facemasks with appropriate filters for dust removal and
air purification (chemicals, mists, vapours and gases).
Fine dust particles, Dust, fogs, fumes, mists,
Respiratory  Single or multi-gas personal monitors.
gases, smokes, vapours, Oxygen deficiency
 Portable or supplied air (fixed lines).On-site rescue
equipment
Extreme temperatures, hazardous materials,  Insulating clothing, body suits, aprons etc. of appropriate
Body
biological agents, cutting and laceration materials.
 Fire Extinguishers
Fire
Fire  Fire Jackets
.
 Fire Suits etc.
9.5.3 Health Monitoring
Medical surveillance has been prescribed in the Factories Act, 1948 (Amended). Under
section 41C, it is stated that "every occupier of a factory involving any hazardous process
shall:
“Maintain accurate and up to-date health records or, as case may be, medical records of
workers in factory who are exposed to any chemical, toxic or any other harmful substances
which are manufactured, stored, handled or transported and such records shall be
accessible to the workers subjected to such conditions as may be prescribed and provide for
medical examination of every worker, (a) before such worker is assigned to a job involving
the handling of or working with a hazardous substance and b) while continuing in such job
and after he has ceased to work in such job, at intervals not exceeding twelve months, in
such manner as may be prescribed."
Every member industry will establish an occupational health service centre inside industry
premises to promote and maintain physical, mental and social well-being of the employees.
The unit shall be equipped to detect and prevent occupational/work related diseases and
shall offer effective emergency and injury care at work. The centre will develop health
education training packages including use of personal protective equipment for all employees
and impart training accordingly. Occupational Health Service shall arrange to provide
adequate number of First Aid Boxes with approved contents on the shop floor. Ambulance
shall be available to meet any emergency situation. Also a health centre is proposed at AP-
ADE Park.
The records of health check-up of all employees have to be maintained. The occurrence of
occupational health hazards and diseases shall also be maintained. The records may be

Page 9-11
reviewed at intervals of two years to check the effectiveness of various measures

implemented. Based on the review, action plan to improve the effectiveness of occupational
health and safety measures shall be prepared.
9.5.4 Safety
Overall safety of man and material is an important aspect of industry performance. The
safety policy of the industry shall be clearly defined. The developer shall implement separate
safety measures for construction and operation phases and a safety officer shall be
employed by the member industry which shall also coordinate with AP-ADE Park EMC safety
officer.
9.5.4.1 Safety Circle
In order to fully develop the capabilities of the employees in identification of hazardous

processes and improving safety and health, safety circles would be constituted in each area
of work. The circle would consist of 5-6 employees from that area. The circle normally shall
meet for about an hour every week.
9.5.4.2 Safety Training
A full-fledged training center shall be set up at the industry. Safety training shall be provided
by the Safety Officer with the assistance of faculty members visiting from Professional Safety
Institutions and Universities. In addition to regular employees, limited contractor labours shall
also be provided safety training for support during hazards.
9.5.5 Endemic Disease Mitigation Plan
During consultation with villagers in the study area it is understood that there are no major
epidemics in recent years in the study area but the occurrence of certain major diseases
such as Fluorosis and kidney problems are prevalent.
Considering the possibility of increase of the above diseases due to development of
Industrial area in the study area, it is necessary to have an Action plan to mitigate the issue
beforehand.
9.5.5.1 Possible Health Hazards
Industrial Units: The possible Health hazards which may become an Endemic disease or
Occupational illnesses in Long term during construction and operational phase of AP-ADE
Park area are given below:
 Chemical hazards, including heavy metals, such as lead & mercury, organic solvents,
and many other chemicals including paints that are used in AP-ADE Park.
 Physical hazards, such as excessive noise, vibration, extremes of temperature and
pressure, and ionizing and non-ionizing radiation.
 Biomechanical hazards, such as heavy lifting, repetitive or awkward or forceful
movements that result in musculoskeletal disorders, like carpal tunnel syndrome and low
back pain.
 Biologic hazards, such as Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV), hepatitis B and hepatitis
C viruses, the tubercle bacillus, and many other bacteria, viruses, and other
microorganisms that may be transmitted through air, water, food, or direct contact.

Page 9-12
 Psycho-social hazards, such as workplaces where there is high stress due to excessive
demands on workers; stress and hostility resulting from congestion, such as “Road
Traffic”.
9.5.5.2 Occupation Health & Endemic Disease Mitigation Action Plan
Data Collection: Occupational and environmental diseases and injuries can be recognized
at the individual level, which depends on obtaining and assessing an occupational and
environmental history. Before implementation of the Mitigation Action Plan, the health
information of the people in the project area up to 10 km shall be collected from respective
departments (Government/Hospitals). The data shall be collected and the report should be
documented & updated every year.
Mitigation Measures: The following are some of the mitigation measures for Occupational
Health and Endemic diseases:
Immediate Actions:
 Ensure through proper support and training that all employees are aware of hazards and
accept responsibility for working safely during Construction and Operational phases. This
will significantly reduce Occupational Health hazards and illness.
 Ensure presence of a key staff/doctor at the time of emergency to know, what to do if
they suspect a notifiable disease in the surrounding.
 Community based participatory research to identify issues and to assess change for
developing problem/location specific plans.
Long Term Actions:
 It shall be ensured that the respective Government department of Municipality disinfects
residential areas which are around the project site regularly.
 Ensuring provision of necessary medical facilities in the study area. Necessary guidance
shall be provided to enhance the medical facility in the area.
 Periodic health awareness camps and health check-ups should be organised in the study
area to ensure better health standards of the people.
Basic Information Requirements
The following shall be understood before implementing a mitigation measure:
 Possibility of providing additional responsibilities to EHS to take necessary immediate
actions during emergencies.
 Animal welfare – for example, access to feed, provision of sufficient appropriate shelters
shall be analysed.
 Potential alternative methods to control various disease out breaks.
 Consideration of other induced developments
 Possibilities to dissipate information quickly
Monitoring for Endemic Disease Mitigation Activities
 Frequent health check-ups shall be carried out for the workers. Thus the health related
issues within each industrial unit can be analysed.
 Mitigation measures as suggested above shall be updated every year based on the
collected data/information on health conditions of the people living in the study area.

Page 9-13
Information obtained from monitoring of Environmental parameters as provided in Chapter 6

shall be correlated with the health information to provide a clear understanding of pollutant
impacts.
9.6 Institutional Mechanism for Implementation of Mitigation Measures

The effective implementation and close supervision of the Environmental Management to
mitigate the Environmental impacts, which are likely to arise due to the construction and
operational phases of the AP-ADE Park could be achieved through a suitable institutional
mechanism. The proposed institutional mechanism recommended for the implementation of
the mitigation measures is presented in Figure 9-3.
A proper institutional mechanism to understand and implement appropriate Environmental
Management measures during various stages of the project is a pre-requisite and has a
strong bearing for the overall success of the project management. Implementation of the
Environmental Management measures shall become easy once an Environment responsible
team is in place.
Figure 9-3: Implementation Arrangement
9.7 Environment Management Cell (EMC)

Apart from having an Environmental Management Plan, it is also necessary to have a
permanent organizational set up charged with the task of ensuring its effective
implementation of mitigation measures and to conduct Environmental Monitoring. The major
duties and responsibilities of Environment Management Cell are:

Page 9-14
 To implement the Environmental Management plan

 To assure regulatory compliance with all relevant rules and regulations
 To ensure regular operation and maintenance of pollution control devices
 To minimize environmental impacts of operations as by strict adherence to the EMP
 To initiate environmental monitoring as per approved schedule
 Review and interpretation of monitoring as per approved schedule
 Review and interpretation of monitoring results and corrective measures in case
monitored results are above the specified limit
 Maintain documentation of good environmental practices and applicable environmental
laws as ready reference
 Maintain environmental related records
 Coordination with regulatory agencies, external consultant, monitoring laboratories
 Maintain log of public complain and the action taken
The proposed environmental management cell should have all basic record keeping facilities
such as hardware/software facilities, adequate space, vehicle (transport) and basic furniture
and all simple instruments such as GPS, Digital camera, Handheld noise metre etc.
The cell should have all basic environmental management data of the project that includes
but not limited to the following:
 Environmental Impact Assessment Reports (both well preserved soft and hard copy)
 All valid and up to date environmental clearance and consent papers
 All latest Environmental legislations, policies, codes and manuals for ready references
 A list of consultants on environmental management need to be kept with yearly revision
of the list. This will help to receive proper advice in case of an emergency or a
requirement and also to implement day to day environmental management activities.
Over a period of time a system to understand and absorb the new revisions and changes in
the environmental requirements and practices are to be established. This can only be
achieved by regular training and genuine capacity building initiatives. The tentative
organizational set up for Environment Management Cell is given in Figure 9-4.

Page 9-15
Figure 9-4: Tentative Organizational Setup for Environment Management Cell
9.8 Approach towards Voluntary Compliance

During operational phase, AP-ADE Park may adopt an Environmental Management System
(EMS) based on recognized international standards for environmental and safety
management systems (ISO 14001–2015; OHSAS 18001-2007, Social Accountability (SA)
8000-2014. The objective is to establish a system to assess, monitor and manage
environmental performances, which can be used to promote continual environmental
improvement and prevention of pollution. The typical procedure that can be adopted in
formulating the EMS is presented below:
 Identify and list out environmental aspects due to the operation of the proposed project
 Determine the key operations that have significant environmental impacts
 Identify and track environmental legislations, policies, codes and other relevant
requirements
 Establish objectives and targets (Environmental Management Plan)
 Formulate an Environmental Management System (EMS)
For successful implementation of the formulated Environmental Management System, AP-
ADE Park authority shall ensure that the essential resources (with defined roles and
responsibilities) are made available to implement, maintain and improve the Environmental
Management System.
9.9 Audits and Inspections

In addition, the EHS/EMC Department shall be responsible for implementing Compliance
Assurance activities, namely environmental audits. Internal audits and reviews of
environmental procedures shall be conducted annually.

Page 9-16
The EHS Steering Committee, made up of Management Team members, shall conduct
quarterly EHS performance reviews. Any change to the environment wholly or partial is
identified, evaluated and equally corrective actions are taken to better the environmental
performance.
A vital part of EHS practice is to learn from experience, using it as basis to improve the
system. To this effect, periodic inspections and record keeping provides a measure of how
effective programs are and facilitates identification of areas where improvement will be
necessary. Environmental inspections consist of examining all activities and documenting
those actions that are carried out in compliance with environmental clearances,
specifications relating to environmental protection, and mitigation plans approved.
9.10 Summary of Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Various project activities, associated impacts and mitigation measures are summarised in
Table 9-7.

Page 9-17
Table 9-7: Project Activities, Associated Impacts, and Mitigation Measures

Relevant Environmental Likely Impacts and their
S. Proposed Responsible Agency
Activity components likely to be significance in the absence
No. Mitigation Measures for Implementation
impacted of Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase
1. Site levelling/ Air Quality  Exhaust emissions from  To reduce impacts from exhausts, emission control norms will be  Construction
Material vehicles enforced/adhered. Contractors/AP-
transport and  Windblown dust during  All the vehicles and construction machinery will be periodically checked to ADE Park
construction material movement ensure compliance to the emission standards developer/member
activities  Fugitive dust during  Construction equipment and transport vehicles will be periodically washed industries
material unloading to remove accumulated dirt
 Dust suspension during  Providing adequately sized construction yard for storage of construction
site preparation, materials, equipment tools, earthmoving equipment, etc.
construction and  Provide enclosures on all sides of construction site
trenching  Movement of material will be mostly during non-peak hours.
 Emissions from DG sets  On-site vehicle speeds will be controlled to reduce excessive dust
 Emission during suspension in air and dispersion by traffic
Drilling/Pile  Water sprinkling will be carried out to suppress fugitive dust in the project
driving/Blasting activities site
 Environmental awareness program will be provided to the personnel
involved in developmental works
 Use of tarpaulin covers and speed regulations for vehicles engaged in
transportation
 No blasting under unfavourable wind and atmospheric conditions
 Drilling machines will be equipped with wet drilling arrangements or dust
collector
 Provision of PPEs such as Dust masks or enclosure to workmen

Noise Noise/Vibration from following  Noise levels shall be maintained below threshold levels stipulated by  Construction
activities Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) from time to time Contractors/ AP-
 Vehicles transporting  Procurement of machinery/construction equipment in accordance with ADE Park
construction material specifications conforming to source noise levels less than 75 dB (A) developer/member
 Diesel run engines of  Well-maintained construction equipment, which meets the regulatory industries
construction machinery standards for source noise levels, shall be used
 Drilling/Pile  Any equipment emitting high noise, wherever possible, shall be oriented
driving/Blasting activities so that the noise is directed away from sensitive receptors
 Noise attenuation will be practised for noisy equipment by employing
Page 9-18

suitable techniques such as acoustic controls, insulation and vibration
dampers
 High noise generating activities such as piling and drilling shall be
scheduled in day time
 Personnel exposed to noise levels beyond threshold limits shall be
provided with PPE.
 The blasting will be carried out during favourable atmospheric condition
and between 12.00 Noon to 2.00 PM when there is less human activity.
 Provision of sound insulated chambers for the workers deployed on
machines producing higher levels of noise
 Proper quantity of explosive, suitable stemming materials and appropriate
delay system will be adopted to avoid overcharging and for safe blasting.
 Proper blast design will be made to control ground vibration and fly rocks.
 Adequate safe distance from blasting will be maintained.
 Blasting will be carried out only to loosen the strata, thereby reducing the
quantity of explosives used per blast.
Disturbance to Natural  Impact to natural flow of  Due to the proposed Project, there will be minor change/ disturbance to  Construction
Drainage pattern runoff due to blockage the natural drainage pattern and chances of flooding is not significant in Contractors/ AP-
and change of drainage the areas abutting project site as the natural drains are originating from ADE Park
course site. developer/member
 The development within the designated Park area shall be carried out in industries
such a way to ensure proper drainage by providing surface drainage
systems including storm water network, etc. and all the altered drainage
in the footprint area need to be properly connected to the existing natural
drainage system of the region.
 .
 Drainage system will be provided at construction yard. Measures will be
taken to prevent silting of natural drainage due to runoff from construction
areas
 Due to care will be taken during construction to avoid spillage of
construction materials.
Vegetation and Strain on  Loss of vegetation and  Commencement of greenbelt development during construction phase  Construction
existing infrastructure strain on existing especially in terms of nursery development and identification of Contractors/ AP-
infrastructure. indigenous species ADE Park
 The dust pollution must be reduced by sprinkling of water on the roads developer/member
Page 9-19

used for vehicular movement for construction activity. industries
 Temporary workers camp with self-sufficient infrastructure facilities.
Existing Traffic  Traffic addition  NH44 is adjacent to the project site and SH96 & SH87 are at a distance of  Construction
2.0km (South) and 1.7km (South) and transportation will be carried out on Contractors/ AP-
these highways. ADE Park
 Regularization of truck movement developer/member
industries
2. Solid Waste Soil quality  Impacts due to disposal  Construction waste shall be used within project site for filling of low lying  Construction
Management of solid waste on ground areas. Contractors/ AP-
 Excavated soil shall be stockpiled in a corner of the site in bunded area to ADE Park
avoid run off with storm water. developer/member
 General refuse generated on-site shall be collected in waste skips and industries
separated from construction waste.
 Local authorised waste recycler shall be employed to remove general
refuse from the site, separately from construction waste and hazardous
wastes
 Latest applicable rules shall be followed for the management of MSW
hazardous and non-hazardous waste etc.,
 Recyclable wastes will be disposed through APPCB approved vendors
 Burning of refuse at construction sites shall be prohibited.
3. Handling of Human safety and  Fire accidents due to  Adequate safety measures as per OSHA standards will be adopted  Construction
hazardous property loss hazardous material  Construction site will be secured by fencing with controlled/limited entry Contractors/ AP-
materials handling points. ADE Park
 Health Issues  Hazardous materials such as lubricants, paints, compressed gases, and developer/member
varnishes etc., will be stored as per the prescribed/approved safety industries
norms.
 Construction site will be secured by fencing with controlled/ limited entry
points
 Medical facilities including first aid will be made available for attending to
injured workers.
 Handling and storage as per statutory guidelines.
 Positive isolation procedures will be adhered
 Handling and storage of chemicals shall be as per MSIHC rules,
MoEF&CC guidelines with Fire protection system.
 Hazardous and other waste Management Rules, 2016 will be followed for
Page 9-20

environmental sound management of hazardous waste, if any. Hazardous
waste, if any, shall be disposed to nearby TSDF through APPCB/CPCB
approved vendors
4. Water Water scarcity /Pollution to Impacts to the surface  Water requirement during the construction will be met from Gollapalli  Construction
Resources the nearby water bodies water body Reservoir and authorized water suppliers. Contractors/ AP-
 Care should be taken to prevent the contaminated runoff from the ADE Park
construction site to the nearby natural streams, if any developer/member
 Optimized utilization of the water industries
 Wastewater and sewage generated shall be collected at mobile STP or
septic tank with soak pits
5. Land Social/ land  R&R  No R&R  AP-ADE Park
Acquisition  Loss of land  Land is under possession of AP-ADE Park developer
Operational Phase
1. Fuel Storage Air Quality  Fugitive emissions from  Member industry shall use all available air pollution control measures as  AP-ADE Park
in Member Fuel storage, handling appropriate Developer/Member
Industry and and transportation, Stack  DG set emissions shall be within prescribed standards Industries
Stack emissions, DG Sets  Stack height of all industries shall be as per CPCB guidelines
Emissions of  Periodical Monitoring of pollutants
all industries  Greenbelt development
 Traffic addition due to  NH44 is adjacent to the project site and SH96 & SH87 are at a distance of  AP-ADE Park
transportation of raw 2.0km (South) and 1.7km (South) and transportation will be carried out on Developer/Member
material/finished product these highways. Industries
& Vehicular emissions  Speed of the trucks shall be controlled by providing Speed breakers, sign
boards and other appropriate Speed control techniques
 Proper lighting, signboards shall be provided at required locations.
 Geometrics of the existing roads shall be improved at wherever required
(sharp curves, junctions, etc.).
 Widening of NH by NHAI as on when required based on the traffic growth.
 Internal roads are planned with sufficient Lane
 Adequacy
o Sufficient parking facility shall be provided
o Use of PUC certified vehicles
 Use of tarpaulin covers and speed regulations for vehicles engaged in
transportation

Page 9-21

2. Operation of Noise  Increased noise levels  Acoustic Barriers and Enclosures  AP-ADE Park
generators, due to equipment  All transportation vehicles, machinery will be periodically checked to Developer/Member
Pumps, AC, handling and vehicular ensure minimal noise generation to comply OHSAS and ambient noise Industries
Industrial movement standards in the surrounding area
equipment  Personal Protecting Equipment (PPE)
used for  Greenbelt Development
manufacturing  Counselling and traffic regulation
Vibration  Temporary perplexity  Machine and equipment likely to generate vibration shall be fixed based  AP-ADE Park
 Health implication on on the detail designing of foundation. Developer/Member
working continuously in  Machinery equipped with latest vibration-reduction technology shall Industries
vibrating environment minimise the vibrations.
 Vibration dampers shall be provided around the source of generation
3. Water Supply Water resources  Impact on existing water  Total one time raw water requirement for the proposed AP-ADE Park will  AP-ADE Park
resources be about 6.42 MLD for different purposes. Considering the treated water Developer
reuse/recycle of 2.055 MLD, the Net total daily raw requirement or make
up water will be about 4.365 MLD and will be sourced from Gollapalli
reservoir.
 APIIC is developing a 15 MLD Industrial water supply scheme with
Gollapalli Reservoir as water source to meet the water demand for the
KIA Motors India, IP Ammavaripalli, IP Gudipalli I.P and other industrial
developments in Penukonda and Hindupur region. Hence the site has
advantage of uninterrupted water supply..
 No dependent on Ground water or other surface water sources.
4. Solid waste Groundwater and Soil  Impact due to disposal of  Latest applicable rules shall be followed for the management of MSW,  AP-ADE Park
management quality solid waste on ground C&D waste, plastic waste, non-hazardous waste etc., Developer/Member
without treatment  MSW will be given to municipal solid waste handler Industries
5. Wastewater Water Quality of nearby  Impact due to untreated  CETP and CSTP are proposed with recycle and reuse of treated  AP-ADE Park
Discharge streams discharges wastewater Developer/Member
 No untreated Waste Water will be sent out Industries
 Storm Water Drainage System
6. Handling of Fire accidents due to  Human life and loss of  Hazardous and other waste Management Rules, 2016 will be followed for  AP-ADE Park
hazardous products handling property environmental sound management of hazardous waste. Developer/Member
wastes  Hazardous materials will be stored as per the prescribed/approved safety Industries
norms.

Page 9-22

 Temporary storage of hazardous waste within the industry premises for a
period of 90 days.
 Hazardous wastes will be sent to TSDF through APPCB approved
vendors located at Raviguntapalli, Nellore, which is about 209 km from
the AP-ADE Park.
 Medical facilities including first aid will be available for attending to injured
workers
 Emergency alarms, provision of fire hydrant system and fire station.
 Effective Disaster Management Plan (DMP) which covers onsite and
offsite emergency plans.
 Recovery of spills to the extent possible
7. Operation of Socio-economic  AP-ADE Park and associated facilities is likely to generate direct employment of 250 – 500 persons during 
AP-ADE Park conditions of the region Construction Phase and 2500 persons of direct employment and 2.5 times of it will be indirect employment
during the Operation phase. In addition, there is wide variety of jobs that are generated in form of indirect
employment (e.g. hotel business, small eateries, construction, transport, etc.). This project may generate
indirect employment of local people. Local people will be given preference based on their qualification and
skill set. Together with this employment potential, project will help to enhance the socio economic
conditions of the area with better schooling, communication and transport facilities that will be developed/
triggered as a part of overall economic development of the region.
 Bandameeda Palli Thanda is a hamlet located on the lower Eastern side of AP-ADE Park’s boundary at a
distance of >65m. Non-motorable path (Western Cart Road) originating from NH44 service road has lost
relevance after the land got acquired by GoAP and conveyed through APIIC to APADE Park. However,
access through the Eastern Cart road which is joining all weather village road that originates from service
road of NH-44 and passes along but outside the North East boundary of the project site shall be continued
to be used to reach Palasamudram village.
 General welfare will improve in the area as per capita income will go up in the post project period.
Natural Hazards As given in Disaster Management Plan (DMP) prepared; Site Main controller will act as the overall in-charge of
the control of educative, protective and rehabilitation activities to ensure least damage to life and property.
Induced Development Offers an efficient and cost effective supply chain/ value proposition to the local importers and exporters.

Page 9-23
9.11 Budgetary Estimates
9.11.1 Budgetary Estimate for Environmental Management

The budgetary estimate (Capital Cost) for Environmental Management is INR 186 Million
(INR 18.6 Crores) and the annual recurring cost is INR 25 Million (INR 2.5 Crores). The
breakup of cost is given in Table 9-8 and Table 9-9.
Table 9-8: Environmental Management - Capital Cost
S. No. Purpose Cost items Million (INR) Crore (INR)
1. Greenbelt development Tree (Greenbelt) Plantation 12.86 1.29
2. Solid Waste Management Dustbin 0.13 0.01
3. Capacity Building Training Workshop 0.1 0.01
4. CETP - 147.40 14.74
5. CSTP - 21.50 2.15
6. Environmental Monitoring Construction Phase Terrestrial Environment 3.8 0.38
Total Capital Cost 185.8 18.58
Round off 186 18.6
Table 9-9: Environmental Management - Annual Recurring Cost
S.
Purpose Items Million (INR) Crore (INR)
No.
Salary of Env. Eng. 0.4 0.04
Doc Asst. 0.12 0.012
1. EMC Running expenditure Support Staff 0.1 0.01
Office Expenses 1.2 0.12
House Keeping 0.5 0.05
2. Green Belt Maintenance 0.64 0.06
General Maintenance
3. Maintenance of dust bins 0.13 0.01
Awareness campaigns-
Two Workshop programs 0.1 0.01
4. Training
5. CETP 14.7 1.47
General Maintenance
6. CSTP 2.2 0.22
Statutory compliance for
7. Environmental Monitoring 4.93 0.31
environmental protection
Total Annual Recurring
25.01 2.50
Cost
Round off 25 2.5
9.11.2 Budgetary Estimate for CER & CSR Interventions in the Study Areas
 CER for the proposed project will fall under the Greenfield category of MoEF&CC Office
memorandum dated vide May 01, 2018, 1.5% of project cost need to be invested as
capital investment which is worked out to INR 3.0 Crores.

Page 9-25
Chapter 10
Summary and Conclusion
Chapter 10 Summary and Conclusion

Andhra Pradesh Aerospace & Defence Electronics Park Private Limited (AP-ADE Park) is a
joint venture of Andhra Pradesh Industrial Infrastructural Development Corporation (APIIC),
Government of Andhra Pradesh and Vittal Innovation City (VIC).
Government of Andhra Pradesh has identified Aerospace and Defence Manufacturing as
thrust sector for industrial development. The Sector has tremendous potential to generate
upstream & downstream investment opportunities and foster innovation & growth. The
Andhra Pradesh’s Aerospace and Defence Manufacturing Policy 2015-20 aims to generate
at least 5,000 additional highly skilled employment opportunities and attract new investments
of at least INR 20,000 crore in this sector by 2020.
AP-ADE Park is an upcoming eco-friendly ‘Manufacturing Cluster’ focussed on Aerospace
Defence and Electronics. Abutting NH-44, AP-ADE Park is spread over an area of 259.77
acres and is strategically located in the designated Aerospace & Defence Zone identified by
the Government of Andhra Pradesh in Anantapuramu district of Andhra Pradesh. At an
hour’s drive from Bangalore International Airport, it provides an advantage of its proximity to
Bangalore – the Silicon Valley of India, home to the largest skilled workforce in Aerospace,
Defence and Electronics. Keeping in mind the emerging trends & future growth prospects of
India, AP-ADE Park proposed to offer a world-class infrastructure and a platform that
integrates industry, research, academia, government, and other supporting institutions
promoting innovation, entrepreneurship and world-class manufacturing. Backed by a group
of eminent industry professionals and Government of Andhra Pradesh, the key drivers that
sets apart AP-ADE Park is its ability in enabling as manufacturing and growing business to
surmount the existing roadblocks in setting-up of a habitable eco-system.
AP-ADE Park would functionally become Urban / Industrial node of Bangalore, being within
~113.0 Km North of Bangalore International Airport. Products manufactured at AP-ADE Park
can be marketed through Bangalore and major metropolitan cities of south India (within 500
Km radius of AP-ADE Park)..
The project will help in attracting prospective industrial houses, to establish sector specific
industries in Anantapuramu District of Andhra Pradesh. The estimated investment in the
proposed Industrial Park will be approximately INR 450 Crores depending upon the product
to be manufactured/ assembled.
10.1 Project Site

The Project Site is located near Palasamudram village, Gorantla mandal, Anantapuramu
District, Andhra Pradesh. This Project is at 13058’42.91” to 14°0'0.91" North latitude and
77040’3.71” to 77°40'24.74" East longitude coordinates with an altitude of 691.66m to
727.52m above the MSL. The Project area is covered in the Survey of India Toposheet no.
57/G/9 (D43R9).
As per Government of Andhra Pradesh (GoAP) order no. G.O.M.S.No.151 dated November
11, 2017; it is prohibited to locate/expand any air polluting industries within the radius of ten
(10) km from M/s KIA Motors India (P) Limited and its ancillaries located at Erramanchi &
Gudipalli Villages, Penukonda (M), Anantapuramu District, Andhra Pradesh. However, AP-
ADE Park (P) Limited has requested to The Secretary to Government, Industries and
Commerce Department for the exemption from the said order prohibiting location of
industries in 10 km from M/s KIA Motors India (P) Limited and its ancillaries through

Page 10-1
application Letter dated 28.05.2018. The same is under process with the Industries and
Commerce Department as per the communication received from GoAP on status of the
application. The AP-ADE Park shall submit “Exemption from provisions of the G.O.M.S.No.
151 for setting of AP-ADE Park” as on when received from the GoAP during the
Environmental Clearance appraisal process. It is pertinent to mention that other industries
proposed in the region have already obtained similar exemption from the respective
department considering the overall development requirement of the region.
10.2 Need and Justification of the Project Development

The domestic aviation and defence aerospace vehicles have grown unprecedented in India
in the last few years. The rapid growth of this industrial sector has attracted global players to
India.
Government of India has introduced several incentives to support the national capability in
Aerospace and Avionics manufacturing. R&D towards Defence aerospace sector with Design
& Testing facilities is another major support sector in the aerospace industry.
Government of India (GoI) has made the development and growth of the indigenous A&D
sector a high priority. Under the over-arching framework of the "Make in India" program,
Government of India announced the Defence Procurement Procedure [DPP 2016] which
provides a massive thrust to sector. With the aim of making India a self-reliant nation in
defence production, Government of India has taken farsighted steps that encourage
indigenization and attract global industry players to manufacture in India.
The Andhra Pradesh State occupies a strategic position in terms of opportunities for the
Aerospace and Defence sector. The State has three functional domestic and one
international commercial airport. This is in addition to a naval airport at Visakhapatnam. The
state further plans to develop eight new airports, which include Greenfield airport at
Bhogapuram (near Visakhapatnam), five Greenfield no frills airports at Kuppam, Dagadarthi,
Oravakallu, Ongole and Tadepalligudem & two brownfield no frills airports at Donakonda and
Nagarjuna Sagar.
The state also plans to develop a Greenfield International Aerotropolis infrastructure project
spread over 7500 acres in Visakhapatnam district. The State also has a large naval presence
in Visakhapatnam (which is also the headquarters of the eastern naval command. It hosts
primary spaceport for ISRO at Sriharikota and has National Atmospheric Research
Laboratory at Gadanki near Tirupati.
The other tactical advantages that Andhra Pradesh offers are
 Excellent Port Logistics
 Large Land Bank
 Reliable Infrastructure
 Abundant availability of skilled manpower
 Technology Competitiveness
 Ease of Doing Business
 Skill Development initiatives
In addition, the proposed AP-ADE Park location is close to Karnataka State which is home to
several aerospace organizations like HAL, NAL, ISRO, DRDO, ADA, DARE and BEL.
With M/s Bharat Electronics Limited (BEL) already decided to come up with India’s largest
defense systems integration complex near to the proposed project site. The emergence of

Page 10-2
this development and BEL, the scope is limitless considering the development being looked
ahead with the new defense options in the region.
10.3 Project Benefits

The development of the AP-ADE Park at Palasamudram is being envisaged by AP-ADE Park
taking into consideration the overall development of Industries in the state. Similar such
initiatives are undertaken across the state. The Nation, the State and the region will have
impetuous benefits from such development, such as:
 Skill development and Training to the local population
 Localizing the global/domestic value chain
 Technology transfer
 Foreign Direct Investment
 Improved working condition
 Shifting of manpower resources from low productivity to high productive activities
 Augmentation of existing clusters
 Diversifying the local industrial base
 Shifting activities from unorganized to organized sector
 Convergence of population and thereby enhanced local consumption and spending
 Project development will also attract hotel business, banking sector, small eateries,
construction, transport and other supply services
 Better quality of educational and medical facilities to the local people
 Improved Local Infrastructure
 Improved socio-economic conditions
o Health facilities
o Education Facilities
o Skill Development Activities
 Employment Opportunities
 Increase in Per Capita Income
 Revenue Generation
10.4 Project Description
10.4.1 Proposed Project
an area of about 259.77 acres (105.12 Ha). AP-ADE Park will focus on Aerospace, Defence,
Electronics, Land Systems and allied industries in a spread of 259.77 acres of land which
includes Manufacturing Industries as anchor industries, SME and ready built; Support
Industries as logistics and R&D industries; Amenities; Roads; Utilities; Green/Plot Green
Buffers; Mixed Use etc.
The typical focus sectors identified for AP-ADE Park are as follows:
1. Aerospace
2. Defence
3. Electronic System Design & Manufacturing
4. Land Systems
5. Logistics and Warehousing
Some of the identified manufacturing processes which are anticipated in AP-ADE Park are:

Page 10-3
Sectors Sub-sectors
Propellers / Rotors, etc. Aero structure Components Fuselage Manufacture ,
Aero-engine Components Aircraft Construction and Assembly, Avionics, Raw Material Supply / Material
Manufacturer, Aero-engine & Aero structure Subassemblies
Panels, Components, Equipment’s and Power Typical SEAD Cluster Capabilities,
Products & Processes SEAD Cluster Systems, Electrical Cable Accessories /
Electric & Electronics
Harnesses, Aircraft Interiors Equipment Furnishings, Tooling, Ground Support &
Airfield Equipment
Armaments and Related Equipment Missile-Related Products
Pilot Navaids, Communication Systems and Equipment, Control Systems and
Auto flight Systems and Equipment Equipment, Fuel and Fuel Systems, Hydraulic Systems and Equipment, Safety
and Survival Equipment, Indicating, Data and Recording Systems
Landing Gear Space Systems and Equipment
Standard Parts Windows, Wings, Galley Equipment, Fasteners, Technical Textiles
Aviation Services Research, Design & Development, Consultancy, Finance and Logistics
Land Systems Armoured vehicle, trucks, automobiles, vehicles, tanks etc
In addition, below are detail activities anticipated with the above processes:
1. Lamination and Extrusion Coating
2. Injection Moulding – moulds, Tool Design and other processes
3. Machining
4. Simple & Specialized Casting
5. Precision Engineering
6. Tooling Room and Prototyping lab
7. Surface Treatment
8. Component manufacturing
9. Electrical & Electronics
10. System Integration
11. Testing & Certification
12. Composite Structures
13. Plastic Extrusion, Design and Manufacturing
14. Plastic Thermoform Design and Manufacturing
15. Thermoplastics
16. Carbon and advanced composites material
17. CNC machining
18. Manufacture of parts using 3-D printing technology
19. Forging, Electro chemical milling, high-speed 5-axis machining, assembly and
balancing of critical components
20. Manufacture of wiring and inter connection systems
21. Technical and specialised Textiles
22. Electronics Manufacturing and Integration
23. Electronic Component manufacturing
24. PCB design assembly and production
25. Cables and Harness Manufacturing
26. Specialised paints and surface treatments
27. Electronic Manufacturing Services
10.4.2 Land use planning
an area of about 259.77 acres (105.12 Ha) to focus on Aerospace, Defence, Electronics,
Land Systems and allied industries which includes Manufacturing Industries as anchor
industries, SME and ready built; Support Industries as logistics and warehousing; Amenities;
Roads; Utilities; Green/Plot Green Buffers; Mixed Use etc. The salient features of AP-ADE
Park are given in Table 10-1.

Page 10-4
Table 10-1: Salient Features of AP-ADE Park

S. No. Item Description
1 Name AP-ADE Park
2 Area 259.77 acres
3 Greenbelt/Green Area 88.26 (33.98% of total area)
4 Water Requirement Considering the treated water reuse/recycle of 2.055 MLD, the Net total daily
raw requirement or make up water will be about 4.365 MLD and will be sourced
from Gollapalli reservoir.
APIIC is developing a 15 MLD Industrial water supply scheme with Gollapalli
Reservoir as water source to meet the water demand for the KIA Motors India,
IP Ammavaripalli, IP Gudipalli IP and other industrial developments in
Penukonda and Hindupur region. Hence the site has advantage of
uninterrupted water supply.
5 Wastewater (Effluent and Quantity (KLD)
Source
Sewage) Sewage Effluent
1930 608
6 Wastewater Management  CSTP of 2.0 MLD capacity has been proposed for treatment of sewage
generated in AP-ADE Park on a Modular basis which shall be designed
during detailed engineering stage
 CETP of 0.7 MLD capacity has been proposed on a Modular basis for
treatment of effluents in AP-ADE Park
 Recycling and reuse of treated water from CSTP and CETP
7 Solid Waste Management Solid waste in the form of MSW, Hazardous and Non-hazardous will be
generated in AP-ADE Park. Reusable waste will be used with the premises
whereas recyclable waste will collected, stored and disposed to agencies
authorised by APPCB for Recycling. MSW will be sent to nearest municipal
solid waste compost yard and dumping site is at Dharmavaram town under
Dharmavaram Municipality whereas the nearest Hazardous waste management
facility is located in Raviguntapalli, Nellore.
8 Power 60 MW; APTRANSCO
9 Environmental Aspects  Storm Water Management
 Air pollution Control Measures at all Member industries
 Treatment of effluent by member industries up to CETP inlet standards
 Common Sewage Treatment Plant and Common Effluent Treatment Plant
for treating sewage and effluent
 Solid Waste Management (MSW, IHW and INHW)
 Fire Protection system as per Standards of National Fire Protection
Association (NFPA)/Tariff Advisory Committee (TAC) of India.
10.4.3 Site Master Plan
The land use statement of the AP-ADE Park is given in Table 10-2.
Table 10-2: Land use of AP-ADE Park
Land Use Site Area (Acres) Percentage (%)
Industrial area 132.55 51.00
Mixed Use 43.30 16.70

Page 10-5
Utilities 14.03 5.4

Green area 29.91 11.5
Roads 39.98 15.4
Total 259.77 100
10.4.4 Economic Impact of the Industrial Park
The estimated investment in the proposed Industrial Park will be approximately INR 450
Crores depending upon the product to be manufactured/ assembled.
10.5 Description of Environment

Project Influence Area (PIA)/Study Area: An area covering 10 km radius from AP-ADE
Park boundary has been earmarked as study area for baseline terrestrial environmental
surveys.
Study Period: The baseline terrestrial environmental surveys were carried out during Post
Monsoon season (October-December) of year 2017 within the study area.
10.5.1 Terrestrial Environment

 Site has an undulating terrain with levels varying from 691.66m (towards southern side)
to 727.52m (towards northern side).
 Proposed IP site falls under Zone II (Least Risk Zone) as per IS 1893 (Part I). Multi
Hazard Zone Map shows Project location falls in wind and cyclone low damage risk zone
(33 m/s), Earthquake low damage risk zone (MSK VI) and No flood zone
 Land use of the site is mostly barren and Stony waste (Rocky), land with and without
scrub and portion of cultivable land vegetation, scattered trees, open wells and green
house nursery
 As per the Project site specific meteorological data, the predominant wind directions
observed were from West followed by West Southwest
 Maximum concentrations of all the parameters are well within the National Ambient Air
Quality Standards (CPCB, NAAQS, 2009):
o PM10 ranged between 20.0 µg/m3 to 30.2 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for PM10
for 24 hr average is 100 µg/m3.
o PM2.5 values varied from 10.5 µg/m3 to 17.0 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for
PM2.5 for 24 hr average is 60 µg/m3.
o SO2 levels are reported <4.0 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for SO2 for 24 hr
o NO2 ranged between 7.8 µg/m3 to 12.9 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for NO2 for
24 hr average is 80 µg/m3.
o O3 ranged between 2.4 µg/m3 to 3.8 µg/m3. NAAQ stipulated standard for O3 for 8 hr
o CO, NH3, Pb, C6H6, BaP, As, and Ni were observed below detectable limits.
Residential areas; Night equivalent noise levels (Ln) ranged between 34.18 dB(A) to
36.89 dB (A) for Residential areas
 Groundwater samples are within the permissible limits specified for drinking water quality
standards as per IS: 10500 (2012)
 Surface water sample are within the limits as per ISI-IS2296-1982 Class C (Drinking
water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection) Standards for use

Page 10-6
based Classification of Surface Water except BOD at both the locations are slightly
above the permissible limits.
 Soil types are Sandy Clay and Silty clay loam and the soil samples are slightly alkaline in
nature.
 None of the plant species and fauna recorded in the core area belongs to the
Rare/Endangered/Endemic/Threatened category.
 Except reserve forests of dense scrub and Open scrub there are no wildlife sanctuaries
or biosphere reserves or nesting or breeding grounds for any of the rare species or other
protected areas within the buffer/study area. Two Threatened tree species i.e.
Chloroxylon swietenia is noticed in the Somandepalli RF and Decalepis hamiltonii is
reported by forest department near Kaligera R.F. Threatened species such as two fauna
species namely Indian rock Python (Python molurus) and Indian peafowl (Pavo cristatus)
are noticed in the Somandepalli Reserve forest which is on the northwest direction at 3.9
km distance from the site area. As these RFs are away from the project area, no direct
impact on the particular species is noticed.
10.5.2 Socio-economic Conditions

 In the six sub districts namely Gorantla, Somandapalli, Penukonda, Puttaparthi,
Chilamathur and Hindupur fully, partially or boundary of 37 revenue villages is falling in
the study area. Out of the 37 revenue villages, there are no village/settlement/hamlets
pertaining to 07 revenue villages are falling in the study area, however, the revenue
village boundaries are falling in the study area. In addition, there are two revenue villages
which are un-inhabited is also a part of the study area. Hence, 28 revenue village’s data
was used for further statistical analysis.
 Study area Revenue villages have population of 133,316 persons of which 50.76% are
males and 46.24% are females. The population of 0-6 age is 10.93%, SC population is
13.43% and ST population is 5.93% with respect to the total population
 Sex ratio of the study is 970 females over thousand males of the study area. In 0-6
population is sex ratio is 921, SC population sex ratio is 981, ST population Sex ratio is
908
 Total literacy population of the study area is 77741 which is 58.31% the total population
 Total work population of the study area is 64496 which account to be 48.38% and the
non-working population 68820 which is 51.62% with respect to the total population
10.6 Anticipated Environmental Impacts with Mitigation Measures

Anticipated impacts on the environmental and social attributes, which are likely to arise due
to construction and operation of proposed project have been identified, predicted and
evaluated. It is pertinent to note that the impacts during the construction phase is short term
in nature will cease upon completion of construction activities. However, appropriate
mitigation measures are suggested which will keep the impacts to the minimum such as
Construction camps will be provided with self-sufficient infrastructure to minimise
impact/strain on the existing infrastructure.
 APIIC had the land transferred from Revenue department and currently AP-ADE Park
has obtained the possession of land. There are no existing settlements in the site and
hence there will be no Resettlement or Rehabilitation (R&R) for development of the
industrial park

Page 10-7
 Bandameeda Palli Thanda is a hamlet located on the lower Eastern side of AP-ADE
Park’s boundary at a distance of >65m. Master plan for the AP-ADE Park is prepared in
such a way that compatible land uses (such as mixed use, R&D offices, Green belt etc.,)
in the area near to this Thanda. Though the Bandameeda Palli Thanda access to
Palasamudram through west cart road will be blocked, they shall be continuing to access
through East Cart road and hence no significant impact
 Land use of the project site is dominated by Wastelands followed by Agriculture Land
(Single Crop). Land Cover of the site is mostly barren and Stony waste (Rocky), land with
and without scrub and portion of cultivable land vegetation, scattered trees, open wells
and green house nursery. Planning for the proposed development is carried out based on
the concept of zoning
 Natural drains are observed in the site. The development shall be carried out in such a
way to ensure proper drainage by providing surface drainage systems including storm
water network, etc.
 CSTP and CETP of Zero Liquid Discharge are proposed with complete recycle and reuse
options. Individual industries will treat their effluent up to the CETP inlet standards
 The water demand for the proposed industrial park will be met from the Gollapalli
reservoir. APIIC is developing a 15 MLD Industrial water supply scheme with Gollapalli
Reservoir as water source to meet the water demand for the KIA Motors India, IP
Ammavaripalli, IP Gudipalli IP and other industrial developments in Penukonda and
Hindupur region. Hence the site has advantage of uninterrupted water supply
 All the necessary Air pollution control measures will be adopted by member industries to
control the fugitive emissions of VoCs, particulates, organic vapours, combustion gases
etc., shall be followed
 The impact on air environment was studied through air quality modelling studies. The 1st
highest 24 hour average and annual average resultant concentrations of PM10, PM2.5,
SO2 and NO2 for AAQ monitoring receptors locations are found to be well within the
National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), 2009 for the entire scenarios
considered. Also, incremental concentration at the sensitive receptors is well below the
National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), 2009
 Solid waste in the form of MSW, Hazardous and Non-hazardous will be generated in AP-
ADE Park. Reusable waste will be used with the premises whereas recyclable waste will
collected, stored and disposed to agencies authorised by APPCB for Recycling. MSW will
be sent to nearest municipal solid waste compost yard and dumping site is at
Dharmavaram town under Dharmavaram Municipality whereas the nearest Hazardous
waste management facility is located in Raviguntapalli, Nellore
 Though the proposed development will not draw Ground water during its operation stage,
considering the region is falling under Over Exploited - Critical - Semi Critical- Safe
category, rain water harvesting system at APADE Park is proposed
 Construction camps will be provided with self-sufficient infrastructure to minimise
impact/strain on the existing infrastructure
10.7 Analysis of Alternatives

ADE Park has obtained the possession of land. Site was selected considering the important

Page 10-8
features such as Strategic location, demand, connectivity, well qualified man power, water
and power availability, No R&R, no Sensitive area etc., making the site suitable for the
development. The site meets the requirement of all critical factors that are important for
success of development of Aerospace & Defence and Electronics Park in the state and could
be a pre-eminent location.
10.8 Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental monitoring programme has been formulated for the environmental attributes
(air, water, noise, and soil) and the same will be implemented. The effective implementation
and close supervision of the environmental management to mitigate the environmental
impacts, which are likely to arise due to the construction and operation phases of the project
could be achieved through a suitable institutional mechanism.
10.9 Additional studies
10.9.1 Public Consultation
In line with the requirements of EIA Notification, 2006 (as amended) development of
proposed Andhra Pradesh Aerospace & Defence Electronics Park Private Limited (AP-ADE
Park) near Palasamudram (V), Gorantla (M), Anantapuram District in an area of about
259.77 acres (~105.12 ha) shall be appraised as Category B project by SEAC/SEIAA, A.P
under 7 (c) Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/ areas. As a part of compliance to SEIAA
suggested ToR, Public Hearing was conducted at Sy. No.29 & 30 Palasamudram Village,
Gorantla Mandal, Anantapuramu District, Andhra Pradesh.
For conducting Public Hearing, Draft EIA Report was prepared in accordance to SEIAA
approved ToR and Executive summaries in English and Local (Telugu) languages were
submitted to Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board (APPCB). The Public Hearing was
conducted on February 26, 2019 by APPCB. The meeting was conducted by the panel
consisting of District Revenue Officer and Additional district magistrate, Anantapuramu
District and Environmental Engineer, Regional office, Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh Pollution
Control Board. It was attended by the local public and public representatives in large number.
The proceedings of Public Hearing issued by APPCB is given as Appendix R and detailed
point wise response to each issue raised during Public Hearing and replies for written
representations are given in Table 7-1. Major views expressed in the public hearing are:
 Preference of providing employment to people from within the buffer area villages
 To provide provision for the natural storm water course so that catchment area of
Palasamudram Lake is not impacted
10.9.2 Risk Analysis
Preliminary Risk analysis study was carried out to assess risks associated with the
construction and operation of the proposed AP-ADE Park. Member industries or units coming
up in the AP-ADE has to carry out risk analysis by considering the hazards associated with
handling of chemicals based on nature of process and inventory. A systematic risk analysis
will help in identification of the hazards and associated risk. The risk assessment thus carried
out also provides inputs for formulating the onsite Disaster Management Plan (DMP).
The Risk Analysis can be broadly divided into three basic steps.

Page 10-9
 Hazard Identification
 Failure Frequency
 Consequence or Effect and Damage calculations
10.9.3 Disaster Management Plan
The Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of
environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in
this same order of priorities. For effective implementation of DMP, it should be widely
circulated and a personnel training is to be provided through rehearsals/drills. To tackle the
consequences of a major emergency inside the industry or immediate vicinity of the industry,
a DMP has to be formulated.
A framework for DMP was prepared to minimise damages in the event of a disaster. An On-
Site Emergency Preparedness Plan and Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan were
broadly prepared to deal with emergencies and prevent disasters.
An institutional framework with clear assignment of roles and responsibilities was broadly
prepared with which location of Emergency Control Centre and Assembly Points will be
identified. Communication system and alarm systems for effective communication in the
event of a disaster are broadly identified. DMP for natural hazards such as cyclones was
broadly prepared. Mutual aid scheme, composition of District Level Emergency Committee
and aspects relating to community involvement for dealing with off-site disasters were
broadly prepared.
10.9.4 Traffic and Transportation Management Plan
Traffic assessment includes both internal traffic and external traffic assessment based on the
traffic generated from the project site. For the external traffic, traffic surveys carried out for
the existing road networks of the project region was reviewed thoroughly and analysed for
present and future traffic scenario. The increase in traffic due to the development of AP-ADE
Park has been assessed and the capability of the existing/proposed road network was
analysed. Based on the assessment, it has been concluded that considering the full-fledged
industrial development of the region and proposed development of AP-ADE Park would
require widening of NH-44 to 6 lanes by NHAI
10.9.5 Social Impact Assessment
This assessment is specifically addressing the potential impacts which will be generated as a
result of proposed development.
 Land is under possession of AP-ADE Park. No R&R is envisaged.
 The impact on nearby settlements during construction phase will be due to air pollution
and the noise generating activities. However, the activities are limited to the construction
phase and will cease upon completion of the construction. Necessary mitigation
measures are proposed to be adopted.
 Though the Bandameeda Palli Thanda access to Palasamudram through west cart road
will be blocked, they shall be continuing to access through East Cart road and hence no
significant impact.
 Construction of AP-ADE Park requires large work force. To ensure that there is no strain
on the existing infrastructure, worker camps will be self-sufficient and would not relay on

Page 10-10
local resource. During the construction phase, proposed project is expected to generate a
total of 250-500 employment.
 During the operation phase the Industrial Park is expected to bring a direct employment
of 2500 personnel. Around 2.5 times the direct employment may be in the form of indirect
employment in the area.
 Due care will be taken for Public and Safety by providing suitable safety/mitigation
measures and procedures during the operation of industries/facilities
10.10 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)

As a responsible company towards the conservation, restoration and redevelopment of
ecosystem and environmental conditions in the vicinity, AP-ADE shall implement the
Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) activities. The following activities are be
considered under CER:
 Social Enterprise and Livelihood Development (Agriculture/ Vocational Training for skill
development/Development of Mahila Mandals/SHG groups)
 Natural Resources Management (Watershed/Aquifer Rehabilitation/ Rainwater
Harvesting / Desilting of existing water tanks)
 Infrastructure Development (Street lights/ Community Infrastructure/School
Infrastructure/Hospital/ Sanitation Infrastructures)
 Human Capital Development (Education/ Health/ /Sanitation and Latrine
Facility/Education/Girl child education)
CER for the proposed project will fall under the Greenfield category of MoEF&CC Office
memorandum dated vide May 01,2018, 1.5% of project cost need to be invested as capital
investment i.e. INR 3.0 crores.
10.11 Environment Management Plan

The main objectives of Environmental Management are to:
 Identify key environmental issues envisaged to be encountered during construction and
operation phases of the project.
 Provide guidelines for appropriate mitigation measures
 Establish systems and procedures for implementing mitigation measures
 Ensure the mitigation measures are being implemented
 Monitor the effectiveness of mitigation measures
 Institutional framework includes the responsibilities for environment management as well
as responsibility for implementing environmental measures
 Take necessary prompt action when unforeseen impacts occur
Based on the above objectives in mind, the following specific environmental management
plan/measures are provided
 Administrative and Technical Setup for Environmental Management
 Greenbelt development plan
 Solar power harnessing potential
 Rainwater harvesting potential
 Occupational health and safety: Occupational health & safety needs attention both during
construction, erection, operation and maintenance phases.
 Institutional arrangements/framework for environmental management

Page 10-11
 Budgetary provisions for environment management and corporate environment

responsibility & corporate social responsibility
The effective implementation and close supervision of the environmental management to
mitigate the environmental impacts, which are likely to arise due to the construction and
operational phases of AP-ADE Park could be achieved through a suitable institutional
mechanism. The proposed institutional mechanism recommended for the implementation of
the mitigation measures is presented.
10.11.1 Budgetary Estimate for Environmental Management
The budgetary estimate (Capital Cost) for Environmental Management is INR 186 Million
(INR 18.6 Crores) and the annual recurring cost is INR 26 Million (INR 2.6 Crores).
The CER (Corporate Environment Responsibility) for the proposed project will fall under the
CER category of Serial No. 2. The budget for the CER will be 1.5% of the project cost as it is
a Greenfield project which is worked out to INR 3.0 Crores.
10.12 Conclusion
In order to meet the objective of the Defence Production Policy-2011 which encourages
indigenous manufacture of defence equipment by proactively encouraging larger involvement
of the Indian Private Sector, The National Policy on Electronics (NPE), National
Manufacturing Policy (NMP) and Initiatives of Government of Andhra Pradesh in terms of
Aerospace & Defence Manufacturing Policy 2015-20, it is necessary to identify site for
industrial development. Proposed development will not envisage any relocation and
resettlement.
Typically any developmental projects also trigger a set of environmental and social impacts.
These environmental and social impacts (proposed development will not envisage any
relocation and resettlement) due to infrastructure development projects occur in different
forms. An Environmental Impact Assessment has been carried out to study the potential
environmental and social impacts due to the proposed AP-ADE Park. Potential
environmental and social impacts due to the proposed development on environment
attributes like air quality, noise, water quality, soil, flora, socio-economic, etc. have been
assessed as part of this EIA study. Appropriate mitigation measures to help minimize/avoid
impacts from the development have been recommended. The measures include avoidance
measures, mitigation measures and environmental enhancement measures.
The proposed AP-ADE Park will be developed for attracting the major investors and
strategically located. The vision is to develop the AP-ADE Park with integrated well planned
infrastructure and an efficient management structure which shall ensure continual global
competitiveness. The proposed AP-ADE Park shall emerge as a benchmark in the State and
the Country both in terms of market relevance and in terms of environmental sustainability.

Page 10-12
Chapter 11
Disclosure of Consultants
Chapter 11 Disclosure of Consultants Engaged

GoAP through APIIC has identified large land parcels to promote the industrial development
in the state of Andhra Pradesh. Out of which 259.77 acres near Palasamudram village,
Anantapuramu district has been proposed for the development of AP-ADE Park.
industries includes Manufacturing Industries as anchor industries, SME and ready built;
Support Industries as logistics and R&D industries; Amenities; Roads; Utilities; Green
Plot/Buffers; Mixed Use etc.,
AP-ADE Park has chosen L&T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd (LNTIEL), to complete the EIA
Study for the proposed development of Industrial Park. As a responsible consultant LNTIEL
has agreed to take up the work for carrying out the EIA studies required for the project.
11.1 Brief Profile of L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited

Brief Profile of L&T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd.
L&T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd., a subsidiary of Larsen & Toubro Limited is a leading
multi-disciplinary Indian Consultancy firm. LNTIEL has made a distinctive mark by creating
new standards in providing sustainable solutions. Today, LNTIEL is distinguished from others
not limited to its lineage but its relentless quest for quality - a unique tradition of placing
client’s needs above all.
LNTIEL offers a diverse array of talents together with practical experience. We assure our
clients a professional approach by innovation and evolving optimal solutions. At LNTIEL, we
recognise that human resources are the key to organisational success. LNTIEL’s expertise
ranges across a broad spectrum of sectors with special forte in Infrastructure Projects and
Industrial Parks/SEZs. LNTIEL has expertise in carrying out Techno-Economic Feasibility
Studies, Preparation of Master Plans & Detailed Project Reports and Bid Process
Management. LNTIEL is rendering the following services for Specialised Industrial
Clusters/SEZs/Industrial Parks/Investment Regions:
 Environmental and Social Impact Assessment including assistance to Client in obtaining
necessary clearances/approvals from various statutory authorities: State PCB’s,
MoEF&CC (GoI)
 Field surveys (Terrestrial & Marine Environments) and investigations
 Numerical modelling especially for the marine projects
 Project formulation/conceptualisation & configuration
 Market study and demand assessment
 Master planning, Urban planning, Environmental planning and Tourism planning
 Infrastructure design and engineering
 Block cost estimation
 Economic and financial analysis
 Bid Process Management
 Assistance in domestic and international marketing including road shows/investors
conference (or meet) for marketing the project.
 Assistance to Client in achieving technical and financial closures

Page 11-1
Strengths of LNTIEL
LNTIEL has a well-equipped Corporate Office at Chennai. LNTIEL’s staffs is replete with a
wide range of professionals – Urban Planners, Engineers, Designers, Environmental and
Social Specialists, Financial Analysts, Project Structuring, Marketing and Privatisation
Experts, Construction Supervision Managers – covering a wide spectrum of services. The
skills of the Experts are continuously aligned to suit the changing Client requirements.
LNTIEL has strategic tie-ups with Associates for specialized services. Services of an eminent
group of Expert Consultants are also available to LNTIEL. Our clients value the highly
motivated and dedicated team of professionals who assure them international quality service
through focused and optimal solutions.
LNTIEL provides a stimulating working environment. We have assembled a team of skilled,
creative and dynamic professionals who strive to translate the organisational ethos into
reality. To enhance the efficiency of the personnel and enable them to be updated with the
latest developments in technology, we organise comprehensive technical training
programmes and organisational development programmes at regular intervals. A creative
work environment, motivated staff, structured training, latest methodologies and tools,
continuous adherence to quality, adoption of best ethical standards and a keen client
orientation are the factors that spur on LNTIEL‘s journey into the future. Our driving
philosophy is ‘Client First’. We work towards complete satisfaction of our clients by adopting
good work practices and meeting their requirements through timely delivery of appropriate
solutions. Further for achieving this objective, we have acquired state-of-the-art IT facilities
and software to ensure quality in all spheres of our activity.
LNTIEL has modern fully computerized offices with latest computational and communication
facilities. A large number of high-end computers are available and are connected by a
network. Further, Internet connectivity enables fast exchange of information with the clients,
as well as within the offices and the parent companies. These facilities help us to provide our
clients high quality services within the shortest possible time. LNTIEL has more than three
hundred regular employees at four offices forming a leading consulting group with extensive
operations at Chennai, Hyderabad, Delhi and Mumbai.
Quality Policy of LNTIEL
LNTIEL is committed to achieve and sustain excellence in consultancy services to customers
world-wide through an in-house Quality Management System that conforms to ISO
9001:2008. The commitment stated above will be fulfilled by:
 Working towards complete satisfaction of LNTIEL’s customers by adopting good work
practices and meeting their requirements through timely delivery of appropriate solutions.
 Striving to achieve continual improvement of quality management system through
periodic review of quality policy, processes and quality objectives.
 Striving to maintain well-qualified and motivated staff by empowering them and providing
a stimulating work environment.
 Adhering to the best ethical standards for business behaviour by respecting the rules of
law governing LNTIEL’s business and presenting a well-audited financial statement every
year.
 Impelling employees at all levels in achieving the objectives of the organisation and
ensuring that all employees are aware of and act within the policy framework of LNTIEL.
 Propagating our quality policy and procedures to our sub-consultants and associates and
ensuring adherence to the relevant components of the quality system.

Page 11-2
QCI-NABET - EIA Accreditation

National Accreditation Board for Education & Training (NABET) is a constituent board of the
Quality Council of India (QCI). QCI, NABET has accredited LNTIEL for carrying out EIA
studies in the following Ten (10) sectors:
S. No. Sector
Industrial Estates/Parks/Complexes/Areas, Export Processing Zone (EPZs), Special Economic
1
Zones (SEZs), Biotech Parks and Leather Complexes
2 Ports, Harbours, Break Waters and Dredging
3 Highways
4 Airports
5 Thermal Power Plants
6 River Valley Projects
7 Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs)
8 Common Municipal Solid Waste Management Facility (CMSWMF)
9 Building and Construction Project
10 Townships and Area Development Projects
Further details may be seen on the following URL: www.lntiel.com
11.2 Other Consultants Engaged
11.1.1 M/s Vison Labs, Hyderabad
Nature of consultancy service rendered: Terrestrial Environmental Survey

M/s. Vison labs was established in 2002. The agency is offering consultancy services in
generation of baseline terrestrial environmental data for the detailed EIA studies. The
organization has attained the recognition from the Ministry of Environment Forest and
Climate Change (MoEF&CC) and National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration
Laboratories (NABL). Vison Labs is also an ISO 9001:2000 Certified agency in the fields of
environmental monitoring and analytical chemistry and other similar services. Further details
on the agency may be seen on the following URL: www.visonlabs.com.

Page 11-3
L&T INFRASTRUCTURE ENGINEERING LIMITED
th
6-3-1192/1/1, 5 Floor, Block No.3,
White House, Kundan Bagh, Begumpet, Hyderabad – 500 016
Ph: 91 -040 – 40354444; Fax: 91-040-40354430

EIA For AP-ADE Park Anantapur PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

EIA For AP-ADE Park Anantapur PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

EIA for AP-ADE Park

At Palasamudram(v), Gorantla (M)

Final EIA & EMP Report

Signature: Date: July 16, 2019

Period of Involvement: 2016-19

Functional Area Experts

July 16, 2019

B. Ratheesh Period: 2016-19

July 16, 2019

B. Ratheesh Period: 2016-19

C.V. Sundara Rajan Period: 2016-19

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

3.3 Study Period .......................................................................................................................... 3-1

4.7.3 Potential Impact due to Operation ............................................................................ 4-41

Figure 2-3: Mixed Use and Utilities ...................................................................................................... 2-7

Figure FD0101: Location Map

ATFD Agitated Thin Film Drier

EMC Environmental Management Cell

MVR Mechanical Vapour Recompression

1.2 Project Identification

1.3 Details of Project Proponent

1.4 Applicable Legal and Policy Framework

appraised by State Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC)/State Level Environmental Impact

1.5 Project Site

A: 14° 0'0.91"N |77°40'3.71"E B: 13°59'59.84"N |77°40'24.83"E

Exhibit 1-1: Terrain of Project site

1.5.1 Salient Features of Project Site

S. No. Details Description

1.6 Need/Justification of Project Development

1.6.1 Demand - Supply

1.6.2 Import vs Indigenous Production

1.6.3 Export Possibility

1.6.4 Domestic/Export Markets

1.6.5 Initiatives of Government of India

1.6.5.1 For Defence Manufacturing Sector2

1.6.5.2 Defence Production Policy-2011

The objective of the policy is to encourage indigenous manufacture of defence equipment by

1.6.5.3 The National Policy on Electronics (NPE)

1.6.5.4 National Manufacturing Policy (NMP)

1.6.6 Initiatives of Government of Andhra Pradesh

1.6.6.1 Aerospace & Defence Manufacturing Policy 2015-20

1.6.7 Growth Drivers3

1.6.8 Location Advantage/Justification:

 Proximity to Supply chains (South East Asian Countries)

1.7 Project Development Plan

1.8 Consultant Appointed

1.9 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

1.10 Approach and Methodology

1.10.1 Project Influence Area (PIA)/Study Area

1.10.2 Study Period

1.10.3.1 Project Description

1.10.3.2 Baseline Environmental Surveys

1.10.3.3 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

1.10.3.4 Analysis of Alternatives

1.10.3.5 Environmental Monitoring Programme

1.10.3.6 Additional Studies

1.10.3.7 Project Benefits

1.10.3.8 Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

1.11 Structure of EIA Report

 Chapter 3 : Description of Environment

Chapter 2 Project Description

2.2 Project Location